CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1: CÁCH SỬ DỤNG CÁC THÌ TIẾNG ANH

Tenses Form Use Adverb Notes

Present  To be: - Always, Nguyên tắc thêm “es”
simple S + is/ am/ are + O - Diễn tả một sự thật usually, often, sau V (S: he, she, it)
 V: hiển nhiên, một chân lý sometimes, hoặc N ( số nhiều)
(+) S + V(s/es) + O luôn đúng. seldom, hardly, - Từ tận cùng là /
(-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + V + O - Diễn tả sự việc thường rarely, never,… sh/ch/s/ss/x/ thì thêm
(?) Do/ Does + S + V + O? xảy ra ở hiện tại. - Every + time “es”
- Diễn tả những thói - Sau until/ as eg: watch/watches,
Example: quen, sở thích, tập quán soon as mix/ mixes
- Two and two is/ are four hay đặc tính trong hiện - Từ tận cùng là phụ
- He usually gets up at 5 tại. âm + y: đổi y thành i,
o’clock. - Dùng trong lịch trình thêm “es”.
- My cousin doesn’t love tàu xe, thời khóa biểu/ Eg: study/ studies,
collecting stamps. gian biểu. cry/ cries.
- There is a ten-hour train every - Lưu ý:
day in Long Bien railway do/ does, go/ goes,
Station. tomato/ tomatoes,
potato/ potatoes.
Nhưng: kilo/ kilos
Present (+) S + is/am/are + V-ing + O Now, at the Nguyên tắc thêm
continuou (-) S + is/am/are + not + V-ing - Diễn tả một sự việc moment, at “ing” vào sau V:
s +O đang xảy ra tại thời present, right - V tận cùng là “e” thì
(?) Is/ Am/ Are + S + V-ing + điểm nói. now,today, this bỏ “e” trước khi thêm
O - Diễn tả một sự việc + time … “ing”. Eg: write/
đang xảy ra nhưng writing, ride/ riding
không nhất thiết tại thời Note: Những V - V tận cùng là “ee”,
Example: điểm nói chỉ cảm giác, giữ nguyên thêm
- We are studying English now. - Diễn tả hai hay nhiều cảm xúc không “ing”.
- they are building a super hành động đang cùng dùng trong các Eg: see/ seeing, agree/
market near my house. xảy ra một lúc ở hiện thì tiếp diễn: agreeing
- At present Lam is listening to tại. love, like, hate, - V tận cùng là “ie”,
the teacher, An is writing a - Lưu ý: ta dùng smell, feel,… đổi “ie” thành “y”
letter and Kien is chatting “always” trong thì này trước khi thêm “ing”.
merrily. để nhấn mạnh, phê Eg: die/ dying, lie/
- She is always talking loudly bình, chỉ trích một hành lying.
in the class. động tiêu cực, không - V là phụ âm- nguyên
tốt. âm- phụ âm, thì gấp
đôi phụ âm cuối trước
khi thêm “ing”.
Eg: stop/ stopping,
rob/ robbing, plan/
planning.
- V có hai âm tiết, nếu
trọng âm rơi vào âm
tiết thứ 2, thì gấp đôi
phụ âm cuối trước khi
thêm “ing”.
Eg: begin/ beginning,
prefer/ preferring,
 regret/ regretting,
permit/ permitting
- V tận cùng là “l”, ta
thường gấp đôi “ll”
trước khi thêm “ing”.
Eg: travel/ travelling,
cancel/ cancelling.
- V tận cùng là “ic”, ta
thêm “k” trước khi
thêm “ing”.
Eg: picnic/
picnicking, traffic/
trafficking
Present (+) S + have/has + P2 + O - Diễn tả một hành For, since, just,
perfect (-) S + have/has + P2 + O động xảy ra trong quá already, yet,
(?) Have/ Has + S + P2 +O? khứ và còn liên quan recently, for a
Example: đến hiện tại. long time, for
- He has just repaired the TV - Diễn tả một hành ages, ever,
set. He is washing his hand động xảy ra trong quá never,up to
now. khứ, kéo dài đến hiện now, up to
- Mai has learnt/ learned tại và có thể tiếp tục present,..
English for 10 years. trong tương lai. - In the last +
time (month/
year..)
Present (+) S + have/has + been + V- - Nhấn mạnh một hành Since, for, for a
perfect ing + O động xảy ra trong quá long time, for
continuou (-) S + have/ has + not + been khứ, kéo dài đến hiện ages,…
s + V-ing + O tại và có thể tiếp tục
(?) Have/ Has + S + been + V- trong tương lai.
ing + O?

Example:
- I have been walking since
early morning. I am very tired
now.
Past  To be: - Ago, last, Nguyên tắc thêm “ed”
simple S + was/ were + O - Diễn tả một hành yesterday, in/ vào sau động từ ( có
 V: động xảy ra trong quá on + time in the quy tắc):
(+) S + V-ed + O khứ và đã kết thúc, past,… - V tận cùng là “e”,
(-) S + didn’t + V + O không còn liên quan giữ nguyên “e” rồi
(?) Did + S + V + O? đến hiện tại. thêm “d”. Eg: tie/ tied,
- Diễn tả một loạt các smoke/ smoked, hope/
Example: hành động nối tiếp hoped.
- It was very hot yesterday. nhau trong quá khứ. - V có phụ âm-
- My family went to Da Lat last nguyên âm- phụ âm,
summer holiday. ta gấp đôi phụ âm cuối
- It was midnight. He closed the trước khi thêm “ed”.
window, turned off the light and Eg: stop/ stopped,
then went to bed. rob/ robbed.
- V có hai âm tiết, nếu
trọng âm rơi vào âm

Past (+) S + was/were + V-ing + O
continuou (-) S + was/ were + not + V-ing
s +O
(?) Were/ Was + S + V-ing
+O?
Example:
- At 8 pm yesterday, I was
going out with my friends.
- While Tom Cat was sleeping,
Jerry Mouse appeared and took
a piece of cheese away.
Past (+) S + had + P2 + O
perfect (-) S + hadn’t + P2 + O
(?) Had + S + P2 + O?
Example:
- When Henry came last
Sunday, Ann had left for Paris.
- This hospital had been built
for children before 1985.
Past (+) S + had + been + V-ing +
perfect O động xảy ra trước một
continuou (-) S + hadn’t + been+ V-ing
s +O
(?) Had + S+ been + V-ing +
O?
Example:
tiết thứ 2, ta gấp đôi
phụ âm cuối trước khi
thêm “ed”. Eg: prefer/
preferred, regret/
regretted.
- V tận cùng là “l”, ta
thường gấp đôi “ll”
trước khi thêm “ed”.
Eg: travel/ travelled,
cancel/ cancelled.
- V tận cùng là phụ âm
+ y, đổi y thành i,
thêm “ed”.
Eg: study/ studied,
cry/ cried.
- V tận cùng là “ic”, ta
thêm “k” trước khi
thêm “ed”.
Eg: picnic/ picnicked,
traffic/ trafficked
- Diễn tả (những) hành - Ago, last, at/
động đang xảy ra tại in/ on + time in
một thời điểm xác định the past,…
trong quá khứ. - when, while
- Diễn tả một hành
động đang xảy ra thì có
hành động khác xen
vào.
- Diễn tả một hành - Ago, last, at/
động xảy ra trước một in/ on + time in
hành động khác ở trong the past,…
quá khứ. - when, while,
- Diễn tả một hành before, after
động xảy ra trước một
thời điểm trong quá
khứ.
- Nhấn mạnh một hành - Ago, last, at/
in/ on + time in
hành động khác/ một the past,…
thời điểm ở trong quá - when, while
khứ.
 - She had been waiting for you
for nearly three hours before
you were present.
Simple (+) S + will/ shall + V + O - Quyết định sẽ làm gì Next,
future (-) S + will/ shall + not + V + ngay tại thời điểm nói ( tomorrow,
O không chắc chắn sẽ xảy in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + V + O? ra) the future.
- Lời hứa hẹn làm gì, - When+
Example: ngỏ ý giúp ai,… SVs/es
- It is raining cats and dogs, I - Yêu cầu ai làm gì một
will stay here till it clears up. cách lịch sự.
- I will help you when you have
trouble.
- Will you stop talking please?
Near  S + is/am/are + going Next, - Động từ “come, go”
future to + V + O - Kế hoạch, dự định đã tomorrow, không được dùng
 S + is/am/are +V-ing + được sắp sẵn từ trước in/on + time in trong cấu trúc Be +
O - Dự đoán một việc the future. going to + V
Example: chắc chắn sẽ sớm xảy - When+ Example:
- We are going to Finish this ra dựa vào tình huống SVs/es I am going to come/go
course on August. của hiện tại. to Hanoi next month
- There are many black clouds
in the sky. It is going to rain.
- I am studying Chinese next
year.
Future (+) S + will+ be + V-ing + O - Next,
continuou (-) S + will/ shall + not + be + - Diễn tả/ dự đoán một tomorrow,
s V-ing + O hành động sẽ đang xảy in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + be + V- ra tại một thời điểm the future.
ing + O? trong tương lai - When+
SVs/es
Example:
- At 8 am tomorrow, we will be
attending a meeting.
- When he comes back, the
children will be sleeping.
Future (+) S + will + have + P2 + O Next,
perfect (-) S + will/ shall + not + have - Diễn tả một hành tomorrow,
+ P2 + O động sẽ xảy ra trước in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + have + P2 một thời điểm/ hành the future.
+ O? động trong tương lai - When+
SVs/es
- By + time in
Example: the future
- When he returns, they will - Before
have built this bridge.
- By the end of this year, my
parents will have got married
for 50 years.
Future (+) S + will + have + been + V- Next,
perfect ing + O tomorrow,
continuou (-) S + will/ shall + not + have - Nhấn mạnh một hành in/on + time in
s + been + V-ing + O động sẽ xảy ra trước the future.
(?) Will/ Shall + S + have been một thời điểm/ hành - When
+ V-ing + O? động trong tương lai - By + time in
Example: the future
- By June he will have been - before
living here for 10 years.
 BÀI TẬP TRẮC NGHIỆM LUYỆN VỀ CÁC THÌ TIẾNG ANH
I. Choose the word or phrase that best complete the sentence (A, B, C, or D):
1. John ............................... tennis once or twice a week.
A. is playing usually B. is usually playing C. usually plays D. plays usually
2. Tom ......................... his hand when he was cooking dinner.
A. burnt B. was burning C. has burnt D. had burnt
3. Jim is away on holiday. He ........................ to Spain.
A. is gone B. have been C. has been D. was
4. Everything is going well. We ....................... any problems so far.
A. didn’t have B. don’t have C. haven’t had D. hadn’t had
5. I think the weather ............................ be nice later.
A. shall B. will C. is going to D. can
6. Jane .................................... just a few minutes ago.
A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left
7. Timson ...................... 13 films and I think her latest is the best.
A. made B. had made C. has made D. was making
8. ................................. Robert lately ?
A. Did you see B. Have you seen C. Do you see D. Are you seeing
9. When I was a child, I ............................... the violin.
A. was playing B. am playing C. played D. play
10. He ......................... for the national team in 65 matches so far.
A. has played B. has been played C. played D. is playing
11. I’m busy at the moment. I .................................. on the computer.
A. work B. worked C. am working D. working
12. When I looked round the door, the baby ............................. quietly.
A. is sleeping B. slept C. was sleeping D. were sleeping
13. Robert ....................... ill for three weeks. He is still in hospital.
A. had been B. has been C. is D. was
14. I’m very tired. I ..................... over four hundred miles today.
A. drive B. am driving C. have drived D. have driven
15. Our friends ............................... meet us at the airport tonight.
A. are B. are going to C. go to D. will be to
16. This isn’t my first time to visit London ........................... here before.
A. I’m B. I’d been C. I was D. I’ve been
17. What time ............................. to work this morning ?
A. did you get B. are you getting C. have you got D. do you get
18. When I ..................... him, the man was running away.
A. see B. was seeing C. saw D. had seen
19. I haven’t seen Kate ............................. Christmas.
A. for B. never C. ever D. since
20. He’s worked for this company ......................... many years.
A. since B. for C. in D. at
21. As soon as Martina saw the fire, she _______ the fire department.
A.was telephoning B. telephoned C. had telephoned D. has telephoned
22. Every time Parkas sees a movie made in India, he _______homesick.
A. will have left B. felt C. feels D. is feeling
23. Since I left Venezuela six years ago, I _______to visit friends and family several times.
A. return B. will have returned C. am returning D. have returned
24. After the race _______, the celebration began.
A. had been won B. is won C. will be won D. has been won
25.While he was washing his car, Mr. Brown _______a small dint in the rear fender.
A. has discovered B. was discovering C. is discovering D. discovered
26. The earth _______ on the sun for its heat and light.
A. is depended B. depends C. is depending D. has depended
27. I’m busy at the moment _______on the computer.
A. I work B. I’m worked C. I’m working D. I worked
28. At this time tomorrow _______over the Atlantic .
A. we’re flying B. we’ll be flying C. we’ll fly D. we’re to fly
29. Our friends _______next us at the airport tonight .
A. are B. are going to C. go to D. will be to
30. When I entered the room, everyone _____________.
A. has been dancing B. was dancing C. had danced D. danced
31. He said that he _________ his homework since 7 o’clock.
A. had done B. did C. has done D. was doing
32. How long __________ able to drive? - Since 1990.
A. could you B. have you been C. were you D. are you
33. She won't get married until she __________ 25 years old.
A. is B. will be C. had been D. was.
34. This building used to be a library,_________?
A. doesn't it B. didn’t it C. isn’t it D. wasn’t it
35. Nobody was injured in the accident, ________?
A. was there B. was he C. were they D. wasn't it
36. Let's go out for a walk, ______?
A. not us B. don't we C. do we D. shall we
37. Jane and I________ school in 1987.
A. finish B. have finished C. finishes D. finished
38. John and Ann ………. married last Saturday.
A. get B. got C. is getting D. have got
39. His brother…………….high school 6 years ago.
A. finish B. finished C. finishes D. has finished
40. We have been living here………...1990.
A. for B. from C. since D. during
41. Pasteur _____ in the 19th century.
A. was living B. lived C. had lived D. has lived
42. .Now my sister _____ a bicycle of her own.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. had
43 .Don’t bother me while I ………………..
A. am working B. was working C. will work D.will have completed
44 .How ................since we ................school?
A. are you / left B.will you be / had left C. have you been / left D.had you been/ had left
45. When he came..........................
A. I was watching TV B. I watched TV C. I am watching TV D. I have watched TV
46. The piano _____ at the moment.
A. repairs B. repaired C. is repaired D. is being repaired
47. I saw Jack yesterday morning while I ________ home from work.
A.walked B. was walking C.am walking D.had been walking
48. My brother................out at weekend.
A.doesn’t usually go B.does usually not go C.doesn’t usually goes D.usually doesn’t goes
49. Everyday, my sister .................the floor.
A.usually clean B.cleans usually C.usually cleaned D.usually cleans
50. Your English …………wonderfully since last month.
A. improved B. was improved C. have improved D. has been improved
51. Anita ........ very hard at the moment.
 A.is studying B. studies C. studied D. has studied
52. He ________ for London one year ago.
A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left
53. She _________ in Hue for twenty years.
A. lives B. has lived C. lived D. will live
54. I ____ to the market with my mother yesterday.
A. go B. went C. have gone D. was going
55. How long ____ you ____ her? – For five months.
A. do/know B. are/knowing C. have/known D. had/known

56. I usually ____ to school by bus.

A. went B. am going C. go D. have gone
57. Yesterday morning I ____ up at 6.30.
A. got B. get C. was getting D. had got
58. Please don’t make so much noise. I ____.
A. studying B. study C. am studying D. studied
59. Water ____ at 100 degrees Celsius.
A. boils B. boiled C. is boiling D. will boil
60. It is raining now. It began raining two hours ago. So it ____ for two hours.
A. rains B. is raining C. has rained D. rained
61. ____ you ____ out last night?
A. Did/go B. Do/go C. Have/gone D. Were/going
62. This house ____ 35,000 pounds in 1980.
A. costs B. cost C. had cost D. was cost
63. While Tom ____ tennis, Ann ____ a shower.
A. played/took B.was playing/was taking C.playing/taking D.was play/was take
64. Mike is playing chess. How long ____ he ____?
A. did/play B. is/playing C. has/play D. has/been playing
65. When they ____ in the garden, the phone ____.
A.worked/was ringing B.worked/rang C.were working/rang D. work/rings
66. After they ____ their breakfast, they ____ shopping yesterday.
A. have/go B. had had/go C. had/had gone D. had had/went
67. They ____ tea when the doorbell ________.
A. have/is ringing B. had had/ rang C. were having/rang D. having/ringing
68. Father ____ his pipe while mother ____ a magazine.
A.smoked/read B.was smoking/was reading C. had smoked/read D. smoking/reading
69. He ____ in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
70. He ____ to HCMC last year and I ____ him since then.
A. moved/didn’t see B.moved/haven’t seen C. moves/haven’t seen D. moved/hadn’t seen
71. We ____ what to do with the money yet.
A. not decide B. haven’t decided C. didn’t decide D. hadn’t decided
72. My father ____ as a teacher for thirty years.
A. works B. is working C. worked D. has worked
73. Nam is a careful driver but yesterday he ____ carelessly.
A. drove B. had driven C. drives D. was driving
74. Do you like swimming, Ba? – I ____ when I was a child but not now.
A. do B. did C. have done D. had done
75. I ____ her at the school gate yesterday.
A. met B. meet C. had met D. am meeting
76. I don’t remember where and when I ____ her.
A. meet B. had met C. met D. have met
77. They ____ to know each other for more than ten years.
A. get B. got C. have got D. had got
78. I ____ the film with my friends last week.
A. watched B. watch C. have watched D. had watched
79. He ____ up at five every morning.
A. is getting B. got C. gets D. was getting
80. ____ she ____ in Hue at the moment?
A. Does/live B. Is/living C. Did/live D. Was/living
81. He usually ____ her at weekend but now he ____ in bed because of his severe illness.
A. visits/stays B. visits/staying C. visited/stays D. visits/is staying
82. Don’t make noise, children! Parents ____.
A. sleep B. are sleeping C. were sleeping D. slept
83. Why ____ you often ____ so much noise in the house?
A. do/make B. did/make C. are/making D. were/making
84. What ____ he ____ before you came?
A. does/do B. had/do C. had/done D. has/done
85. What ____ he ____ at 4pm last Sunday?
A. did/do B. was/do C. had/done D. was/doing
86. Last year he came here and ____ me to marry him but I ____ too young to get married.
A. asked/was B. asks/am C. had asked/was D. has asked/am
87. How long ____ you ____ novels?
A. have/write B. do/write C. have/written D. are/writing
88. ____ you sometimes ____ out with friends?
A. Are/going B. Do/go C. Have/gone D. Did/go
89. I ____ a lot of badminton recently.
A. play B. have played C. am playing D. was playing
90. We ____ your mother for ages.
A. don’t see B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen
91. We ____ our plan next week.
A. started B. will start C. have started D. will have started
92. They ____ a house by June next year.
A. will build B. are building C. have built D. will have built
93. The film ____ by the time we get there.
A. ends B. will end C. is ending D. will have ended
94. Tom ____ to Hanoi before.
A. is never B. had never been C. was never D. has never been
95. When we came to the stadium, the match ____.
A. already begins B. had already begun C. already began D. have already begun
96. It was the first time I ____ such a beautiful girl.
A. ever saw B. had ever seen C. have ever seen D. ever see
97. She ____ the gold medal in 1986.
A. wins B. had won C. won D. has won
98. I ……….in this town for 15 years. My family……….here when I ……..10 years old.
A. have been/moved / was C. was/have moved/ have been
B. was/moved/was D. was/moved/have been
99. Thousands of people………..this exhibition by the end of the month.
A. will see B. are going to see C. will have seen D. are seeing
100. She told me that her family………in that town long.
A. lived B. have lived C. had lived D. are living
II. Choose the word or phrase that best complete the sentence (A, B, C, or D):
1) He ____ for London one year ago.
A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left
2) She ____ in Hue for twenty years.
A. lives B. has lived C. lived D. will live
3) I ____ to the market with my mother yesterday.
A. go B. went C. have gone D. was going
4) What ____ you ____, Nam? – I’m thinking of my mother.
A. do/think B. are/thinking C. have/thought D. were/thinking
5) How long ____ you ____ her? – For five months.
A. do/know B. are/knowing C. have/known D. had/known
6) I usually ____ to school by bus.
A. went B. am going C. go D. have gone
7) Yesterday morning I ____ up at 6.30.
A. got B. get C. was getting D. had got
8) Please don’t make so much noise. I ____.
A. studying B. study C. am studying D. studied
9) Water ____ at 100 degrees Celsius.
A. boils B. boiled C. is boiling D. will boil
10) It is raining now. It began raining two hours ago. So it ____ for two hours.
A. rains B. is raining C. has rained D. rained
11) ____ you ____ out last night?
A. Did/go B. Do/go C. Have/gone D. Were/going
12) This house ____ 35,000 pounds in 1980.
A. costs B. cost C. had cost D. was cost
13) While Tom ____ tennis, Ann ____ a shower.
A. played/took B. playing/taking
C. was playing/was taking D. was play/was take
14) Mike is playing chess. How long ____ he ____?
A. did/play B. is/playing C. has/play D. has/been playing
15) When they ____ in the garden, the phone ____.
A. worked/was ringing B. were working/rang C. worked/rang D. work/rings
16) After they ____ their breakfast, they ____ shopping yesterday.
A. have/go B. had had/go C. had/had gone D. had had/went
17) They ____ tea when the doorbell ____.
A. have/is ringing B. were having/rang C. had had/ rang D. having/ringing
18) Father ____ his pipe while mother ____ a magazine.
A. smoked/read B. had smoked/read
C. was smoking/was reading D. smoking/reading
19) When I ____ into the office, my boss ____ for me.
A. came/was waiting B. was coming/waited
C. had come/waited D. came/waiting
20) When I ____ Brian, he ____ a taxi.
A. see/drives B. see/was driving C. saw/was driving D. saw/is driving
21) When he ____, we ____ dinner.
A. arrived/having B. arrived/were having
C. was arriving/had D. had arrived/had
22) While they ____ chess, we ____ the shopping.
A. playing/doing B. were playing/doing
C. played/did D. were playing/were doing
23) They ____ football when the lights in the stadium ____ out.
A. were playing/went B. played/was going
C. were playing/ was going D. playing/went
24) While George and John ____ their room, she ____ the ironing.
A. cleaning/doing B. were cleaning/was doing
 C. were cleaning/doing D. cleaning/was doing
25) Today is Thursday and she ____ late twice this week. She ____ late yesterday and on Monday.
A. is/was B. has been/is C. has been/was D. has been/had been
26) He ____ in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
27) We ____ him since he ____ married.
A. didn’t see/got B. haven’t seen/got C. don’t/get D. hadn’t seen/got
28) It ____ for two hours and the ground is too wet to play tennis.
A. is raining B. had rained C. has rained D. was raining
29) He ____ to HCMC last year and I ____ him since then.
A. moved/didn’t see B. moves/haven’t seen C. moved/haven’t seen D. moved/hadn’t seen
30) We ____ what to do with the money yet.
A. not decide B. didn’t decide C. haven’t decided D. hadn’t decided
31) My father ____ as a teacher for thirty years.
A. works B. is working C. worked D. has worked
32) He ____ to New York three times this year.
A. had been B. was C. has been D. is
33) I ____ how to dance when I ____ six years old.
A. don’t know / was B. didn’t know / am
C. didn’t know / was D. haven’t known/was
34) Last month my brother ____ me his photos. He ____ me his photos every year.
A. sends/sent B. sent/sends C. sent/sent D. sends/sends
35) Nam is a careful driver but yesterday he ____ carelessly.
A. drove B. had driven C. drives D. was driving
36) Do you like swimming, Ba? – I ____ when I was a child but not now.
A. do B. did C. have done D. had done
37) I ____ her at the school gate yesterday.
A. met B. meet C. had met D. am meeting
38) She ____ English when she was six years old.
A. learned B. has learned C. is learning D. had learned
39) I don’t remember where and when I ____ her.
A. meet B. had met C. met D. have met
40) They ____ to know each other for more than ten years.
A. get B. got C. have got D. had got
41) ____ you ____ that film yet?
A. Do/see B. Have/seen C. Did/see D. Had/seen
42) I ____ the film with my friends last week.
A. watched B. watch C. have watched D. had watched
43) He ____ up at five every morning.
A. is getting B. got C. gets D. was getting
44) ____ she ____ in Hue at the moment?
A. Does/live B. Is/living C. Did/live D. Was/living
45) He usually __ her at weekend but now he __ in bed because of his severe illness.
A. visits/stays B. visits/staying C. visited/stays D. visits/is staying
46) Don’t make noise, children! Parents ____.
A. sleep B. are sleeping C. were sleeping D. slept
47) Why ____ you often ____ so much noise in the house?
A. do/make B. did/make C. are/making D. were/making
48) What ____ he ____ before you came?
A. does/do B. had/do C. had/done D. has/done
49) While mum was watching TV, I ____ my homework.
A. am doing B. was doing C. had done D. has done
50) At this time yesterday I ____ to music.
A. listened B. had listened C. was listening D. am listening
51) What ____ he ____ at 4 P.m. last Sunday?
A. did/do B. was/do C. had/done D. was/ doing
52) When I ____ a little girl, I used to climb trees and go swimming in the river with my friends.
A. am B. was C. have been D. had been
53) Last year he came here and ____ me to marry him but I ____ too young to get married.
A. asked/ was B. asks/am C. had asked/was D. has asked/am
54) How long ____ you ____ novels?
A. have/write B. do/write C. have written D. are/writing
55) ____ you sometimes ____ out with friends?
A. Are/going B. do/ go C. Have/gone D. Did/go
56) I ____ a lot of badminton recently.
A. play B. have played C. am playing D. was playing
57) When I ____ home, everyone ____ TV.
A. got/watch B. got/watching C. get/was watch D. got/ was watching
58) We ____ your mother for ages.
A. don’t see B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen
59) London ____ a lot since we first ____ to live here.
A. changed/came B. has changed/ came
C. had changed/ came D. has changed/ come
60) How many times ____ you ____ this film? – The first time.
A. have/ seen B. did/see C. do/see D. had/seen
II. Choose the part in each sentence (A, B,C, or D ) that needs correcting.
61) Yesterday David was crossing (A) a street when (B) a truck was turning (C) a corner very fast and
almost hit (D) him.
62) When Rita will get (A) her driver’s license next week (B), she will be able (C) to drive to school
everyday (D).
63) So far (A) she spends (B) a lot of time there (C) chatting with (D) her friends.
64) Jack is living (A) in Spain now (B). His Spanish had improved (C) greatly since he moved (D) there.
65) Last month(A) while we watched(B) an exciting game on(C) television in our living room, the electricity
went out (D).
66) I’m sure (A) they have completed (B) the new (C) road by (D) June.
67) At (A) this time tomorrow (B), they will do (C) their homework with their (D) brothers.
68) We have seen (A) and tell (B) you the situation next (C) Monday. Please wait for (D) us.
69) Our (A) teacher explained (B) that lesson to (C) us tomorrow (D).
70) We will wait (A) for you when (B) you will get (C) back tomorrow (D).
71) I will practise(A) my English lesson with(B) my classmate at(C) 7pm next(D) Sunday.
72) When I see (A) Mr Pike tomorrow (B), I remind (C) him of (D) that.
73) He works(A) on the(B) report at(C) this time tomorrow(D).
74) Please (A) sit here (B) and wait until (C) the manager will return (D).
75) Our parents arrived (A) next Wednesday. I’m sure we will receive (B) a lot of (C) presents from (D)
them.
76) I gave (A) him your message (B) and letter when (C) I see him (D).
77) By (A) the time you arrive (B), I finish (C) writing an (D) essay.
78) We will be going (A) home as soon (B) as we have finished (C) our work (D).
79) Mr Green has taught (A) English this school since (B) he graduates (C) from the university in (D)1986.
80) At (A) 7 yesterday morning (B) when I arrive (C) at his house, he was still sleeping (D)
MỘT SỐ CÁCH PHÁT ÂM CƠ BẢN
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI: trong trường hợp danh từ số nhiều nhiều hoặc động từ số ít.
 /s/ Khi đi sau các phụ âm sau: /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/ ,//. Hoặc các chữ cái: f, k, p, t, th.
Ex: laughs, walks, cups, cats, tenths; books...
/ iz / Khi đi sau các âm sau: /s/, /∫/, / t∫/, /z/, / ʒ,/, /ʤ /,. Hoặc các chữ cái: s, x, z, ch, sh,
ce, ge, se
Ex: washes , kisses , oranges…..
/z / Không thuộc hai loại trên. Ex: bags , kids , days …
Ngọai lệ: bình thường chữ “s” phát âm /s/, nhưng có những ngoại lệ cần nhớ:
- Chữ “s” đọc / z /sau các từ :busy, please, easy, present, desire, music, pleasant, desert, choose, reason,
preserve, poison..
-Chữ “s” đọc / ∫ / sau các từ: sugar, sure
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI: Đây là hình thức Past tense và Past participle:
1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d. Ex: wanted; decided
2. “-ed ” pronounced as / t /: sau / k, f, p, s, ∫, t∫ , / hoặc chữ p, k, f, th, s, sh, ch, gh. Ex: asked;
stopped; laughed...
3. “-ed ” pronounced as / d /: Trừ 2 trường hợp trên: Ex: moved; played; raised, used,
Ngọai lệ: Đuôi -ed trong các tính từ sau được phát âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved, blessed, naked,
wicked, dogged, sacred, hatred, rugged, .....
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI: Đây là hình thức Past tense và Past participle:
1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d. Ex: wanted; decided
2. “-ed ” pronounced as / t /: sau / k, f, p, s, ∫, t∫ , / hoặc chữ p, k, f, th, s, sh, ch, gh. Ex: asked;
stopped; laughed...
3. “-ed ” pronounced as / d /: Trừ 2 trường hợp trên: Ex: moved; played; raised, used,
Ngọai lệ: Đuôi -ed trong các tính từ sau được phát âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved, blessed, naked,
wicked, dogged, sacred, hatred, rugged, .....
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2: CÁC CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ
(PHRASES AND CLAUSES)
1. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ (Phrase and clause of concession)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ thường được bắt đầu bằng giới từ ‘In spite of’ hoặc ‘Despite’

Cấu trúc:
In spite of/ Despite + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
Ví dụ:
Despite the bad weather, they enjoyed the
picnic. In spite of his old age, he leads an active
life.

Chú ý:
Cụm từ có ‘Despite’ hoặc ‘In spite of’ có thể được đặt trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng
trước mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề
chính, ta không cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
She couldn’t pass the exam despite studying
hard. Despite studying hard, she couldn’t pass
the exam.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ là mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản của 2 hành động trong
câu. Mệnh đề này thường bắt đầu với những từ nối: although, though, even though, no matter,
whatever (dù, cho dù)
❖ Although, though, even though
Cấu trúc:
Although/ though/ even though + S + V
Ví dụ:
Although he is intelligent, he can’t do this puzzle.
She couldn’t win the beauty contest even though she was beautiful.
 Chú ý:
- Đăng sau 3 cụm từ này phải là một mệnh đề hoàn chỉnh (có cả chủ ngữ và động từ).
- Các mệnh đề này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng trước mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm
dấu phấy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
Although the weather was cold, they enjoyed the picnic.
Jane will be admitted to the university even though she has bad
grades. Anna was fond of Jim though he often annoyed her.
 No matter, whatever
 Cấu trúc:
No matter + who/ what/ when/ where/ why/ how (adj, adv) + S + V
= Whoever/ Whatever (+N)/ whenever/ whereever/ whyever/ however (adj/ adv) + S + V,
Ví dụ:
No matter who you are, I love you.
 = Whoever you are, I still love you.
Whatever he says, I don’t believe
him
= No matter what he say, I don’t believe him.

Chú ý:
Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng No matter hoặc Whatever thường được đặt trước mệnh đề chính, mang
nghĩa ‘dù ... đi nữa’
2. Phrase and clause of reason (Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ lý do)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ lý do thường được bắt đầu bằng: because of, owing to, due to, as a result of, on account
of, Because of
 Cấu trúc:
because of
owing to
due to + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
on account of
as a result of
 Chú ý:
- Cụm từ thường được sử dụng nhất là because of.
- Các cụm từ này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính, mang nghĩa là ‘vì, do’. Nếu đứng trước mệnh
đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không cần thêm
dấu phấy.
Ví dụ:
Jane was late because of the rain.
= Because of the rain, Jane was late.
Because of the traffic jam, the students arrived late.
The project has to be abandoned due to a lack of government funding.
Owing to his illness, he could not continue with his studies.
She dies as a result of her injuries.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do là một mệnh đề phụ chỉ lý do hoặc nguyên nhân của hành động được
nêu trong mệnh đề chính. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do thường được nối với mệnh đề chính nhờ
các từ nối như: because, since, as.
 Chú ý:
- since và as thường đặt ở đầu câu khi người nghe đã biết rõ nguyên nhân hoặc nguyên nhân không quá quan
trọng.
- because là từ nối được sử dụng phổ biến nhất
 Cấu trúc:
Because/ Since/ As + S + V
Ví dụ:
He came ten minutes late because he missed the first bus.
As the weather was bad, they didn’t take part in the trip.
3. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
a. Cụm từ chỉ kết quả
❖ too ... to V (quá... không thể làm điều gì).
Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + too + adj/ adv + to V
Ví dụ:
He is too short to play basketball.
Tom ran too slowly to become the winner of the
race. This book is too dull for you to read.
 Lưu ý: Cấu trúc này thường dùng với nghĩa phủ định.

enough ... to V (đủ ....để có thể làm điều gì đó)

Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + adj/ adv + enough + to V
Ví dụ:
Marry isn't old enough to drive a car.
She speaks Spanish well enough to be an
interpreter. It is cold enough to wear a heavy
jacket.
b. Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả là mệnh đề phụ được dùng đề chỉ kết quả do hành động của mệnh đề chính
gây ra:
❖ so ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + be/ V + so + adj/ adv + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was so dark that I couldn't see anything.
The student had behaved so badly that he was dismissed from the class.
 Chú ý: Nếu động từ trong mệnh đề chính là các động từ chỉ tri giác như look, appear, seem, feel, taste,
smell, sound,... ta dùng công thức với động từ to be.
Ví dụ:
The little girl looks so unhappy that we all feel sorry for
her. The soup tastes so good that everyone will ask for
more.
Nếu trong câu có many, much, few, little thì ta có cấu trúc:
Với danh từ đếm được số nhiều:
S + V + so + many/ few + plural countable noun + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
The Smiths had so many children that they formed their own baseball
team. I had so few ion offers that is wasn't difficult to select one.

Với danh từ không đếm đưọc:

S + V + so + much/ little + uncountable noun + that + S + V
There are so many people in the room that I feel tired.
Ví dụ:
 He has invested so much money in the project that he can't abandon
it now. The grass received so little water that it turned brown in the
heat.

Chú ý: Một cấu trúc khác của so ... that
S + V + so + adj + a + singular countable noun + that...
Ví dụ:
It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors.
It was so interesting a book that he couldn't put it down.

such ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + V + such + (a/an) + adj + N + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was such a hot day that we decided to stay at home.
She has such exceptional abilities that everyone is jealous of
her. There are such beautiful pictures that everybody will
want one. It is such an intelligent boy that we all admire
him.
This is such difficult homework that I will never finish it.
4. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ mục đích
a. Cụm từ
Khẳng định S + V + to/ in order to/ so as to + V
Phủ định S + V + in order not to/ so as not to + V
Ví dụ:
He went to France to study French.
He does morning exercises in order to improve his health.
She is hurrying so as not to miss the bus.
 Chú ý: Giới từ for cũng dùng để chỉ mục đích
- For + Noun: cũng có thể được dùng để nói đến mục đích của ai khi làm việc gì đó.
Ví dụ: I went to the store for some bread.
- For + O + to-inf. dùng để nói đến mục đích liên quan hành động của người khác
Ví dụ: I gave him my address. I wanted him to write to me.
 I gave him my address for him to write to me.
b. Mệnh đề
Khẳng định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + V
Phủ định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + not + V
Ví dụ:
I’ll try my best to study English so that I can find a better job. I
put the milk in the fridge in order that it won’t spoil.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Change from in spite of/ despite although/though/even though.
1. Despite my warning, they went ahead with their plan.

2. They went swimming in spite of the coldness of the water.

3. In spite of being bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row.

4. She decided to go abroad for a year despite loving her boyfriend very much.

5. He went on holiday to Thailand in spite of the expensive airfare.

6. Socrates never had much money despite being very famous in his own day.

7. His career did not really take off despite his ambitions.

8. They managed to work together despite their differences of opinion.

9. Despite my headache I enjoyed the film.

10. Despite having enough money, he refused to buy a new car.

Exercise 2: Change from although/ though/ even though in spite of/ despite, starting as available.
1. Although he was tired, he walked to the station.
Despite
2. Although it was noisy, the children slept well.
The children
3. Though Linda earned a low salary, she gave money to her parents.
In spite of
4. Tom went to work even though he didn’t feel very well.
Tom
5. Their new product turned out to be a success though the market studies were pessimistic.
Their
6. Julie failed the exam though she worked very hard.
Julie
7. Although John got the highest result in the class, he still had problems with the teacher.
In spite of
8. Although it was difficult, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
In spite of
9. Even though he is a little overweight, he is actually quite fit.
Despite
10. Although politicians are necessary for democracy, they are still liars and thieves.
In spite of
Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. Valencia is a fantastic place although/ despite being too hot in July and August
2. Cars are very useful in the city though/ in spite of they are expensive.
3. She’s a great person in spite of/ even though getting jealous over stupid things sometimes
4. In spite of/ despite of getting the highest result in the class, John still had problems with the teacher
5. The best things in life are free though/ even though love is often very expensive
6. I phone my brother in Thailand using Skype nearly every day despite/ though the time difference.
7. In spite/ In spite of losing her way twice, she arrived safely.
8. Although/ in spite of the fact the sun was shining, the water was cold.
9. Despite/ although he being hard working, Kevin failed the examination.
10. We stayed up late, in spite of/ although we were tired.
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. Tom wakes his parents up playing the guitar very softly.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
2. Many people believe him he often tells a lie.
A. because B. in spite of C. although D. because of
3. she was very hard working; she hardly earned enough to feed her family.
A. In spite of B. Because C. Because of D. Although
4. her poorness, she feels happy.
A. Although B. Because C. If D. In spite of
5. I went to the club last Saturday the heavy rain.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
6. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.
A. As hard as he work B. Despite he worked hard
C. Though he worked hard D. Although hard work
7. Despite the fact that it rained, we enjoyed our trip.
A. Because of the rain B. Though it is raining
C. Despite of the heavy rain D. Though it rained
8. Tom went to work although he didn’t feel very well.
A. that he did not feel very well B. despite of the fact not feeling well
C. because he did not feel very well D. despite not feeling very well
9. Although he is very old, he can walk to the station.
A. In spite of his old age B. Despite his old age
C. Despite the fact that he is old D. All are correct
10. I have tried hard but I can’t earn enough money.
A. Although I have tried hard, but I can’t earn enough money.
B. Although I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
C. In spite of I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
D. Despite I have tried hard, but I can’t earn enough money.
11. She stayed at home because her mother was sick.
A. Despite her sick mother, she stayed at home.
B. Because of her sick mother, she stayed at home.
C. In spite of her sick mother, she stayed at home.
D. A & C are correct.
12. Although he took a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
A. Bill arrived late for the concert because he takes a taxi.
B. Bill arrived late for the concert because of the taxi.
C. In spite of taking a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
D. Although Bill took a taxi, he can’t come to the concert in time.
13. In spite of his suffering from a bad cold, William went to school.
A. Although William suffers from a bad cold, he went to school.
B. Although William suffered from a bad cold, he went to school.
C. William went to school although he is suffering from a bad cold.
D. William went to school; he suffered from a bad cold although.
14. Despite the fact that it was snowing, I felt warm.
A. In spite snowing, I felt warm. B. In spite of feeling warm, it was snowing.
C. Although it was snowing, I felt warm. D. Although I felt warm, it was snowing.
15. Though he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
 A. Despite he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
B. In spite of he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
C. In spite of trying hard, he didn’t succeed.
D. Even though he tried hard, but he didn’t succeed.
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. Although she didn’t want to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end.

2. They visited Madrid although they didn’t have time to visit El Prado.

3. Although it was raining, we decided to go anyway.

4. The English actor Oliver Reed was often rude to people although he was always kind to animals.

5. Although he behaved badly, he wasn’t punished.

6. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job.

7. Although it was raining heavily, we played the match as planned.

8. Although my doctor had told me to stay in bed I went to work.

9. Although he takes a lot of exercises, he’s fat.

10. Although I had practiced for hours on end, my first golf ball ended up in the trees.

Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences with no matter + wh-question word or wh- question word + ever.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
makes you disappointed, please let it go. she is, he still loves
her.
you are tired, you can sleep immediately. you told lies, I still
cannot forgive you.
beautiful you are, I still consider you as my sister. you need, I will
stand by you.
you go, you must be home before 10.
you have done, he still does not believe you. tired I was, I didn’t
sleep.
you come from, I still consider you as my family.
2.2 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF REASON
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. He got wet he forgot his umbrella.
A. because of B. because C. but D. and
2. He stops working heavy raining.
A. in spite of B. although C. despite D. because of
3. They have a lot of difficulties in their life their poverty.
A. in spite of B. although C. because D. because of
4. Jill and Jolly were happy it was their both birthday party that day.
A. because B. even though C. spite of D. Despite
5. Nobody could hear her she spoke too quietly.
A. although B. because C. because of D. in spite of
6. We decided to leave early the party was boring.
A. although B. despite C. because D. because of
7. We all feel sad the bad news
A. because B. because of C. though D. despite
8. John lost his job his laziness.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
9. We can't go to Julia's party we're going away that weekend.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. Nam was absent from class yesterday he felt sick.
A. so B. because C. although D. but
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. The boy can’t reach the shelf he’s not tall enough.
A. because B. although C. even though D. and
2. She couldn’t unlock it she had the wrong key.
A. while B. but C. though D. because
3. Nam failed the final exam he was lazy.
A. while B. though C. because D. but
4. We watched TV the whole evening we had nothing better to do.
A. because B. though C. so D. but
5. We didn’t go for a walk it was very cold.
A. though B. because C. but D. so
6. They decided not to go out for a meal they were too tired.
A. so B. because C. but D. if
7. I’m learning English I want to get a better job.
A. or B. because C. therefore D. but
8. Last night we came to the show late the traffic was terrible.
A. although B. despite C. and D. because
9. Lan couldn’t pass the exam she is too lazy.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday.
A. because B. because of C. despite D. so
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. We delayed our trip the bad weather.
2. Sue’s eyes were red she had been crying.
3. My mother is always complaining the untidiness of my room.
4. The water in most river is unsafe to drink it’s polluted.
5. The trees were bend over the wind.
6. You can’t enter this secure areas you don’t have an official permit.
7. It’s unsafe to travel in that country the ongoing civil war.
8. Several people in the crowd became ill and fainted the extreme heat.
9. Mark didn’t go to work yesterday he didn’t feel well.
10. We couldn’t get into the disco the enormous crowd.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. I went home early I was feeling unwell.
2. We decided not to go out for a meal we were simply too tired.
3. I couldn’t get to sleep the noise.
4. He only accepted the job the salary, which was very high.
5. Sarah can’t climb up the tree her fear of heights.
6. his age, John was not hired he had the necessary qualifications.
7. Mary came to class late her motorbike had a puncture.
8. Sandy didn’t go to school yesterday she was sick.
9. She went to bed early her tiredness.
10. I couldn’t do the test it was too difficult.
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. He didn’t come because of his sickness.

2. The train was late because the fog was thick.

3. The plane couldn’t take off because of the bad weather.

4. He left the school because his family was poor.

5. We couldn’t study because of the noise.

6. I didn’t go swimming because it was cold.

7. These students arrive late because of the bad traffic.

8. Mary can’t sleep because she has drunk a cup of strong coffee.

9. Because of getting up early, he wasn’t late for the first train.

10. He was accepted for the job because he had much experience.

Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. Kevin has failed many times, so he disappointed.

2. I had not eaten for 24 hours. I was very hungry.

3. He ate all the fruits. The fruits were ripe.

4. He hadn’t finished the letter. He didn’t go to sleep.

5. He is dismissed. He was late for the work very often.

6. He drove too fast. He caused a serious accident.
 
7. The streets are narrow, so there are not many people driving cars in this city.

8. The test was so difficult that I couldn’t do it.

9. I don’t know Russian. I have to have my document translated into Russian.

10. The children had an accident. They went to school late.

2.3 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF RESULT
2.3.1 : ENOUGH AND TOO
Exercise 1: Complete the second sentence with (not) too/ enough + adj/adv so that it has the same
meaning as the first one.
1. The weather is fine. Mary and her little brother can go to school.
The weather is for Mary and her little brother to go to school.
2. The sun is not warm. We can’t live on it.
The sun is for us to live on.
3. The water is quite warm. I can drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
4. The weather is so bad that we can’t go out.
The weather is for us to go out.
5. The film was so boring that we couldn’t go on seeing it.
The film was for us to go on seeing it.
6. He was so old that he couldn’t run fast.
He was to run fast.
7. You speak so fast that I can’t catch up with your words. You
speak for us me to catch up with your words.
8. It is so early that we can’t go out.
It is for us to go out.
9. The film was very boring. We left before the end.
The film was for us to leave before the end.
10. The water is so hot that I can’t drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences using too.
1. This soup is very hot. We can’t eat it.

2. This morning is very cold. We couldn’t go swimming.

3. She can’t carry the box; it’s very heavy.

4. The room was very dirty. Nobody can learn it.

5. It was very late. She couldn’t go home.

6. The class was very tired. The teacher couldn’t explain the lesson.

7. She couldn’t see the film because it was very boring.

8. You can’t catch any taxi to the airport because it is very early.

9. It was very cold. They couldn’t keep working in the field.

10. The fair was very noisy. We couldn’t hear each other.

Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences using enough.
1. These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.

2. They can’t sleep. They aren’t tired.

3. She is old, so she can drive a car.

4. All students had to stay at home because it rained heavily.

5. The truck can go through the gate because it is very wide.

6. Tom was very brave boy, so all his friends admired him.

7. The room was very comfortable. We all fell asleep easily.

8. He spoke slowly. We could understand him.

9. The soup is very excellent. We will have some.

10. They were very tired, so they stopped working?

Exercise 4: Tick  to the correct sentences and correct the wrong sentences.
1. He studied so badly that he couldn’t pass the exam.

2. It is very cold. We can’t bathe.

3. Would you be very kind and answer this letter by return?

4. The story was very funny. We couldn’t stop laughing.

5. The floor wasn’t strong. We couldn’t dance on it.

6. There were so many exercises that I couldn’t finish them in a short time.

7. He spoke so fast that we couldn’t understand him.

8. The restaurant is so expensive that we can’t eat in that restaurant.

9. The price of the house is very high. We can’t buy it.

10. I am very unhappy, so I cannot go out with him.

11. They sang very well. I could invite them to the party.

12. You are very young. You can’t have a front-door key.

13. I am rather old. I can’t wear that kind of hat.

14. The ladder wasn’t very long. It didn’t reach the window.

15. He hadn’t much money. He couldn’t live on it.

16. He was furious. He couldn’t speak.

17. The fire isn’t very hot. It won’t boil a kettle.

18. You are quite thin. You could slip between the bars.

19. He is very ill. He can’t eat anything.

20. Our new car is very wide. It won’t get through those gates.

Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences using too or enough.
1. The question was very hard. We couldn’t answer it.

2. You’re very young. You can’t drive that car.

3. She was tired. She didn’t go anywhere.

4. These shoes are very small. I can’t wear them.

5. He is so weak. He can’t run.

6. The TV programmer is very exciting. The children won’t miss it.

7. The coffee was very hot. I could drink it.

8. He has a lot of money. He can buy a car.

9. He is very intelligent. He can do it.

10. Tom is strong. He can lift the box.

2.3.2 : SO THAT AND SUCH THAT
Exercise 1: Rewrite the sentences with such ... that.
1. The room is so untidy that it took us one hour to clean it.

2. The man is so fool that no one took any notice of him.

3. The film is so long that they can't broadcast it on one night.

4. The books are so interesting that we have read them many times.

5. The news was so bad that she burst into tears on hearing it.

6. The food was so hot that it turned my tongue.

7. The boy is so fat that everyone calls him Stuffy.

8. The milk is so excellent that all the children want some more.

9. The weather was so warm that they had a walk in the garden.

10. The match was so exciting that all the fans shouted loudly.

Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences with so... that.
1. The coffee is extremely hot. The children can’t drink it.

2. My brother is very strong. He can lift this heavy table.

3. That play is very interesting. You should see it.

4. The suitcase is very heavy. Nobody can carry it upstairs.

5. My brother is very intelligent. He can do this difficult exercise.

6. The man is extremely poor. He can’t buy a new bike for his wife.

7. This coat is very short. He can’t wear it.

8. The tests were quite difficult. We couldn’t do them.

9. The boy is very lazy. Everybody hates him.

10. The girl is very intelligent. She can do this difficult exercise.

Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning as available.
1. The woman was so poor that she needs everyone’s help.
It
2. Mary is a good swimmer. She has won two gold medals.
Mary
3. He drank strong coffee. He couldn’t go to sleep.
He
4. It was a long walk. The children got tired.
It
5. He had a difficult exercise. He couldn’t do it.
It
6. The speaker gave a long talk. Most of the audience felt sleepy.
The talk
7. We watched an exciting competition. We didn’t want to go home.
The competition
8. It was an excellent show. We all enjoyed it.
The show
9. His letter was rude. I didn’t know what to think.
His letter
10. The train was so slow. It would have been faster to walk.
It.....
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with so/such/such a.
1. It’s difficult to understand him because he speaks quietly.
2. I like Liz and Joe. They’re nice people.
3. It was a great holiday. We had good time.
4. I was surprised that he looked well after his recent illness.
5. Everything is expensive these days, isn’t it?
6. The weather is beautiful, isn’t it? I didn’t expect it to be nice day.
7. I have to go. I didn’t realise it was late.
8. He always looks good. He wears nice clothes.
9. It was boring film that I felt asleep while I was watching it.
10. I couldn’t believe the news. It was shock.
11. I think she works too hard. She looks tired all the time.
12. The food at the hotel was awful. I’ve never eaten awful food.
13. They’ve got much money they don’t know what to do with it.
14. I didn’t realise you lived long way from the city centre.
15. The party was really great. It was pity you couldn’t come.
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answer.
1. He was so/such shy that he didn’t want to go to the party.
2. The dress was so/such small that I couldn’t wear it.
3. It was so/such a lovely night that we stayed outside until late.
4. It was so/such a long journey that we feel asleep.
5. She was so/such busy that she couldn’t have lunch.
6. The cat is so/such fat that it can’t walk.
7. She is so/such a good teacher that all the students like her.
8. I had so/such a terrible headache that I spent the whole day in bed.
9. It was so/such a boring book that I couldn’t finish reading it.
10. The weather was so/such hot that we couldn’t sleep at night.
Exercise 6: Tick  to the correct sentences and Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. I didn’t know you had so a big house.
2. I’ve never met such a kind people as your family.
3. It’s been such terrible weather that the farmers haven’t been able to grow anything.
4. If you weren’t such impatient, things would be better for you.
5. He always makes so fool of himself as nobody wants to make friends with him.
6. He always makes such a stupid mistakes.
7. He had such a fast car that he travelled everywhere in no time.
 8. It’s so late and I won’t be able to catch my usual train.
9. He speaks so fast that I can understand nothing he says.
10. I have such much work that I can’t go out.
11. Why are you making so many noise?
12. He works so a hard that he looks exhausted most of the time.
13. There were so many people on the bus that I couldn’t find an empty seat.
14. If you keep on practicing so much, you’ll make a lot of progress.
15. He is so an idiot that everybody ignores him.
2.4 : PHASE AND CLAUSE OF PURPOSE
Exercise 1: Match the sentences, using in order to/ so as to/ to.
1. The boys stood on the desks. They wanted to get a better view.

2. We learn English. We want to have better communication with other people.

3. We lower the volume. We don’t want to bother our neighbors.

4. I will write to you. I want you to know my decision soon.

5. These girls were talking whispers. They didn’t want anyone to hear their conversation.

6. I spoke loudly. I wanted everybody could hear me clearly.

7. You must take your umbrella. You won’t get wet.

8. Tom gets up early. He doesn’t want to be late for school.

9. I’m studying hard. I want to keep pace with my classmates.

10. Alice prepares her lessons carefully. She wants to get high marks in class.

Exercise 2: Match the sentences, using so that/in order that.
1. Mary often goes home as soon as the class is over. She doesn’t want her mother to wait for her.

2. I took my camera. I wanted to take some photos.

3. He studied really hard. He wanted to get better marks.

4. Jason learns Chinese. His aim is to work in China.

5. I’ve collected money. I will buy a new car.

6. Many people left Turkey in 1960s. They wanted to find jobs in Germany.

7. She attends to a course. She wants to learn chess.

8. Linda turned on the lights. She wanted to see better.

9. I will come with you. I want to help you.

10. We are going to cinema. We will watch a horror film.

Exercise 3: Change from phrase into clause.
1. We hurried to school so as not to be late.

2. He climbed the tree in order to get a better view.

3. Some young people like to earn their own living in order to be independent of their parents.

4. We should do morning exercises so as to improve our health.

5. We should take advantage of the scientific achievements of the world so as to develop our national
economy.

6. Every people in the world must unite their efforts to maintain and protect peace.

7. She put on warm clothes so as not to catch the cold.

8. He hurried to the station so as not to miss the train.

9. She locked the door in order not to be disturbed.

10. I tried to be on time so as not to make our teacher said.

Exercise 4: Change from clause into phrase, suing phrase in the parentheses.
1. People use money so that they can buy things they need. (in order to)

2. Banks are developed so that they can keep people’s money safe. (in order to)

3. I need to buy some laundry detergent so that I will wash my clothes. (in order to)

4. I came to this school so that I could learn English, (in order to)

5. Tom was playing very softly so that he wouldn’t disturb anyone. (in order not to)

6. They rushed into the burning house so that they could save the child. (in order to)

7. Lan often attends English speaking club so that she can practice speaking English. (so as to)

8. He stood on the chair so that she can see better. (in order to)

9. Please shut the gate so that the cows can’t get out of the cowshed. (in order to)

10. The boy tiptoed into the room because he didn’t want to wake up everybody up. (so as not to)

Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. I moved to the front of the room I could see better.
A. so as to . B. in order to C. to D. so that
2. He opened the window let fresh air in.
A. for B. to C. in order for D. so as
3. He turned out the light waste electricity.
A. not B. without C. so that not D. in order not to
4. I am lighting the fire so that the house be warm when they return.
A. would B. wouldn’t C. will D. won’t
5. Mary worked hard pass the examination.
A. as so to B. so as to C. so that to D. in order not to
6. She is taking science course at school order to choose science for her profession.
A. so B. on C. in D. at
7. She weighed herself know the pull of the earth exerting on her.
A. for B. so that C. in order D. to
8. He hurried so that he miss the train.
A. won’t B. doesn’t C. didn’t D. wouldn’t
9. He does morning exercises regularly to improve his health.
A. not B. without C. so that not D. in order
10. Mary took her brother to school for him English.
A. to learn B. learning C. learns D. learned
Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
1. We have to start early we won’t be late.
A. so that B. so as to C. because D. although
2. The school boys are in hurry they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. in order that D. for
3. We set off early we wouldn’t get stuck in the traffic.
A. although B. so that C. because D. in case
4. My mother went to London see my aunt’s family.
A. in order to B. so that C. not to D. not
5. Julie saves money buy a new motorbike.
A. not in order to B. as so to C. so that D. so that she can
6. Sarah went to the photocopy shop print out her research report.
A. so that B. for C. to D. in order for
7. He studies very hard
A. in order to fail the examination B. so that to get knowledge
C. so as not to pass examination D. in order that he could be illiterate
8. “I spoke slowly. The foreigner could understand me.” Means:
A. I spoke slowly so that the foreigner could understand me.
B. I spoke slowly in order to the foreigner could understand me.
C. I spoke slowly that the foreigner could understand me.
D. I spoke slowly to make the foreigner could understand me.
9. He had to explain the lesson very clearly .
A. in order that his students to understand it B. so that his students could understand it
C. so as his students to understand it D. so that his students to understand it.
10. He hurried to the station. He didn’t want to miss the train.
A. He hurried to the station so that he couldn’t miss the train.
B. He hurried to the station in order that he couldn’t miss the train.
C. He hurried to the station not to miss the train.
D. All are correct.
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3: CÁC DẠNG SO SÁNH CỦA TÍNH TỪ VÀ TRẠNG TỪ
(COMPARISONS OF ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB)
1. So sánh bằng với tính từ và trạng từ
 Cấu trúc:
S + V + as + adj/adv + as + ...
Ví dụ:
- She is as tall as I am = She is as tall as me. (Cô ấy cao bằng tôi.)
- He runs as quickly as I do = He runs as quickly as me. (Anh ấy chạy nhanh như tôi.)
- Your dress is as long as my dress = Your dress is as long as mine. (Váy của bạn dài bằng váy của tôi.)
2. So sánh hơn với tính từ và trạng từ.
a. So sánh hon với tính từ ngắn và trạng từ ngắn:
 Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + adj/ adv-er + than + ...
Ví dụ:
- This book is thicker than that one. (Cuốn sách này dày hơn cuốn sách kia.)
- They work harder than I do. = They work harder than me. (Họ làm việc chăm chỉ hơn tôi.)
b. So sánh hơn với tính từ dài và trạng từ dài:
 Cấu trúc:
S1 + more + adj/ adv + than + ...
Ví dụ:
- He is more intelligent than I am. = He is more intelligent than me. (Anh ấy thông minh hơn tôi.)
- My friend did the test more carefully than I did. = My friend did the test more carefully than me. (Bạn
tôi làm bài kiểm tra cẩn thận hơn tôi.)
3. So sánh nhất với tính từ và trạng từ.
+ So sánh hơn nhất với tính từ ngắn và trạng từ ngắn:
 Cấu trúc:
S + V + the + adj-est/ adv-est
Ví dụ:
- It is the darkest time in my life. (Đó là khoảng thời gian tăm tối nhất trong cuộc đời tôi.)
- He runs the fastest in my class. (Anh ấy chạy nhanh nhất lớp tôi.)
+ So sánh hơn nhất đối với tính từ dài và trạng từ dài:
 Cấu trúc:
S + V + the most + adj/ adv
Ví dụ:
- She is the most beautiful girl I’ve ever met. (Cô ấy là cô gái xinh nhất mà tôi từng gặp.)
- He drives the most carelessly among US. (Anh ấy lái xe ẩu nhất trong số chúng tôi.)
 Chú ý:
+ Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là “y, le, ow, er” khi sử dụng ở so sánh hơn hay so
sánh hơn nhất ta áp dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn của tính từ ngắn.
Tính từ So sánh hơn So sánh hơn nhất
happy happier the happiest
simple simpler the simplest
narrow narrower the narrowest
clever cleverer the cleverest
Ví dụ:
- Now they are happier than they were before. (Bây giờ họ hạnh phúc hơn trước kia.)
Ta thấy “happy” là một tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng khi sử dụng so sánh hơn, ta sử dụng cấu trúc so
sánh hơn của tính từ ngắn.
+ Một số tính từ và trạng từ bất quy tắc.
Tính từ/ Trạng từ So sánh hơn So sánh hơn nhất
good/well better the best
bad/ badly worse the worst
much/ many more the most
a little/ little less the least
far farther/ further the farthest/ furthest
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Give the correct form of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets.
1. This chair is (comfortable) than that one. more comfortable
2. You flat is (large) than mine. larger
3. The weather today is (hot) than it was yesterday. hotter
4. The Nile is (long) river in the world. the longest
5. Chinese bicycles are (bad) than Japanese ones. worse
6. Mathematics is (difficult) than English. more difficult
7. Ho Chi Minh is (big) city in Vietnam. the biggest
8. He drives (carefully) than his friend. more carefully
9. She sings (beautifully) in this school. the most beautifully
10. I read (slow) than my sister. slower
Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets.
1. Grace is (old) girl in our class. the oldest
2. This exercise is (easy) than that one. easier
3. He is twice (fat) you. fatter
4. Nam is (noisy) student of all. the noisiest
5. My cold is (good) today than it was yesterday. better
6. A new house is (expensive) . than an old one. more expensive
7. Of the four ties, I like the red one (well) . the best
8. Nobody is (happy) than Miss Snow. happier
9. Today English is (international) of languages. the most international
10. John is (strong) as I thought. as strong
Exercise 3: Choose the correct answers.
1. Hotels have developed ADV restaurants.
A. as rapidly as V B. so rapidly as (-) C. as rapid as D. more rapid
2. Can Tho bridge is the one in the South of Vietnam.
A. long B. shortest C. longest D. longer
3. Albert Einstein’s contributions to scientific theory were those of Gelileo and Newton.
A. important than B. more important C. the most important D. as important as
4. Impalas cannot move as cheetahs but they are more efficient runners.
A. faster than B. fast as C. fast D. are fast as
5. Of the two shirts, this one is .
A. the prettiest B. the most pretty C. prettier D. the prettier
6. The test is not .
A. as difficult as it was last month B. so difficult as it was last month
C. more difficult as it was last month D. Both A and B are correct.
7. Peter cannot earn his wife.
A. as many money as B. as much money as
C. as many more than D. as much money than
8. Of the five students, Mary is .
A. more intelligent B. the more intelligent
C. most intelligent D. the most intelligent
9. Steel is than wood.
A. more heavy B. as heavy C. heavier D. more heavier
10. A supermarket is a shopping center.
A. less convenient as B. less convenient than
C. not so convenient than D. the most convenient as
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. Tim's grades are than John.
A. worse B. worst C. as bad D. so bad
2. Ms. Jones isn’t as nice Ms. Smith.
A. as B. for C. like D. to
3. The rooms in Graduate Towers are Patterson Hall.
A. larger than B. larger than that of
C. larger than those in D. larger than in
4. Tuition at an American university runs six thousand dollars a semester.
A. so high as B. as high to C. as high as D. as high than
5. Everyone looks much today than they did yesterday.
A. happy B. happily C. more happily D. happier
6. Mr. Brown receives a salary than anyone else in the company.
A. big B. more bigger C. bigger D. the bigger
7. The Boeing 747 is twice the Boeing 707.
A. bigger than B. as bigger as C. as big as D. more bigger than
8. “Do you know that beautiful lady over there?” “Yes, that’s Maria. She’s in her group.”
A. more beautiful than any girl B. more beautiful than any other girl
C. so beautiful as other girl D. beautiful more than another girl
9. My young brother grew very quickly and soon he was my mother.
A. more big than B. so big than C. as big as D. too big than
10. Dianna is the of the three sisters.
A. more short B. shorter C. shortest D. more short
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning, beginning as available.
1. My kitchen is smaller than yours. ss hơn <-> ss không bằng
Your kitchen is bigger than mine ss hơn với adj trái nghĩa
2. No one in the class is taller than Dave.
Dave is is the tallest in the class
3. Mum doesn’t speak English as well as Dad.
Dad speaks E better than Mum
4. Lan is better cook than Hoa.
Hoa can’t cook as well as Lan
5. No restaurant in the city is better than that one.
That restaurant is is the best in the city
6. This watch is worse than that one.
That watch is better than this one.
7. My sister writes more carefully than she did.
My sister doesn't write as carelessly as she did
8. This story is more interesting than any other story that I have ever read.
This is the most intestesting stoy that I have ever read
9. She is the most beautiful girl I have ever known.
I’ve never known a more beautiful girl than her
10. Peter does not drive so carefully as Tom.
Tom drives more carefully than Peter
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning, beginning as available.
1. Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees. Today it’s only six degrees.
It is colder today than it was yesterday.
2. The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train.
It takes less time to go by car than by train
3. We were very busy at work today. We are not as busy as that every day.
We were busier at work today than (we are) everyday
4. Jane cooks better than her sister. ss hon <-> ss khong bang
Jane’s sister doesn't cook as well as Jane
5. Tom is the best football player in this team.
Nobody in this team can play football better than Tom/ plays football as well as Tom
6. They understand more than we do.
We don't understand as much as they do
7. It is much more difficult to speak English than to speak French.
To speak English is more difficult than to speak French
French is easier than to speak English
8. My interview lasted longer than yours.
Your interview was shorter than mine.
9. When I was younger, I used to go climbing more than 1 do now.
Now I go climbing less than I used to do when I was younger.
10. Your coffee is not as good as mine.
My coffee is better than yours
Exercise 7: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Richard feels good than several days ago.
2. Mary and Daisy are both intelligent students. Mary is so intelligent as Daisy.
3. I found the conversation as most interesting and I was glad to practice my English.
4. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is largest than any other lakes in the world.
5. He drives the car more dangerous than his brother does.
6. It was the most biggest building that I had ever seen.
7. I wish my house were so large as John’s.
8. The Mekong is one of the longer rivers in the world.
9. She can play the piano more good than her sister.
10. Many people believe that New York is the most great city in America.
greatest
Exercise 8: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Jessica is only an amateur, but she sings well than most professionals.
2. This house is more spacious as that white house I bought in Rapid City, South Dakota last year.
3. Lan is the more capable of the three girls who have tried out for the part in the play.
4. This telephone isn’t as cheap so the other one, but it work much better.
5. Stories are the most good way of teaching moral lessons to young people.
 6. This exercise is much more easier than the others.
7. London is much more exciting as I expected.
8. That brown chair is most comfortable than this one.
9. Lan is the most pretty of all the girls.
10. Does your country have worse weather as this?
A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. She speaks English as ................. as her friend does.
A. good B. well C. better D. the best
Question 2. It’s ................. to go by bus than by car.
A. cheaper B. cheapest C. more cheap D. more cheaper
Question 3. The test is not ................. difficult ................. it was last year.
A. as / as B. so / as
C. more / as V ADV D. A and B are correct
Question 4. He works more ................. than she does.
A. slow B. slowly C. slowest D. most slowly
Question 5. This hotel must be ................. in this city.
A. expensive B. more expensive
C. the most expensive D. the more expensive
Question 6. This river is ................. than that river.
A. narrow B. narrowest C. narrower D. most narrow
Question 7. Did you know your English teacher and your mother are the same .................?
A. age B. oldness C. old D. older
Question 8. This hotel was ................. that one we had stayed at before.
A. more expensive than B. more expensive as
C. most expensive than D. better expensive than
Question 9. Today is the ................. day of the month.
A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. hottest than
Question 10. Her illness is ................. than we thought at first.
A. bad B. worst C. badly D. worse
II. Fill in the correct form of the adjectives in brackets (comparative or superlative).
Question 11. This chair is _______________ than the old one. (comfortable)
Question 12. Trains are _______________ than planes. (slow)
Question 13. I bought the _______________ car I could afford. (expensive)
Question 14. In this classroom there are _______________ girls than boys. (many)
Question 15. Ann is the _______________ child in the family. (young)
Question 16. That TV set is the _______________ of all. (cheap)
Question 17. This place is _______________
SAFER than that one. (safe)
Question 18. Lisa is _______________
prettier than Kate. (pretty)
Question 19. This is the _______________
most exciting film I have ever seen. (exciting)
Question 20. Tom is _______________
more talented than Peter. (talented)
III. Complete the sentences with the correct comparative form of the words from the box.
 bad - important - crowded - high - heavy - difficult - expensive - easy -
thin - cold
Question 21. In Canada, January is ___________________
colder than February.
Question 22. I think that good health is ___________________
more important than money.
Question 23. I can’t carry my suitcase. It’s ___________________
heavier than yours.
Question 24. A car is ___________________
more expensive than a bike.
Question 25. You look _________________
thinner than the last time I saw you. Have you lost weight?
Question 26. I couldn’t get a seat in the restaurant. It was ___________________
more crowded than usual.
Question 27. Mountains are ___________________
higher than hills.
Question 28. He got good marks in the exam. The exam was ___________________
easier than he had
expected.
Question 29. I think you should go to the doctor. Your cold is ___________________
worse than it
was a few days ago.
Question 30. I don’t understand this lesson. It is ___________________
more difficult than I think.

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4: CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT (REPORTED SPEECH)

Câu tường thuật được dùng để tường thuật lại một lời nói của ai đó.
1. Một số lưu ý khi chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp
- Sự chuyển đổi về thì.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
hiện tại đơn quá khứ đơn
hiện tại tiếp diễn quá khứ tiếp diễn
hiện tại hoàn thành quá khứ hoàn thành
quá khứ đơn quá khứ hoàn thành
quá khứ tiếp diễn quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn
quá khứ hoàn thành quá khứ hoàn thành
can could
will would
shall should
may might
must had to
- Sự chuyển đổi của các trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
Today that day
Tonight that night
Now then
Ago before
Yesterday the day before
last week the week before next week/ the week after
tomorrow the day after
this that
these those
 here there
 Chú ý: Đa phần các động từ tường thuật đều ở quá khứ. Tuy vậy, đôi khi động từ tường thuật có thể ở thì
hiện tại. Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại thì ta không lùi thì. Ngoài ra ta phải chuyển đổi ngôi sao cho
phù hợp với từng tình huống.
Ví dụ: Tom said “I will go to England tomorrow”.
 Tom said (that) he would go to England the next day.
Ví dụ: Mary says ‘I am from England”.
 Mary says (that) she is from England
2. Các dạng câu tường thuật.
a. Câu khẳng định và phủ định
Động từ tường thuật thường là said/told.
Ví dụ: He said, “I have seen her today.”
 He said (that) he had seen her that day.
Ví dụ: The teacher said to Peter, “The prize was not given to you.”
 The teacher told Peter (that) the prize had not been given to him.
 Chú ý: said to  told
b. Câu hỏi
Động từ tường thuật thường là asked/ wondered/ wanted to know
- Với dạng câu Yes/ No question.
Ví dụ: She asked me, “Do you like reading books?”
 She asked me if I liked reading books.
Ví dụ: He said, “Can you speak English, Mary?”
 He asked Mary whether she could speak English.
- Với dạng câu Wh question.
Ví dụ: He said, “What is her name?”
 He asked what her name was.
Ví dụ: She said to him, “Where do you live?”
 She asked him where he lived.
c. Câu mệnh lệnh, yêu cầu, đề nghị, lời khuyên ...:
Động từ tường thuật thường là told/ asked/ ordered/ commanded, requested
Khẳng định: S + asked/ told + O + to V-inf
Phủ định: S + asked/ told + O + not to V-inf
Ví dụ: The teacher said, “Answer the question, Nam.”
 The teacher told Nam to answer the question.
Ví dụ: Nam said to his friend, “Don’t shut the door.”
 Nam asked his friend not to shut the door.
d. Câu cảm thán (Exclamation)
Câu cảm thán bắt đầu bằng What + (a/an) .../ hoặc How + ...! thường được thuật lại bằng động từ exlaim/ say
that.
Ví dụ: What a lovely garden!
  She exclaimed/ said that it was a lovely
garden. Or She exclaimed/ said that the garden
was lovely.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Change into reported speech: normal type.
1. Nam said, “I was at school after 7 o’clock last night.”
 Nam said he had been at school after 7 o'clock the night before/ the previous night
2. Thu said, “All the students will have a meeting next week.”
Thu said all the students would have a meeting the following week/ the week after
3. Phong said, “My parents are very proud of my good marks”
 Phong said his parents were very proud of his good marks
4. The teacher said, “All the homework must be done carefully”
The teacher said all the homework had to be done carefully
5. Her brother said to her “You can go to the movie with your friend”
 Her brother said to her that she could go to the movie with her friend
6. Hoa said, “I may visit my parents in the summer”
 Hoa said she might visit her parents in the summer
7. The teacher said, “We can collect old books for the poor students”
 The teacher said they could .................................
8. She said, “My mother doesn’t buy this book”
 She said her mother didn't buy that book
9. The boys said, “We have to try our best to win the match”
 The boys said that they had to try their best .........................
10. Her classmate said “Lan is the most intelligent girl in our class”
...........Lan was the most intelligent girl in their class
Exercise 2: Change into reported speech: normal type.
1. They told us “Our friends will get the award for their highest scores”
..............their friends would get the award for their highest scores
2. He said “I will go to school by bus tomorrow”
...........he would go.........................the following day/ the day after/ the next day
3. Phong said “I need to learn more vocabulary”
Phong said he needed .........................
4. His brother told him “You can use my computer today”
 .......................that he could use his computer that day
5. Mai said “I cannot go to the movies with you, Nam”
 .............to Nam that she couldn't go..........................him
6. Tom said “I have already had breakfast, so I am not hungry”
.............he had already had breakfast, so he was not hungry
7. I said to Nick “You don’t have to do it right now. You can do it tomorrow”
 ........................he didn't have to........then and he could do it the following day.
8. He said to them “Your supervisor will be here in five minutes.”
 ....................their supervisor would be there in five minutes
9. She said to me “I want to lend you my bike, but my brother has broken it yesterday. I’m so sorry.”
 She apologized to me that she wanted to lend me her bike, but her brother had broken.........the previous day/the day before.
10. Mother said to me “The sun rises in the East.”
 Mother......................the sun rises in the East.
 Exercise 3: Change into reported speech: question: yes/no question.
1. “Do you enjoy reading?” Phong asked Peter
 Phong asked Peter if he enjoyed reading
2. “Does she like sports?” Hoa asked Lan
 .............if she liked sports
3. “Do your sister and brother go to the same school?” She asked Nam
 ...........if his sister and brother went to the..............
4. “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom
 ..............if there were some..................
5. “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend
 ................if it would rain the following morning
6. “Did you go to Hue three years ago?” Tam asked Peter
 ...................if he had gone to Hue 3 years before
7. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan
 .................if Tam and Hoa were late for class
8. She said to me, “Can you speak Chinese?”
 She asked me if I could speak Chinese
9. “Will she be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu
 ................if she would be there for 5 days
10. “Were you reading this book at 8 o’clock last Sunday?” She asked Ba
 ..............if he had been reading that book.............the previous Sunday.
Exercise 4: Change into reported speech: question: wh-question.
1. “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me ....where my father worked
2. “How many people are there in your family?” She asked Lan
 .............how many people there were in her family
3. Tam’s friend asked him “How long will you stay in England?”
 .............................................how long he would stay in England
4. “How many oranges are there in the fridge?” Tam asked Lien
 .............how many oranges there were.................
5. The teacher said to Lien, “What is your hobby?”
..............................................what her hobby was
6. “How do you go to the airport?” His friend asked him
 ........................how he went to the airport
7. “How much does this dress cost?” Lan asked Mai
 ..............how much that dress cost
8. Ba asked Tam, “How often do you wash your clothes?”
 .............how often she washed her clothes
9. “When will your father leave Vietnam for USA?” Phong asked Thu
 ..............when her father would leave VN for USA
10. “How many books do the students need?” The librarian asked my teacher
 ............................how many books the students needed
Exercise 5: Change into reported speech: request.
1. Teacher to John “Write that exercise carefully”
Teachers requested John to write that exercise carefully
2. Mrs. Green said “Please sing at our party, Mary”
Mrs. Green invited Mary to sing at their party
3. Teacher to John “Be careful. Think before you answer”
Teachers requested John to think carefully before he answered
 4. Tom “Read my exercise, John, and tell me if it is correct”
Tom requested John to read his exercise and tell him if it was correct
5. She said to him, “Give me another glass of wine”
She requested him to give her another glass of wine
6. “It is cold here, is the window open?” He asked me. He
requested me to open the window.
7. The pupil said “Teacher, give us better marks, please”
The pupil requested teacher to give them better marks
8. “What a dirty face you have!” Ann said to her son.
Ann requested her son to wash his face
9. “Don’t come back before one o’clock” advised my brother My
brother advised me not to come back before one o'clock
10. “Can you tell me where the bus station is” she said to me
She asked me to tell her where the bus station was.
Exercise 6: Change into reported speech: request.
1. “It is a very nice evening. Why don’t we go out for a walk?” Mrs. Brown suggested
 Mrs. Brown suggested going out for a walk.
2. “Why don’t we come to visit our teacher today?” he said (suggest)
 He suggested coming visit their teacher that day.
3. “My advice to you is to do morning exercises” she said (advise)
 She advised me to do morning exercises
4. “Be modest if you are a good pupil” said my father
 My father advised me to be modest.
5. “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards” she said to me.
 She reminded me to send my parents her regards
6. “Have you got shampoo, Alice? I must wash my hair.” Johnny asked
 Johnny asked Alice for shampoo to wash his hair.
7. “Do as I tell you or you will be punished. I will teach you who the master in this house is,” he said.
 He threatened to punish me if I didn't do as he told.
8. “I shouldn’t do that if I were you. Isn’t it very dangerous” he said
 He advised me not to do that.
9. Mary said, “I cannot go to the movie with you, John”
 Mary refused to go to the movie with John
10. “Shut the door but don’t lock it” she said to us. She told us to shut the door, but not to lock it.

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. The visitor asked me where I _________ from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
Question 2. Ms. Nga wanted to know what time _________
A. the movie began B. the movie begins
C. does the movie begin D. did the movie begin
Question 3. Mary said she _________ there the day before.
A. is B. had been C. will be D. would be
Question 4. Mai asked Quang _________.
 A. when he will come back B. when he would come back
C. when he comes back D. when he is coming back
Question 5. She told me _________ her up at six o’clock.
A. please pick B. to pick C. should pick D. I can pick
Question 6. Hung said that his girlfriend and he _________ married _________.
A. were getting / tomorrow B. are getting / the next day
C. were getting/ the next day D. will get/ the day after
Question 7. He asked me when _________ there.
A. did you arrive B. will you arrive
told sb
C. I had arrived D. I will arrive = said to sb
Question 8. Mr. David said _________ her the night before.
A. I didn’t see B. I hadn’t seen C. he didn’t see D. he hadn’t seen
Question 9. Julia said that she _________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
Question 10. Tom _________ that his mother was in hospital
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. asked me
II. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 11. I (A) asked him how far (B) was it from my school to the post office (C) if I went
there (D) by taxi. if/whether
it was

Question 12. They asked me (A) that I (B) could do (C) some shopping (D) with them.
not to go
Question 13. Her mother (A) told her (B) do not go out with (C) him the day (D) before.
Question 14. She said (A) that the books (B) in the library (C) would be available (D) tomorrow.
Question 15. He (A) asked her (B) thinking about that example (C) again because it needed (D)
correcting. to think about

III. Rewrite the following sentences in reported speech.

Question 16. The teacher said to Nam “Come into my office, please”.
 The teacher told ________________________________________
Nam to come into her/his office
Question 17. “I want to go shopping with you this afternoon”, Nga said to her brother.
 Nga said to ___________________________________________
her brother that she wanted to go shopping with him that afternoon
Question 18. “My sister wants to be a singer” said he.
 He said _______________________________________________
that his sister wanted to be a singer
Question 19. “I will buy a new bike next week”, she said.
 She said ______________________________________________
that she would buy a new bike the following week/ the next week.
Question 20. “I don’t know what Mai is doing now”, she said.
 She said ______________________________________________
that she didn't know what Mai was doing then.
Question 21. “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards”, Lan said.
 Lan told ______________________________________________
me not to forget to send my parents her regards.

Question 22. Mary said “I can go to the movies with you, John”
 Mary said to ___________________________________________
John that she could go to the movies with him
Question 23. Linh said to her friend “Turn off the light before going out”
 Linh asked ____________________________________________
her friend to turn off the....................................
Question 24. I said to him “Stay at home”
 I told ________________________________________________
him to stay at home.
Question 25. My mother said to the kids “Stop fighting”
 My mother told ________________________________________
the kids to stop fighting
Question 26. The teacher said “Don’t make noise in the class”
 The teacher asked me ___________________________________
not to make noise in the class
Question 27. “I can speak English well” said his mother.
 His mother said ________________________________________
that she could speak................
Question 28. The child said to the beggar “Are you very poor?”
 The child asked ________________________________________
the beggar if he was very poor
Question 29. He said to Lan “I will visit Ha Long Bay”
 He said to ____________________________________________
Lan that he would visit Ha Long Bay
Question 30. The police asked “Where did you stay last night?”
 The police asked _______________________________________
where I had stayed the previous night.

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: REPORTED SPEECH.

(CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT)
CÁC NGUYÊN TẮC CHUNG
1. Thay đổi động từ trong câu tường thuật
Động từ tường thuật là động từ giới thiệu câu nói trực tiếp hay câu nói gián tiếp. Khi đổi từ câu trực tiếp
sang câu gián tiếp, động từ tường thuật được thay đổi tùy theo trường hợp cụ thể. Dưới đây là các động
tường thuật dùng trong câu:
Said → said that
Said to sb → told sb
Ex: - He said, “I am twenty years old.”
He said that he was twenty years old.
- He said to me, “I work in a factory.”
He told me that he worked in a factory.
2. Thay đổi thì trong câu tường thuật:
Khi động từ tường thuật ở các thì quá khứ, chúng ta đổi thì trong câu gián tiếp như sau:

Simple present (V(s/es))  Simple past (V2/ed )

Simple past (V2/ed)  Past perfect ( had + V3/ed )
Simple future (will/ shall + V0 )  Future in the past ( would/ should + V0 )
Present continuous (am/is/are + V-ing)  Past continuous (was/ were + V-ing )
Past continuous (was/were + V-ing)  Past perfect continuous / past continuous
Future continuous (will + be + V-ing)  Future continuous in the past (would + be + V-ing)
Present perfect (have/has + V3/ed)  Past perfect (had + V3/ed)
Past perfect (had + V3/ed)  Past perfect (had + V3/ed)
Future perfect (will + have + V3/ed)  Future perfect in the past (would + have + V3/ed)
can  could
may  might
must  had to
Ex: He said, “I am a taxi driver.”
He said that he was a taxi driver.
He said, “I am living in London.”
He said that he was living in London.
 He said, “I have visited many famous places.”
He said that he had visited many famous places.
He said, “I visited The Great Wall in China.”
He said that he had visited The Great Wall in China.
He said, “I will look for a better job.”
He said he would look for a better job.
“I must go now,” Alice said. → Alice said that he had to go at that time.
She said, “I can swim.”
She said she could swim.
3. Thay đổi về đại từ nhân xưng, đại từ sở hữu, tính từ sở hữu:

Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp

Ngôi thứ nhất Đôỉ thành ngôi của người nói (cùng ngôi với chủ từ
trong mệnh đề chính
Ngôi thứ hai Đổi thành ngôi của người nghe (cùng ngôi với tân ngữ
trong mệnh đề chính)
Ngôi thứ ba Không thay đổi

Ex: He said, “I like my job.”

He said that he like his job.
He said to me, “You look like my sister.”
He told me that I looked like his siter.
4. Thay đổi từ chỉ định, các trạng từ và cụm từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn:

DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

this that
these those
now then, at that time, immediately
here there
today that day
ago before
yesterday the day before, the previous day
tomorrow the next day, the following day, the day after
this year / month / week that year / month / week
last year / month / week the year / month / week before;
the previous year / month / week.
next year / month / week the year / month / week after;
the following year / month / week.
a year / month / week ago a year / month / week before;
a year / month / week earlier
The day before yesterday Two days before
The day after tomorrow Two days after

Ex: He said, “I am working hard today.”

He said that he was working hard that day.
They said, “We went to work late yesterday.”
They said that they had gone to work late the day before.
* LƯU Ý: Các trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì trong câu tường thuật:
a. Câu điều kiện loại 2 và 3
Nếu câu nói trực tiếp là câu điều kiện loại 2 và loại 3, ta chỉ thay đổi các đại từ, tình từ…mà không đổi
thì trong câu.
Ex: “If I were older, I would retire.”, he said.
He said if he were older, he would retire.
“If I had heard the whole story, I would have acted differently”, he said
He said that if he had heard the whole story, he would have acted differently.
b. Câu trực tiếp diễn tả một chân lí, hay một thói quen ở hiện tại.
Nếu câu nói trực tiếp nói về một sự thật, một chân lí hay một thói quen thường xuyên lặp đi, lập lại ở
hiện tại, khi đổi sang câu gián tiếp ta phải giữ nguyên thì của câu trực tiếp.
Ex 1: Trực tiếp: The teacher said, “The earth moves round the Sun”
Gián tiếp: The teacher said that The earth moves round the Sun.
Ex 2: Trực tiếp: My wife always drinks coffee for breakfast.
Gián tiếp: He said that his wife always drinks coffee for breakfast.

c. Động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại đơn, hiện tại tiếp diễn, hiện tại hoàn thành, tương lai.
Nếu động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại đơn, hiện tại tiếp diễn, hiện tại hoàn thành, tương lai, khi đổi sang
câu gián tiếp, ta không thay đổi thì và các cum trạng từ và cụm từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn, mà chỉ thay
đổi các đại từ hay tính từ…
Ex: He says/ He is saying/ He has said/ He will say, “The bus is coming.” → He says the bus is coming.
d. Không thay đổ thì của động từ trong câu gián tiếp nếu có thời gian xác định trong quá khứ.
Ex. She said, ‘‘I was born in 1980’’
She said that she was born in 1980
e. Các động từ khiếm khuyết: could, would, might, ought to, should thường không thay đổi trong
câu tường thuật.
Ex. He said, ‘I might come’
He said that He might come’
- Khi tường thuật mệnh đề ước muốn: “wish’
Ex: He said; “I wish I had a lot of money”
 He wishes (that) he had a lot of money
- Khi tường thuật cấu trúc: “It’s (high/ about) time”
Ex: She said; “It’s about time you went to bed; children”
 She told her children that It’s about time they went to bed

I . REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS (Câu trần thuật)

Ta dùng động từ say hoặc tell để tường thuật:
Ex:
* S + said + (that) + S + V
* S + told + O + (that) + S + V

He said, “I have just bought a computer today.”

He said that he had just bought a computer that day.
Linda said, “There is someone at the door, Bill.”
Linda told Bill that there was someone at the door.

II. REPORTED SPEECH: QUESTIONS (Câu hỏi)

a. Yes-No questions: Khi đổi sang câu gián tiếp, ta cần thêm if hoặc whether trước chủ từ của câu hỏi
được tường thuật:
* S + asked + (O) + if / whether + S + V
* S + wondered + if /whether + S + V
* S + wanted to know + if /whether + S +V
Ex: He said to me, “Are you from Canada?”
He asked me if/whether I was from Canada.
The man said to her, “Did Bill tell you my address?”
The man asked her if/whether Bill had told her his address.
The girl said, “Do you live near here, David?”
She asked David if/whether he lived near there.
b. Wh – Questions: Các câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng một từ để hỏi như: who, when, where, when, why, how…,

* S + asked + (O) + wh -word + S + V

* S + wondered + wh - word + S + V
* S + wanted to know + wh - word + S + V
 Ex: He said to them, “Where are you going?”
He asked them where they were going.
The teacher said, “When do you do your homework, Tom?”
The teacher asked Tom when he did his homework.
The tourist said to me, “How often does the train get in?”
The tourist asked me how often the train got in.
III. REPORTED SPEECH: COMMANDS/ORDERS/REQUESTS (Câu mệnh lệnh/Câu đề nghị)
Ta dung động từ ask hoặc tell để tường thuật:
* S + told/asked + O + to V(inf)
* S + told /asked+ O + not + to V(inf)

EX:
 Dick said to Jim: “Please open the window.”  Dick told Jim to open the window.
 Mother said, “Tim, go to bed early.”  Mother told Tim to go to bed early.
 Father said to Liz: “Don’t come home late.”  Father told Liz not to come home late.
 Mary angrily said: “Never smoke in my room.”  Mary told us not to smoke in her room.
 “Would you turn on the radio, please?” She asked.  She asked me to turn on the radio.
 “Could you lend me some money, please?” He asked. He asked me to lend him some money.

Tóm tắt Câu gián tiếp

Statements * S + said + (that) + S + V
(Câu phát biểu) * S + told + O + (that) + S + V
Commands * S + told/asked + O + to V(inf)
(Câu mệnh lệnh) * S + told /asked+ O + not + to V0
Wh-questions * S + asked + (O) + wh-… + S + V
(Câu hỏi nội dung) * S + wondered + wh-… + S + V
* S + wanted to know + wh-… + S + V
Yes-no questions * S + asked + (O) + if / whether + S + V
(Câu hỏi có không) * S + wondered + if /whether + S + V
* S + wanted to know + if / whether + S + V

EXERCISES
EXERCISE 1: Change the following sentences into the Reported Speech

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS)

1. Nam said “I am told to be at school before 7 o’clock”
_____________________________________________________________________________
Nam said that he was told to be.....................................
2. Thomas said “All the students will have a meeting next week”
_____________________________________________________________________________
Thomas said that all the students would have a meeting the following week
3. She said “My parents are very proud of my good marks”
_____________________________________________________________________________
She said that her parents were very.............of her good marks
4. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully”
 The teacher said that all the homework had to be done carefully
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Her father said to her “You can go to the movie with your friend”
_____________________________________________________________________________
.........................................that she could go ....................................her friend
6. She said “I may visit my parents in summer”
_____________________________________________________________________________
................she might visit her parents.......................
7. The teacher said “We can collect old book for the poor students”
_____________________________________________________________________________
...............................that they could ...........................................
8. She said “I don’t buy this book”
_____________________________________________________________________________
...............she didn't buy that book
9. The boys said “We have to try our best to win the match”
_____________________________________________________________________________
..............................that they had to try their best.....................................
10. Her classmate said “Ha is the most intelligent girl in our class”
_____________________________________________________________________________
.....................................that Ha was ....................................................their class

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: YES/NO QUESTIONS)

1. “Do you enjoy reading?” Mike asked Peter
_____________________________________________________________________________
.............. if he enjoyed reading
2. “Do you like sports?” Hang asked Nam
_____________________________________________________________________________
..................if he liked sports
3. “Do your sister and brother go to the same school?” She asked Nam
_____________________________________________________________________________
...................if his sister..........went to.............................
4. “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom
_____________________________________________________________________________
.....................if there were ................................
5. “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend
_____________________________________________________________________________
.....................if it would rain the following morning
6. “Did you go to Hue three years ago?” Tam asked Peter
_____________________________________________________________________________
...............if he had gone to Hue 3 years before
7. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan
_____________________________________________________________________________
..................if Tam and Hoa were late ..................
8. She said to me “Can you speak Chinese?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
She asked me if I could speak Chinese.
9. “Will you be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu
_____________________________________________________________________________
...........if she would be there ..................
10. “Were you reading this book at 8 o’clock last Sunday?” She asked Ba
_____________________________________________________________________________
...........if he had been reading that book................the previous Sunday

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: WH-QUESTIONS)

1. “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me
_____________________________________________________________________________
...............where my father worked
2. “How many people are there in your family?” She asked John
_____________________________________________________________________________
..........how many people there were in his family
3. Tam’s friend asked him “How long will you stay in England?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
.................how long he would stay ....................
4. “What time doesthe film begin?” She asked her mom
_____________________________________________________________________________
.............what time the film began
5. The teacher said to Lien “What‘s your hobby?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
The teacher asked Lien what her hobby was
6. “How do you go to the airport?” His friend asked him
_____________________________________________________________________________
..............how he went to the airport
7. “How much does this dress cost?” Ann asked her mother
_____________________________________________________________________________
.................how much that dress cost
8. Mary asked David “How often do you wash your clothes?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
..................................how often he washed his clothes
9. “When will your father leave Vietnam for the USA?” Phong asked Thu
_____________________________________________________________________________
..................when her father would leave VN.......................
10. “How many books do the students need?” The librarian asked my teacher
_____________________________________________________________________________
........................how many books the students needed.

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES).

1. “If I had any money I'd buy you a drink,” she said to me.
She told me _______________________________________________________________
if she had any money she would buy me a drink
2. “If I catch the plane I'll be home by five,” he said.
He said if _________________________________________________________________
he caught the plane he would be home by five
3. “You should stay in bed if you feel unwell.” my mother said.
My mother said that if _______________________________________________________
I felt unwell I should stay in bed
4. “What would you do if you were having a problem with grammar, Jane?” Anne asked.
Anne asked Jane what she ____________________________________________________
would do if she were....................................
5. “If I'd had my mobile yesterday, I could have contacted you,” Matthew said.
Matthew said if he __________________________________________________________
had had his mobile the previous day he could have contacted me
6. “If I were you, I'd stop smoking,” she said to her brother.
She advised _______________________________________________________________
her brother to stop smoking
7. “If the baby is a girl what will they call her?” he wondered.
He wondered what _________________________________________________________
they would call her if the baby were a girl.
8. “If I don't practise my English I won't get any better,” she said.
She said if she _____________________________________________________________
didn't practice her E, she wouldn't get..............
9. “I'd have been in bad trouble if Jane hadn't helped me,” he said.
He said he ________________________________________________________________
would have been in bad trouble if Jane hadn't helped him
10. “If the door is clocked what shall I do?” she asked.
She asked what she _________________________________________________________
should do if the door were clocked.

EXERCISES: REPORTED SPEECH WITH INFINITIVE

1. “I’ll wait for you. I promise,” he said to me.
He promised __________________________________________________________________
to wait for me
2. “Please, please turn off the T.V, John,” said Tom.
Tom begged __________________________________________________________________
John to turn off................
3. His mother said to him: “Open the window please!”
His mother told _______________________________________________________________
him to open the window
4. He said to me: “Shut the door after you”.
He told ______________________________________________________________________
me to shut the door after me
5. The captain said to them: “Wait here still I come back”.
The captain ordered ____________________________________________________________
them to wait there still he came back
6. “Mr. Brown, this is Miss White,” he said.
He introduced _________________________________________________________________
Miss White to Mr. Brown
7. He said to me: “Don’t come back before one o’clock”.
He asked ______________________________________________________________________
me not to come back before one o'clck
8. My mother said: “Don’t forget to lock the door”.
My mother told ________________________________________________________________
me not to forget to lock..................
9. “Don’t touch that switch, Peter.” I said
I warned_____________________________________________________________________
Peter not to touch..................
10. “Come and have dinner with us” Rosy said to John.
Rosy persuaded _______________________________________________________________
John to come and have dinner with them
11. “Remember to write to me soon,” she said to me.
She reminded _________________________________________________________________
me to write to her soon
12. “You’d better spend more time learning to write,” I said to the boy.
I advised _____________________________________________________________________
the boy to spend more time learning to write
13. “Don’t lean your bicycle against my windows, boys,” said the shopkeeper.
The shopkeeper warned _________________________________________________________
boys not to lean his bicycle against her/his windows
14. Would you like me to help you with the cooking, Tom?” Laura said.
Laura offered ________________________________________________________________
to help Tom with the cooking.
15. Would you like to go camping with us next weekend?” said John to Ann.
John invited _________________________________________________________________
Ann to go camping with them the following weekend.

EXERCISES: REPORTED SPEECH WITH GERUND

1. “Shall we go for a swim now?”

She suggested going..........then
_______________________________________________________________
2. “I know I’m wrong,” he said.
He admitted_________________________________________________________________
he was wrong
3. “I didn’t say that,” He said.
He denied__________________________________________________________________
saying that
4. “If only I had told him the true!”
Jane regrets_________________________________________________________________
not telling him the truth
5. “I haven’t finished the assignment yet. I’m really sorry”.
The boy apologized __________________________________________________________
for not having finished the assignment.
6. “It’s you who took my bag,” said the man to the boy.
The man accused ____________________________________________________________
the boy of taking his bag
7. “No, no .I really must sit for the test.”
She insisted on ______________________________________________________________
sitting..................
8. “What I always want is to become a doctor,” she said.
She dreamt _________________________________________________________________
of becoming a doctor
9. “I can’t let you use the mobile phone,” his mother said.
His mother prevented _________________________________________________________
him from using the mobile phone
10. “It’s really nice of you to visit me,” she said to him.
She thanked ________________________________________________________________
him for visiting her
11. “I like the car. I’ll buy it.”
The woman thought __________________________________________________________
of buying the car she liked/ her favorite car
12. “I feel like going to America soon.”
She looked forward to ________________________________________________________
going to America
13. “Whatever you do, don’t walk on the grass” the safeguard said to the tourists.
The safeguard warned ________________________________________________________
the tourists not to walk on the grass
14. “It was you and only you who stole the cake from the fridge” my mother told my sister.
My mother accused __________________________________________________________
my sister of stealing the cake............................
15. “I’m sorry that I broke the glass,” said Peter.
Peter apologized ____________________________________________________________
for having broken the glass
EXERCISE 2: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the following questions.
1. “I’ll tell you about this tomorrow, Mary.” said Tom.
A. Tom said to Mary that he will tell her about that the next day.
B. Tom told Mary that I would tell you about that the next day.
C. Tom told Mary that he would tell her about that the next day.
D. Tom told Mary that she would tell him about that the next day.
2. “I have something to tell you” Mary said to John.
A. Mary told John I had something to tell him.
B. Mary told John she had something to tell him.
C. Mary told John she had had something to tell him.
D. Mary told John he had had something to tell her.
3. He said, “My wife has just bought a diamond ring.”
A. He said that his wife had just bought a diamond ring.
B. He said that my wife had just bought a diamond ring.
C. He said that his wife has just bought a diamond ring.
D. he said that his wife just bought a diamond ring.
4. “I will come with you as soon as I am ready”, she said to Philip.
A. She said to Philip he will come to see you as soon as he I am ready.
B. She told Philip she will come to see her as soon as she was ready.
C. She told Philip she would come to see you as soon as she was ready.
D. She told Philip she would come to see him as soon as she was ready.
5. “I wrote to him yesterday”
A. She said to me I wrote to him the day before.
B. She told me she wrote to him yesterday.
C. She told me she had written to him yesterday.
D. She told me she had written to him the day before.
6. “He is talking to your sister”, She said to me.
A. She told me he was talking to your sister. B. She told me she was talking to my sister.
C. She told me he was talking to my sister. D. She told me he was talking to her sister.
7. “It is the time to check what you have done”, the father said to the boys.
A. The father said to the boys it was time to check what they had done.
B. The father told the boys it was time to check what they had done.
C. The father told the boys it was time to check what they have done.
D. The father told the boys it is time to check what they had done.
8. “You will like my sister when you meet her”
A. He told me you will like her sister when you meet her.
B. He told me I will like his sister when I met her.
C. He told me I would like his sister when I met her.
D. He told me I would be liked his sister when I met her.
9. “I didn’t meet Susan last week”
A. He said he didn’t meet Susan the week before.
B. He said he hasn’t met Susan last week.
C. He said he hadn’t met Susan last week.
D. He said he hadn’t met Susan the week before.
10. “I didn’t break your watch”
 A. The boy told the girl he hadn’t broken her watch.
B. The boy told the girl he didn’t break her watch.
C. The boy asked the girl he hadn’t broken her watch.
D. The boy told the girl he hadn’t broken your watch.
11. The mother told her son ______ so impolitely.
A. not behaving B. not to behave C. did not behave D. not behave
12. She said she _________ collect it for me after work.
A. would B. did C. will D. had
13. He asked me where I ______________.
A. have studied B. study C. am studying D. studied
14. The man wanted to avoid __________ on security cameras.
A. to see B. being seen C. seeing D. to be seen
15. Peter said that he had lived in London four years ________ .
A. then B. ago C. before D. later
16. John asked me _______________ in English.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
17. The host asked her _______________ tea or coffee.
A. whether she liked B. that she liked
C. if she likes D. whether she like
18. My friend asked me who _______________ the piano in the sitting room.
A. was playing B. plays C. is playing D. has played
19. The teacher told his students _______________ laughing.
A. would stop B. to stop C. stop D. stopped
20. Mary asked me ________________.
A. whether I would watch the football match on TV the day before.
B. whether I watched the football match on TV the day before. yesterday_QKĐ

C. If I had watch the football match on TV the day before.

D. whether I had watched the football match on TV the day before.
=> QKHT
21. He asked _______________ him some money.
A. her to lend B. her lending C. she has lent D. she lends
22. Jennifer asked me where _______________ the week before. last week

A. had I gone B. did I go C. I had gone D. was I going

23. Tom asked me ________.
A. if was I having a good time last year
C. if would I have a good time the year before
B. whether I had had a good time the year before
D. whether I have had a good time the year before
24. Do you know where _______?
A. he lives B. did he live C. does he live D. he live
25. She asked me __________ the seat ___________ or not
A. If / had occupied B. Whether / was occupied
C. If / has been occupied D. Whether / occupied
26. The policeman asked us ______________
A. had any of us seen the accident happen
C. Whether any of us had seen the accident happen
B. If had any of us seen the accident happen
D. that if any of us had seen the accident happen
27. I asked him ___________, but he said nothing
A. what the matter was B. what was the matter
C. the matter was what D. what’s the matter was
28. James___________ him up when the bus reached the square
A. told me wake B. asked me to wake
C. said me to wake D. requested me waking
29. Excuse me. Could you tell me___________ ?
A. what time is it B. what is the time
C. what time it is D. it is what time
30. We wonder___________ from his office after that scandal
A. why did he not resign B. why he did not resign
C. why he not resign D. why didn’t he resign
31. Jeff wanted to know ___________
A. that why were his friends laughing B. why were his friends laughing
C. why his friends were laughing D. the reason why his friends laughing
32. Mr. Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the ___________ day
A. previous B. following C. before D. last
33. She ___________ him whether he liked the steak she cooked
A. asks B. wondered C. wanted to know D. asked
34. His neighbors sometimes wondered ___________ he did for a living
A. why B. when C. where D. what
35. Could you please tell me ___________?
A. It is how far to the nearest bus stop B. how far is it to the nearest bus stop
C. how far to the nearest bus stop is it D. how far it is to the nearest bus stop
36. Marigold wondered ___________ Kevin and Ruth would be at the party
A. that B. whether C. if D. B& C
37. He asked me___________
A. How long I have studied English B. How long had I studied English
C. How long I had study English D. How long I had studied English
38. The passenger asked ___________ we landed
A. what B. when C. if D. why
39. She asked Nam what ___________ in that room.
A. he is doing B. he was doing C. was he doing D. she was doing
40. “I didn’t take your calculator”, Bob said to Mary .

A. Bob told Mary he hadn’t taken her calculator

B. Bob told Mary I didn’t take your calculator
C. Bob told Mary he haven’t taken her calculator
D. Bob told Mary he had taken her calculator

EXERCISE 3: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to show the underlined part that needs correction.
1. Mrs. Emmanuelle told to Alice to give her a hand.
A B C D
2. John said the taxi driver to turn left at the first traffic lights.
A B C D
3. Mary ordered John if he could carry her suitcase, please.
 A B C D
4. Johnson Nancy Lee asked me if would I like to have dinner with her.
A B C D
5. Hoa asked Lan whether did she like sports or not.
A B C D
6. Ba told to Tuan if he could ride his bicycle to school.
A B C D
7. Phong asked Peter whether he enjoys reading books or not.
A B C D
8. Mary promised her boy friend that she would expect to see him next Wednesday.
A B C D
9. A tourist asked how far was it from Ho Chi Minh City to Hue.
A B C D
10. He asked Lan how many people there are in her family.
A B C D
11. Minh’s friends asked him how long would he stay in Paris.
A B C D
12. She asked me if he wants to buy any second-hand books.
A B C D
13. He wanted to know Hong if would have time to play badminton regularly.
A B C D
14. My mother told me that I work very ha rd.
A B C D
15. He said they had a lift very often but it doesn’t work.
A B C D
16. The teacher asked me if I could answer this question.
A B C D
17. I asked his mother if he went to work by bus or not.
A B C D
18. He promised me he’ll come with you as soon as he was ready.
A B C D
19. My brother said he must to write some letters then.
A B C D
20. Peter asked me did not to stay up late and advised me to go to bed early.
A B C D

MỘT SỐ TRƯỜNG HỢP CẦN LƯU Ý:

I. CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THEO SAU LÀ TO-INFINITIVE
1. Tường thuật mệnh lệnh: told sb (not) to do sth.
“Put your books away,” said the teacher.
 The teacher told us to put our books away.
2. Tường thuật lời yêu cầu: asked sb (not) to do sth.
“Please, don’t smoke in this room,” said the clerk.
 The clerk asked me not to smokr in that room.
3. Tường thuật lời khuyên: advised sb (not) to do sth.
“If I were you, I wouldn’t drink so much wine,” he said.
 He advised me not to drink so much wine.
4. Tường thuật lời hứa: promised to do sth.
“ I’ll give you a hand, if you like,” said Darian.
 Darain promised to give me a hand, if I liked.
5. Tường thuật lời đe dọa: threaten to do sth’.
“Get out or I’ll call the police,” said the woman.
 The woman threatened to call the police if he didn’t get out.
6. Tường thuật lời cảnh báo: warned sb (not) to do sth.
“Don’t touch that wire,” he said.
 He warned me not to touch that wire.
7. Tường thuật lời mời: invited sb to do sth.
“Come for inner with us tonight, will you?” Bill said.
 Bill invited me to come for dinner with them that night.
8. Tường thuật lời nhắc nhở: remindered sb to do sth.
“Remember to pot my letter on your way,” Wendy said.
 Wendy reminded me to post her letter on my way.
9. Tường thuật lời động viên: encouraged sb to so sth.
“Go heard, you must enter for the contest, Jill!” said Pam.
 Pam encouraged Jill to enter for the contest.
10. Tường thuật lời khẩn cầu: begged sb to do sth.
“Please, do me a favor,” said the beggar to Carol.
 The beggar begged Carol to do him a favor.
11. Tường thuật lời tự nguyện: offered to do sth.
“Shall I help you with the housework?” said Tim to hiss wife.
 Tim offered to help his wife with the housework.
12. Tường thuật sự đồng ý: agreed to do sth.
“OK, I’ll take you to work in my car, Sue” said Carl.
 Carl agreed to take Sue to work in his car.

II. CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THEO SAU LÀ GERUND

1. Tường thuật lời buộc tội: accused sb of doing sth.
“You damaged my new laptop, Dan,”said Susan.
 Suasan accused Dan of damaging her new laptop.
2. Tường thuật lời thú nhận: admitted doing/having done sth.
“I didn’t tell you he truth, Ron,” said Kim.
 Kim admitted not telling/not having told Ron the truth.
3. Tường thuật lời phủ nhận: denied doing/having done sth.
“I didn’t break that vase,” said Tom.
 Tom denided breaking /having broken that vase.
4. Tường thuật lời xin lỗi: apolozied (to sb) for doing sth.
“I’m sorry I’ve kept you waiting,” said Amanda
 Amanda apolozied for having kept me waiting.
5. Tường thuật lời khen: congratulated sb on doing sth.
“Congratulations! You won the game!” said the principal.
The principal congratulated the students on winning the game.
6. Tường thuật lời nài nỉ, khăng khăng: insisted on doing sth.
“I must pay for this damage,” the man said.
 The man insisted on paying for that weekend.
7. Tường thuật lời đề nghị: suggested doing sth.
“Let’s have a picnic this weekend,” Maud suggested.
 Maud suggested having a pinic that weekend.
8. Tường thuật lời cảm ơn: thanked sb for (doing sth).
“Thank you very much for your advice,” he said.
 He thanked me for my advice.
9. Tường thuật lời cảnh báo: warned sb against (doing) sth.
“Don’t invest in that business,” said my lawyer.
 My lawyer warned me against investing into hat business.
10. Tường thuật lời đỗ lỗi: blamed sb for (doing) sth.
“You are responsible for this failure,” said the director.
 The director blamed his deputy for that failure.
11. Tường thuật lời thú nhận: confessed to (doing) sth.
“It was me who stole the money,” said Jack.
 Jack confessed to stealing the money.
12. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp: (Exclamation in reported speech)
- Động từ tường thuật là: exclaim/shout
Ex: He said, “What a lovely garden they have”
He exclaimed that they had a lovely garden.
- Các hình thức cảm thán bắt đầu bằng “what’ và “how” chuyển sang gián tiếp bằng:
He said that it was … / hoặc He exclaimed that it was …
Ex 1: She said; “What a pity!” (Direct speech) -> She exclaimed that it was a pity
Ex 2: I said; “What a nice horse” -> I exclaimed that it was a nice horse
Ex 3: He said; “How beautiful she is!” -> He exclaimed that she was beautiful!
Ex 4: “What a big egg” he said -> He said that it was a big egg.
Ex 5: “How dreadful!” he said -> He exclaimed that it was dreadful.

BẢNG TÓM TẮT

1. Một số độnh từ dùng để tường thuật infinitive:
Promise + to V0: hứa
Agree + to V0 : đồng ý
Offer + to V0: ngỏ ý
Refuse + to V0: từ chối
Threaten + to V0: đe dọa
Beg sb + to V0 : van xin, cầu xin
Command sb + to V0 : lệnh
Forbid sb + to V0: cấm
Order sb + to V0: ra lệnh
Recommend sb + to V0: giới thiệu, đề nghị
Request sb + to V0: yêu cầu
Urge sb + to V0 : nài nỉ, cố thuyết phục
Advise sb + to V0 : khuyên
Ask sb + to V0 : yêu cầu ai làm gì
Encourage sb + to V0 : khuyến khích
Remind sb + to V0 : nhắc nhở
Invite sb + to V0 : mời
Tell sb + to V0 : bảo
Warn sb + (not) to V0 : cảnh báo
2. Một số động từ dùng để tường thuật Gerund:
admit + Ving : thừa nhận đã làm việc gì
deny + Ving: phủ nhận đã làm việc gì
suggest + Ving: đề nghị làm việc gì
apologise (to sb) for + Ving: xin lỗi (ai)vì đã làm gì
insist on + Ving : khăng khăng đòi làm gì
dream of + Ving: mơ tưởng trở thành
think of + Ving : nghĩ tới ai/cái gì
look forward to + Ving: mong đợi
accuse sb of Ving: buộc tội ai về việc gì.
congratulate sb on Ving: chúc mừng ai về
warn sb against Ving: khuyến cáo (ai) đừng làm điều gì
thank sb for Ving : cảm ơn ai về việc gì
prevent sb from Ving: Ngăn ai khỏi việc gì

****************************************
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: CÂU AO ƯỚC (WISH AND IF ONLY)
Mệnh đề sau wish và if only diễn tả một điều không có thật, cấu trúc của wish và if only như sau
1. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở tương lai.
S + wish + S + would/ could + V
Ví dụ: She wishes Tom would be here tomorrow.
If only Tom would be here tomorrow.
2. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở hiện tại.
S + wish + S + Ved/ V2
(be  were)
Ví dụ: I wish Mary were here now. (Mary isn’t here
now.) If only I had more money. (I don't have
money.)
3. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở quá khứ.
S + wish + S + had + PII
Ví dụ: We wish he had passed her exam last year. (He didn’t pass the exam last
year) If only you hadn’t told her about our plan. (You told her about our
plan)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I wish I (live) lived near my school.
2. If only I (know) knew her address.
3. I wish I (be) were taller.
4. I wish I (meet) met her now.
5. If only he (not leave) hadn't left here.
6. She wishes she (finish) had finished her homework last night.
7. I wish they (come) had come here last Sunday .
8. I wish they (visit) visited us last week.
9. She wishes she (spend) had spent her holiday at the seaside last weekend.
 hadn't been

10. I wish the weather (be not) hot yesterday.

Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I wish I (be) a doctor when I grow up
would be

tomorrow
wouldn't rain
2. They wish it (not rain)
3. If only we (not have)wouldn't have a test next Tuesday.
4. I wish it (be) would be fine on the party next week.
5. I wish tomorrow (be) would be a beautiful day.
6. I wish I (have) would have a lot of interesting book.
7. I wish I (meet) would meet her tomorrow.
8. She wishes she (come) would come here to visit us next month.
9. I am too busy. I wish I (have) had more time to take care of my family.
10. If only Miss Hoa (come) would come here and stay with us next week.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning, beginning as available.
1. I have to study.
I wish I didn't have to study

2. We had a lot of homework yesterday.

If only we hadn't had a lot of..............................
3. It was very cold last night. I wish it hadn't been very.....................
4. They work slowly.
If only they worked quickly

5. She doesn’t join in the trip.

She wishes she joined in the trip
6. I am not good at English.
If only I were good at English
7. He doesn’t like playing sports.
He wished he liked playing sports
8. I don’t have a computer.
If only I had a computer
9. Today isn’t a holiday.
I wish today were a holiday

10. I can’t sing this song.

If only I could sing this song.

Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences with wish or if only.

1. He was punished by his mother.
 He wishes he hadn't been punished by his mother.
2. They won’t come here again.
They wish they would come here again.
3. I may not go on a camping trip.
 I wish I might go on a camping trip.
4. I can’t play basketball.
 I wish I could play basketball.
5. I would like to have a bigger house.
I wish I had a bigger house.
6. I would like them to keep quiet.
 I wish they kept quiet.
7. You have to clean the floor after meals.
 I wish you cleaned the floor after meals.
8. I’m sorry that I didn’t do homework last night.
 I wish I had done homework last night.
9. It’s a pity that you didn’t tell me about that.
I wish you had told me about that.
10. I regret staying up late last night.
 I wish I hadn't stayed up late last night.
Exercise 5: Correct the incorrect part of each sentence.
1. She wish she could speak English well.
 wishes
2. If only it didn’t rained.
 rain
3. I wish I was a doctor to save people.
 were
4. I wish I have more time to work.
 had
5. He wishes it didn’t rain two days ago.
 hadn't rained
6. If only my father gives up smoking.
 gave
7. I wish I studied very well last year.
 had studied
8. I wish you will come to my party next week.
 would
9. I wish it stops raining now.
 stopped
10. She wishes she is the most beautiful girl in the world.
 were
Exercise 6: Correct the incorrect part of each sentence.
1. I wish I am at home with my family now.
 were
2. If only I could been there with you in those days.
 be
3. She wishes she could go home now.

4. I wish I take more care of my skin when I was younger.
 had taken
5. If only I have more money for plastic surgery, I could do so much.
 had
6. The doctor wishes he didn’t work so many shifts last week.
 hadn't worked
7. The doctor wishes the patient stops complaining.
 stopped
8. I have never permitted to stay outside after 10 p.m. If only I have more freedom.
 had
9. Look at those children. If only you don’t have that many children.
 didn't
10. I wish I will be famous one day.
 would
Exercise 7: Choose the correct answers.
1. She wishes her father here now to help her.
A. are B. were C. was D. would be
2. I wish they us when they were in town.
A. visit B. visited C. will visit D. had visited
3. I wish someone me a job next month.
A. would give B. would be given C. will give D. give
4. If only I the trip to Hanoi with her next summer.
A. will take B. takes C. could take D. took
5. I wish they the truth yesterday.
A. had know B. had known C. knew D. known
6. I wish I that film on TV again.
A. saw B. seen C. had seen D. would see
7. We wish she our teacher of English.
A. was B. were C. be D. would be
8. My brother wishes he time when he was young.
A. does not waste B. do not waste C. wasted D. had not wasted
9. They wish they to class on time yesterday morning.
A. had come B. had came C. have came D. came
10. I wish I my last summer vacation in the mountains.
A. will spend B. would spend C. had spent D. spent
Exercise 8: Choose the correct answer.
1. A: Could you lend me some money?
B. I wish I you some money for your rent, but I'm broke myself.
A. can lend B. would lend C. could lend D. will lend
2. A: Are we lost?
B: I think so. I wish we a map with us today.
A. were bringing B. brought C. had brought D. would bring
3. A: What were you doing at three p.m. this afternoon?
B: I wish I the answer of that question. I can’t remember anything.
A. knew B. know C. could know D. would know
4. A: I told your mother that you had left your job.
B: Well, I wish you her. It's none of your business.
A. wouldn't tell B. didn't tell C. hadn't told D. doesn’t tell
5. A: I wish you making that noise. It's bothering me.
B: Sorry, I'll stop it right now.
A. would stop B. are going to stop C. stop D. can stop
6. A: These figures are too complicated to work out in your head.
B: Yes, a calculator.
A. I wish we would have B. if only we had
C. if only we had had D. I wish we have
7. A: You look so tired.
B: Yes, I'm really sleepy today. I wish I Bob to the airport late last night.
A. didn't have to take B. weren’t taking.
B. hadn't had to take D. didn’t take
8. A: It's raining. I wish it
B: Me too. If only the sun
A. stopped/ shined B. would stop/ were shining.
C. had stopped/ had shined D. would stop/ would shine
9. A: Did you study for that test?
 B: No, but now I wish I because I flunked it.
A. had studied B. studied C. would study D. have studied
10. A: My feet are killing me! I wish I more comfortable shoes.
B: Yeah, me too. I wish I that we were going to have to walk this much.
A. had worn/ knew B. am wearing/ had known
C. were wearing/ would know D. wore/ had known
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6: USED TO; BE/ GET USED TO + V-ING
1. Ôn tập lại cấu trúc Used to
1.1 Used to + Verb: Đã từng, từng. Chỉ một thói quen, một hành động thường xuyên xảy ra trong quá khứ
và bây giờ không còn nữa.
Ví dụ:
I used to smoke a packet a day but I stopped two years ago.
(trước đây tôi hút 1 gói thuốc 1 ngày nhưng từ 2 năm trở lại đây tôi không hút
thuốc nữa) I used to drive to work but now I take the bus.
(Trước đây tôi thường lái xe đi làm nhưng hiện nay tôi đi làm bằng xe buýt).
1.2 To be used to + V-ing/ Noun: Trở nên quen với..
Ví dụ:
I’m used to living on my own. I've done it for quite a long time.
(Tôi thường ở 1 mình, và tôi đã ở một mình được một khoảng thời gian khá
lâu). Hans has lived in England for over a year so he is used to driving on
the left now. (Hans đã sống ở Anh hơn 1 năm rồi nên giờ anh ấy quen lái xe
bên tay trái)
1.3 to get used to + V-ing/ noun: Đang quen với việc gì.
Ví dụ:
She has started working nights and is still getting used to sleeping during
the day. (Cô ấy bắt đầu làm việc vào ban đêm và dần quen với việc ngủ suốt
ngày).
I have always lived in the country but now I'm beginning to get used to living in the city. (Tôi
luôn sống ở miền quê nhưng giờ đây tôi bắt đầu dần quen với việc sống ở thành phố).
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the forms.
1. When I was a child, I (dream) of being an astronaut. used to dream
2. I'm terribly nervous. I (not speak) to a large audience. don't get used to speaking
3. It took us ages to (live) in an apartment house. get used to living
4. Lots of trains (stop) here, but not many do now. used to
5. (Nick/ not/ work) on a building site when he was a child? Didn't Nick use to work
6. I'll have an orange juice, please. I (not drink) alcohol. don't get/ am not used to drinking
7. David doesn't seem to mind being in hospital. I suppose he’s (be) there. used to be
8. When Laura was at college, she (have) used to have a picture of Elvis Presley on her bedroom wall.
9. There (be) used to be a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years ago.
10. When she arrived in Britain, she (not drive) on the left, but she soon got used to it.
Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the forms. didn't use to drive
1. (work) on a building site when he was young?
2. I will have an orange juice, please. I (not drink) alcohol.
3. When Laura was at college, she (have) a picture of Elvis Presley on her bedroom wall.
4. There (be) a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years ago.
5. When she arrived in Britain, she (not/drive) on the left, but she soon got used to it.
6. I (live) in Finland, but now I live in France.
7. I (sit) at this desk. I sit here every day.
8. People (believe) the earth was flat.
9. Trains (be) the main means of cross-continental travel. Today, most people take airplanes for
long-distance travel.
10. Ms. Stanton’s job requires her to travel extensively throughout the world. She (travel) by
plane.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. I had a lot of money but I lost it all when my business failed.

2. I quite like classical music now, although I wasn't keen on it when I was younger.

3. I seem have lost interest in my work.

4. My brother had his hair cut short when he joined the army.

5. Dennis gave up smoking three years ago.

6. My parents lived in the USA when they were young.

7. Jim was my best friend, but we aren't friends any more.

8. When he was younger, my uncle was a national swimming champion.

9. I eat ice-cream now, but I disliked eating it when I was a child.

10. I worked in London three years ago. Now I stay at home.

Exercise 4: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. He used to being fat but now he's thin
2. He isn't used to work in these bad conditions.
3. How did you getting used to working in the middle of this mess.
4. Did you used to write poems when you were young?
5. I need some time to be get used to living in this town.
6. Sting was used to be a teacher before he became a famous singer.
7. I'm not used to wash linen by hand.
8. She'll get used to be living in the extremely cold winter of Siberia.
9. My mother didn't use to drinking much coffee. But now she has become addicted to it.
10. There did used to be a lot of trees in this court yard. They have all been cut down.
Exercise 5: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. When I started to work here I needed a lot of help, but now I am used to do all the work on my own.
2. He used to reading several books a month, but he doesn't have time any more.
3. We were surprised to see her driving - she didn’t use to drive when we first met her.
4. Don't worry, it's a simple program to use. You got used to it in no time, I'm sure.
5. When I have to commute to work every day I used to get up very early.
6. I'm afraid I'll never get use to living in this place. I simply don't like it and never will.
7. Whenever we came to Coventry we used always to stay in the Central Hotel. We loved it.
8. When Peter Smith was the head of our office everything was used to be well organized. Now it's total
chaos here.
9. Mr. Lazy was shocked when he joined our busy company because he wasn’t getting used to doing much
work every day.
10. At first the employees didn't liked the new open-space office, but in the end they got used to it.
Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
1. When I was a child, I like ice-cream, but I don't like it now.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
2. Shampoo washing your hair. được dùng cho việc gì
V
A. is used to đc dùng để làm gìB. gets used to C. is used for Ving D. uses
3. I wearing glasses.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
4. We live in the capital now but we live in a small village.
A. used to B. are used to = D + Ving C. use D. get used to
5. Gold making jewelries.
A. gets used to B. uses C. used to D. is used for
6. Cheques and credit cards storing wealth.
A. used to B. don’t get used to C. is not used to D. is used for
7. The baby getting up early.
A. used to B. don’t get used to C. is not used to D. is used for
8. Jack doesn’t smoke anymore but he smoke 20 cigarettes a day.
A. uses B. is used to C. is used for D. used to
9. Money buy food, furniture and other things.
A. is used for Ving B. used to C. uses D. is used to
10. She usually dictionary to find the meaning of difficult words.
A. is used to B. is used for C. used to D. uses
Exercise 7: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 I used to eat a lot of chocolate but A I often used to go to the theater.
2 Paul used to work in London but B now I find him a bit boring.
3 He used to take the train to work but C now I’m on a diet.
4 When I was younger, I didn’t use to each D now he drives.
cheese but
5 When I lived in the city, E now he drives a very boring family car.
6 They used to go to a very traditional school F where they wore a uniform.
7 I used to really enjoy his company but G when we were children.
8 She used to play the piano but H now he works in Seattle.
9 We used to go to the beach for our holidays I now she plays the guitar
10 He used to have a motorbike but J now I eat a lot.
Your answer:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7: CÁC KlỂU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ (SUGGESTIONS)
Có nhiều cách để đưa ra một câu đề nghị trong tiếng Anh. Thông thường nhất là các mẫu câu sau:
 Suggestions Responses
- Let’s + V ... - Yes, let’s.
- Shall we + V ...? - Good idea.
- Why don’t we/ you + V ...? - That’s a good idea.
I'm sorry. I'm busy.
- What about/ How about + V-ing/ Noun ...? I'm sorry. That's not my cup of tea.
- S + suggest + V-ing/ N...
- S + suggest + S + should + V ...
Ví dụ:
- Let’s go fishing this weekend. (Ngày cuối tuần này chúng ta đi câu nhé.)
- Lets study together. (Chúng ta hãy cùng nhau học.)
- Let’s help that old man. (Chúng ta hãy giúp ông ấy.)
- What about going to the library? (Chúng ta đến thư viện nhé.)
- What about practising speaking English? (Chúng ta tập nói tiếng Anh nhé.).
- Why don’t we study together? (Chúng ta học chung với nhau nhé.)
- Why don’t we go swimming, instead? (Thay vào đó chúng ta đi bơi nhé.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Choose the best option to complete the following sentences.
1. Why don’t we a hiking trip tomorrow?
A. take B. taking C. to take
2. It’s boring. Let’s some sports.
A. playing B. to play C. play
3. I want to buy some clothes. How about shopping tonight?
A. go B. going C. to go
4. I’ve bought a new pair of rackets. playing badminton?
A. Shall we B. What about C. Let’s
5. There is a new interesting film on TV tonight. you come and see with me?
A. Why don’t B. Shall C. Should
6. What should we do this weekend? we go camping?
A. Why don’t you B. How about C. Shall Shall we = Let's : chúng ta hãy làm.....
7. It’s nice today. go roller-skating.
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall
8. It’s so cold! go to the cafe over there and get a hot drink.
A. Would you like B. What about C. Let’s
9. - I’m so tired.
- going sailing this weekend?
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall we
10. There is a new swimming pool near our school. go swimming tomorrow?
A. Why don’t we B. Shall C. what about
11. Why go to a museum?
A. don’t we B. don’t we to C. don’t
12. Let’s for a meal.
A. to go out B. going out C. go out
13. How about this weekend?
A. to visit B. visit C. visiting friends
14. Why to the movies tonight?
A. don't go B. don't you go C. not you go
15. to the travel agent's this afternoon to book our ticket.
A. Let's going B. Let's to go C. Let's go
 Exercise 2: Match each sentence in column A with each sentence in column B.

A B
1 Shall we go fishing? A That’s very kind of you, but I really have to
E get back now.
J 2 Let’s go for a walk. B What about taking part in a guitar class?
G 3 Why don’t you stay here tonight? C How about staying at home and watching a
romantic movie.
D 4 How about going to the movie? D It sounds great. I like movies.
A 5 Let’s go bowling tonight. E That’s a good idea.
I 6 I’m hungry. F Why don’t you give her a doll?
C 7 It’s raining now. G Sorry, I can't. I’m meeting a friend for dinner.
F 8 It’s my friend’s birthday next week. H Let’s have a picnic.
H 9 The weather is nice. I Why don’t you eat some cupcakes?
B 10 I’m interested in playing the guitar J Sorry, I don't think that is a good idea. It’s
too hot.
Your answer:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with one word.
1. Hi, Alex. you like to go to the cinema with me?
2. can we do this evening?
3. We all love Chinese food so about the restaurant in Oxford Street.
4. It’s warm and sunny; go to the beach.
5. I would like to go running. you don’t come with me?
6. meet at the gym at 5 o’clock.
7. celebrating your birthday at the pub?
8. I have some free days; we go to visit Amsterdam.
9. I’m bored. go to the bowling alley.
10. Diana, I that you tidy your bedroom.
Exercise 4: Complete the conversation with given words/ phrase.

Shall we V How about Ving How about Ving How about Ving Let’s V

Let’s V would you like to V Why don’t you V Let’s V How about Ving

1. Hey Jim, let's go to the movies with us?

2. So, we all want Italian, right? How about that restaurant near the beach?
3. What can we do this evening? Shall we watch the game in a bar?
4. A: It's so hot in here! would you likeopen the window?
5. Helen called and said she's going for a walk. How about going with her?
6. I'd like to do something different this weekend Would you likegoto sailing!
7. A: What shall we do? How aboutN

B: I don't know... It's not very warm and it looks as if it's going to start raining a play? I think
there's a new one in the auditorium.
8. A: Next month we have some days off. Is there anything special you want to do?
 B: Yes!! Let's
go to Madrid! The Cirque du Soleil's new show will be there that week!
9. It's warm and sunny, Let's go roller-skating!
10. A: Would you like to go shopping on Saturday? How about
B: I can't, I don't have much money right now. hiking? The weather is really nice... and
it's cheaper! suggest + Ving
suggest + that S (should) + V (nguyên)
Exercise 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms. suggest + O + to V
1. I suggest (play) playing football in the schoolyard.
2. His father suggests that he (go) go to Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
3. Tom suggested that we (help) help our mom make cakes.
4. When we went out yesterday, my mom suggested (bring) bringing umbrella in case it rained.
5. My sister suggests I (clean) clean my room before my mother comes back.
6. My teacher suggests that all students (finish) finish all homework before class.
7. His friends suggest he (take) take this opportunity to enhance his skills.
8. "(be) Be more careful", my mom suggested.
9. Her boyfriend suggests (go) going to the cinema to relax at the weekend.
10. It’s warm, so I suggest (go) going swimming.
11. It’s snowing outside. My brother suggests (make) making a snowman.
12. To prepare for the test, she suggests (study) studying in the library.
13. Tim suggested I (be) be creative and flexible in dealing with this problem.
14. His teacher suggests that he (keep) keep quiet in the class.
15. Her friend suggested (look) looking after the child more carefully.
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Let’s doing something nice at weekend.
2. Why don’t we to go to a movie this evening?
3. Let’s go not to the movie at weekend. It is always so crowded at that time.
4. What don’t we meet at the restaurant in front of the park?
go
5. I don’t think
to get
we should not be going to enjoy Chinese food.
6. Let’s go gets some coffee. I’m so sleepy.
7. I thinked your idea is fantastic.
8. She suggests me not to enroll in Harvard University.
9. Why don’t me come with you tonight? It will be safer then.
10. How for having a supper? I’m hungry.
How about
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 8: ADJ + TO V và ADJ + THAT + CLAUSE.
1. TÍNH TỪ + TO V:
+ Động từ nguyên mẫu (to-infinitive) thường được dùng:
- Sau các tính từ diễn tả phản ứng và cảm xúc như: glad, sorry, sad, delighted, pleased, happy, afraid,
anxious, surprised, shocked...
Ví dụ:
- Tom was surprised to see you. (Tom ngạc nhiên khi thấy hạn.)
- He's afraid to stay home alone at night (Anh ấy sợ ở nhà một mình vào ban đêm.)
- I'm very pleased to see you here. (Tôi rất vui mùng được gặp anh ở đây.)
- I was sorry to hear that your father is ill. (Tôi lấy làm tiếc khi nghe rằng cha của anh bị ốm.)
- Sau một số tính từ thông dụng khác như: right, wrong, easy, difficult, certain, welcome, careful,
important, interesting, lovely, ready, lucky, likely, good, hard, dangerous, safe..., và sau các tính từ trong
cấu trúc enough và too.
Ví dụ:
- He is difficult to understand. (Anh ay thật khó hiểu.)
- The apples are ripe enough to pick. (Những quá táo đã đủ chín để hái.)
- English is not difficult to learn. (Tiếng Anh thì không khó học.) for sb to do sth: để ai làm gì
- Sau tính từ trong cấu trúc câu nhấn mạnh với chủ ngữ giả It: It + be + adjective + to- infinitive
It is difficult to study English
: Thật là.................(ntn) để làm gì
Ví dụ:
- It's interesting to talk to you. (Nói chuyện với bạn thật là thú vị.)
- It's difficult to learn Japanese. (Học tiếng Nhật thì rất khó.)
2. ADJECTIVE + THAT-CLAUSE
+ Mệnh đề danh từ (noun clause) thường được dùng với các tính từ diễn tả xúc cảm, sự lo lắng, sự tin
tưởng,... Ví dụ: delighted, glad, pleased, relieved, sorry, afraid, anxious, worried, confident, certain,
surprising...
 Cấu trúc chung: Subject + be + adjective + that-clause
Ví dụ:
- I am delighted that you passed your exam. (Tôi rất vui vì anh đã vượt qua kỳ thi.)
- It was quite surprising that he passed the examination. (Thật đáng ngạc nhiên là anh ấy đã thi đậu.)
- I am afraid that I can't accept this assignment. (Tôi e rằng tôi không thể nhận nhiệm vụ này.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with available words.
see explain call feel learn
go play eat invest complete
1. It is normal to tired after a long trip.
2. It is difficult to the piano well.
3. It is impossible to this project in 24 hours.
4. It is not unusual to traffic jams in Hanoi.
5. It would be awkward to him again.
6. It is not easy to Japanese.
7. It is difficult to some grammatical rules.
8. It was important to clean and healthy food.
9. It is dangerous to out after midnight.
10. It is risky to too much money on lottery.
Exercise 2: Match each pair of sentences below, using structure S1 + be + adjective + that + S2 + V.
The first one has been done for you as an example.
0. He was shocked. He'd failed his exam.
He was shocked that he'd failed his exam.
1. They were excited. Their friend had given birth to a beautiful baby.

2. I'm quite pleased. You keep your promise.

3. We're happy. She had a successful surgery.

4. I was shocked. She married a shorter man than her.

5. She was upset. He had left without saying goodbye.

6. She was quite confident. Everything would go as planned.

7. He is proud. His daughter has so much talent.

8. I'm sorry. I can't join with you.

9. I'm afraid. The tickets have been sold out.

10. He was surprised. She pretended not to recognize him.

Exercise 3: Match each pair of sentences below, using structure S1 + be + adjective + that + S2 + V.
1. We are delighted. Everyone enjoys our homemade cakes.

2. He is so pleased. His parents are waiting at the school gate to take him home.

3. I am so happy. My brother got a safe flight.

4. We are afraid. We can't join the party with you.

5. I'm so sorry. I lost your favorite pen on my way home.

6. Thu was anxious. She has lost her identity card.

7. She is certain. Her son will be accepted to a high school for the gifted.

8. My father is upset. My brother wants to drop out of high school.

9. He is amazed. His colleagues celebrate his birthday in a fun way.

10. She was worried. Her father's surgery would be unsuccessful.

Exercise 4: Circle the correct answers.
1. I am grateful/ afraid that my teacher helps me improve my English quickly.
2. She was very helpful/ disappointed that he didn't keep his promise.
3. Tuan is angry/ glad that his parents live happily together.
4. They are not happy/ unhappy that they have to pay much money to buy food.
5. My sister was angry/ delighted that her boyfriend was too late to pick her up.
6. Everyone is amazed/ unlucky that we won the first prize.
7. I am important/ proud that I am Vietnamese.
8. He is pleased/ sad that his child waters the tree every morning.
9. We were thankful/ worried that we missed the last bus.
10. I am wrong/ interesting that I sincerely believe in what people say.
11. He was grateful/ true that she didn't tell his parents about the accident.
12. The teacher is very delighted/ afraid that her students are very hard-working.
13. I'm not unhappy/ surprised that a robber can do everything to rob money or properties.
14. She is relieved/ disappointed that her English result is not bad.
15. He was frightened/ lucky that he didn't suffer any side effects of drug overuse.
Exercise 5: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 The Smiths are delighted that A Our neighbor always makes loud noise at
night.
2 We are very angry that B Their salaries are paid on time.
3 She was worried that C Her motorbike is going to run out of gas.
4 He is amazed that D She couldn’t meet the deadline.
5 The policeman is happy that E I have a bought a bad mobile phone.
 6 She is afraid that F They are blessed with excellent health and
five lovely children.
7 My little son is sorry that G My younger brother returned safely after
being kidnapped.
8 I’m thankful that H He finally arrested the murderer.
9 The employees are glad that I He has broken the vase.
10 I am disappointed that J His ex-girlfriend still remembers his birthday.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Exercise 6: Write sentences using available words.
1. difficult/ I/guess what will happen

2. impossible/ we/do this project in 24 hours

3. important/take a break twice a day

4. exciting/ we/take part in this party

5. likely/ it/get cold in the library

6. hard/know when a rat will get loose

7. good idea/put on your lab coat

8. pleasure/ we/have you here

9. honor/ we/work in this lab

10. pity/ your sister/not to participate in the competition

Exercise 7: Match each pair of sentences. The first one has been done for you as an example.
0. He's very scared. He can't move.
too...to.... = so...that....can't................
He's too scared to move. (quá....đến nỗi mà ko thể .............)
1. The pie is very hot. You can't eat it.

2. He's very sick. He can't leave the hospital.

3. The ice is dangerously thin. You can't walk on it.
 The ice is too thin to walk on
4. He's very busy. He can't take a break.

5. The grass is extremely high. 1 can't mow it.

6. It's early. He can't go to bed yet.

7. The chair is very heavy. He can't lift it.

8. He's so tired. He can't do his homework.

9. These tomatoes are still green. You can't pick them yet.

10. He's very old. He can't go to elementary school.

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 9: TỪ ĐỊNH LƯỢNG (QUANTIFIER)
- Từ định lượng là những từ dùng để đề cập đến số lượng
- Một số từ và cụm từ chỉ số lượng lớn và nhỏ là:
Quantitative words Meaning
a lot of / lots of Ns/N nhiều
a great deal of nhiều
a large amount of N ko đếm đc nhiều
Ns (đếm đc)
a few một
a large number of + Ns (Đếm đc)
ít
few ít
a little một ít
N (nguyên)
ko đếm đc) little ít
many Ns_đếm đc nhiều
(-, ?)
much nhiều
N (nguyên)_ko đếm đc
1. A lot of / lots of, many và much
Những từ này đề cập đến số lượng lớn:
- A lot of và lots of được dùng với danh từ số nhiều hoặc danh từ không đếm được trong câu xác định.
Ví dụ:
- There are a lot of bananas in the fridge.
- Learning a foreign language needs lots of time.
- Many được dùng với danh từ số nhiều và much dùng trước danh từ không đếm được
Ví dụ:
- I do not have many French books.
- Schools leavers do not give much thought to the jobs of their choice.
- Many và Much cũng có thể được dùng sau các từ very, so, too, as và how trong câu xác định, câu phủ
định và câu hỏi.
- She put too much salt in the soup.
- He made so many mistakes in his writing.
- How much of the roof needs repairing?
- How many students are there in your class?
- A great deal of / a large amount of được dùng với danh từ không đếm được
Ví dụ: A great deal of learners' attention should be paid to the uses of English tenses.
A large number of được dùng với danh từ số nhiều
Ví dụ: A large number of rare animals disappear nowadays.
2. A few, few, a little và little
A few và a little đề cập đến số lượng nhỏ. Những từ này được dùng chủ yếu trong câu xác định. A few
được dùng trước danh từ số nhiều và a little dùng trước danh từ không đếm được.
Ví dụ:
 - There are a few students in the room.
- There is a little sugar in the jar.
- Few và little mang nghĩa phủ định
Ví dụ:
- I feel sory for her. She has few friends. (She has almost no friend)
(Tôi thấy đáng tiếc cho cô ấy. Cô ấy hầu như không có bạn bè.)
- I have little money. I don't even have enough money to buy food for dinner.
(I have almost no money)
(Tôi cạn túi rồi. Thậm chí tôi không còn đủ tiền để mua thức ăn tối nữa)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with some or any.
1. We didn't buy flowers.
2. This evening I'm going out with friends of mine.
3. I didn't have money, so I had to borrow
4. Can I have milk on my coffee, please?
5. I was too tired to do work.
6. Have you seen good films recently?
7. Can you give me information about places of interest in the town?
8. With the special tourist train ticket, you can travel on train you like.
9. If there are words you don't understand, use a dictionary.
10. She went out without money.
Exercise 2: Complete the conversation. Put in many or much.
Matthew: There are (1) athletes taking part in the International Games in London.
There's been (2) coverage in the papers.
Daniel: Our runners haven't won (3) medals, have they?
Matthew: No, not as (4) as last time. But there is plenty of time. There are still (5)
events to come. I'd like to go and see some of the track events, but I haven't got (6)
time at the moment.
Daniel: No, not with exams coming up. We're having so (7) lessons to study. There is still
having so (8) work to prioritize.
Matthew: I'm hoping to go at the weekend if I can get a ticket. Apparently there aren't (9)
seats left.
Daniel: I've heard the cheapest tickets are $25,1 think that's too (10)
Exercise 3: Put in a few, few, a little or little.
1. I don't think I can lift this box on my own. I need help.
2. tourists visited Northern Ireland in the 1980s because of the terrorism there.
3. The postman doesn't often come here. We receive letters.
4. The snow was quite deep. There seemed hope of completing our journey.
5. Trevor doesn't find it easy to fix the shelves. He's having trouble.
6. Very people knew about it, just you and me.
7. The forces were unequal, they were many, we were
8. Much heard about the book, but read it.
9. He is a man of words
10. I could speak Swedish, but I wasn’t very fluent.
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. We didn’t take photographs when we were on holiday.
A. much B. a lot of C. many of D. a great deal of
2. the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.
A. Most of B. Most C. Many D. The number of
3. He’s always busy. He has time to relax.
A. much B. little C. a little D. plenty of
4. She put so salt in the soup that she couldn’t have it. It was too salty.
A. many B. little C. much D. a little
5. We had a boring holiday. the time we lay on the beach.
A. Most B. Much C. Most of D. Many of
6. How students are there in your class?
A. little B. few C. much D. many
7. I feel sorry for her. She has friends.
A. many B. a few C. few D. a great deal of
8. I spent my spare time gardening last year.
A. most of B. most C. many of D. a large number of
9. He doesn’t have so friends as I think.
A. much B. a great deal of C. many D. a large number of
10. With only hope, Harry didn’t know how to keep going another day.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. How money have you got?
A. many B. much C. a lot of D. a great deal of
2. I think you are very tired after your long journey.
A. many B. much C. many of D. much of
3. There isn’t shampoo in the bathroom.
A. any B. some C. little D. few
4. Would you like tea?
A. many B. some C. a few D. any
5. The mixture looks rather dry. Maybe you should add water.
A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
6. We’re having a big party. We’ve invited friends.
A. a lot of B. much C. many of D. no
7. Could I try wine?
A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
8. Don’t drink wine. It’s bad for your health.
A. so much B. a few C. so many D. many
9. Is there water in the glass?
A. lots of B. some C. many D. any
10. Can you speak French? - Yes,
A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with suitable quantifiers.
1. I have money, not enough to buy groceries.
2. She has , enough to buy a ticket.
3. There is too traffic on the street at rush hours.
4. There were too people in the hall last night.
5. Do you know people in this neighborhood?
6. Let’s go and have a drink, we have time left, enough for a cup of coffee.
7. My village has been modernized, the house has a telephone.
8. There are four books on the table. of them has a different color.
9. 29/30 students in my class is male. In other words, of the students in my class is male.
10. You should strive more to get progress in study.
Exercise 7: Decide if each quantifier is correct or incorrect.
1. She has a few books, not enough for conferences. 
2. He bought much furniture for her new apartment which she has bought recently. 
3. Any of the people I work with are very friendly. 
4. It is so sad that no of these money is mine. 
5. Would you like something to it? 
6. The audience clapped their hands so much times that the singer had to sing again. 
7. We must be quick. There is few time left. 
8. You should reach every sentence carefully. 
9. I have got so many news to tell you today. 
10. I don’t have any friends in Hanoi. 
11. We didn’t buy a flowers yesterday. 
12. There is somebody at the door. Let’s go and see who it is. 
13. Let me know if you need two help. 
14. I have a large number of money, but I am not happy. 
15. Most the house in this village are built of bricks. 
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10: CÁC LOẠI CÂU ĐIÊU KIỆN
(TYPES OF CONDITIONAL)
1. Bảng tóm tắt các loại câu điều kiện và cách sử dụng.
Type
Forms and examples Usage
(Dạng
(Cấu trúc và ví dụ) (Cách sử dụng)
câu)
0 If + S + V(s/es), s+ V(s/es)/ câu mệnh lệnh Diễn tả một chân lý, một sự thật hiển
Ví dụ: nhiên
If you put water in the fridge, it turns into ice.
(Nếu bạn cho nước vào tủ lạnh, nó hóa thành đá.)
If you heat ice, it turns into water.
(Nếu bạn đun nóng đá, nó hóa thành nước)
1 If + S + V(s/es), S + will/ can/ shall ... + V Diễn tả điều có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
Ví dụ: hoặc tương lai
If I get good mark, my parents will be very happy.
(Nếu tôi đạt điểm tốt, bố mẹ tôi sẽ rất vui)
If you don’t do your homework, your teacher will
punish you.
(Nếu bạn không làm bài tập, cô giáo của bạn sẽ phạt
bạn)
2 If + S + V2/ Ved, S + would/ could/ should ...+ V Diễn tả điều không có thật ở hiện tại
Ví dụ:
If I were a billionaire, I would travel around the
world. (I am not a billionaire.)
(Nếu tôi là một tỉ phú, tôi sẽ đi du lịch khắp thế giới.)
(tôi không phải là một tỉ phú.)
If he had experience, he could join our group. (He
doesn’t have experience)
(Nếu anh ấy có kinh nghiệm, anh ấy có thể tham gia
nhóm của chúng tôi) (Anh ta không có kinh nghiệm.)

3 If + S + Had + V3/Ved, S + would/ could + have + Diễn tả điều không có thật trong quá
V3/Ved khứ
Ví dụ:
If she had passed the exam, she would have had a
new computer. (She didn’t pass the exam.)
(Nếu cô ấy vượt qua kỳ thi, cô ấy sẽ có một chiếc
máy tính mới.) (Cô ấy không vượt qua kỳ thi.)
If Mary had finished her homework, she would have
gone out with us. (Mary didn’t finish her homework)
(Nếu Mary đã hoàn thành bài tập về nhà, cô ấy sẽ đi
chơi với chúng mình.) (Mary chưa hoàn thành bài tập
về nhà)

Hỗn hợp If + S + had + V3/Ved, S + would + V Diễn tả điều không có thật trong quá
Ví dụ: khứ và điều không có thật ở hiện tại
If you had sent the letter yesterday, I would receive
it today. (You didn’t sent the letter yesterday.)
(Nếu bạn đã gửi thư ngày hôm qua, tôi sẽ nhận được
nó hôm nay.)
If she had told me her plan, I would give her money.
(She didn’t told me her plan.)
(Nếu cô ấy bảo tôi về kế hoạch của cô ấy, tôi sẽ đưa
tiền cho cô ấy.) (Cô ấy không bảo tôi về kế hoạch của
cô ấy.)
2. Những điểm cần lưu ý.
- Trong câu điều kiện loại 1, “If... not” có thể được thay bằng “unless” (trừ phi):
Ví dụ: We will be late if we don't hurry.
 We will be late unless we hurry.
Ví dụ: If I have time, I can help you.
 Unless I have time, I can’t help you.
- Bỏ if trong 3 loại câu điều kiện (phải có đảo ngữ)
Ví dụ: If it should be necessary, I will go.
 Should it be necessary, I will go.
 Ví dụ: If I were rich, I would buy a new
car.
 Were I rich, I would buy a new car.
Ví dụ: If you had asked me, I would have told you the
answer.
 Had you asked me, I would have told you the answer.
- Một số từ/ cụm từ có thể thay cho if với nghĩa tương đương:
provided that/ so(as) long as (miễn là)/ in case (trong trường hợp)/ on condition that (với điều kiện)
Ví dụ: You can borrow my book provided that you promise to bring it back.
= You can borrow my book if you promise to bring it back.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. If I (know) that you were ill, I (go) to see you.
2. I (see) him if I (go) to the party last night.
3. What (you/ do) if you (be) him?
4. If I (make) that mistake again, my teacher (get) angry with me.
5. If he (go) to London yesterday, he (meet) his old friend.
6. My dog (bark) if it (hear) any strange sound.
7. If you (not go) away, I (send) the police.
8. If I (be) in your police. I (accept) Mr. Anderson’s invitation.
9. I was busy. If I (have) free time. I (go) to the cinema with you.
10. Why didn’t you attend the meeting?
Oh, I didn’t know. If I (know) , I (come) there.
Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. It is too bad Helen isn’t here. If she (be) here, she (know) what to do.
2. If I (not eat) breakfast tomorrow morning, I (get) hungry during class.
3. If you (put) this red button, the TV will (turn off) .
4. I (let) you know if I (find) out what’s happening.
5. He didn’t listen to the teacher. If he (listen) carefully, he (perform) well in the
examination.
6. He’s waiting for his mother to come back from Chicago. If his mother (come) home, he
(have) a lot of presents.
7. He wanted to buy some Christmas presents but he couldn’t. If he (afford) to buy, his children
(be) very happy to greet a new year.
8. It (be) quicker if you (use) a computer.
9. (bring) him another cake if he (not/like) this one.
10. She (be) angry if she (bear) this tomorrow.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. He can’t go out because he has to study for his exam.

2. She is lazy so she can’t pass the exam.

3. He will pay me tonight; I will have enough money to buy a car.

4. He smokes too much; that’s why he can’t get rid of his cough.

5. She is very shy; so she doesn’t enjoy the party.

6. I will get a work permit.' I will stay for another month.

7. He doesn’t take any exercises. He is so unhealthy.

8. We can’t get the ticket because I don’t have the right change.

9. Study hard or you won’t pass the exam.

10. Don’t be impatient or you will make mistakes.

Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. I didn’t eat lunch, I feel hungry now.

2. I only come if they invite me.

3. He didn’t revise all his lessons, he failed the exam.

4. I did not know you were coming, so I did not meet you at the airport.

5. I live too far from my office. I am not in time for work.

6. The children don’t go to school in the snowy weather.

7. He died when he was so young, otherwise, he would be a famous musician by now.

8. You must tell me the whole truth or I won’t help you.

9. The car breaks down so often because you don’t take good care of it.

10. She got married at such an early age; otherwise, she would be at university now.

Exercise 5: Use UNLESS instead of IF.
1. If you do not study hard, you will fail the exam.

2. If you do not like this one, I will bring you another.

3. If she does not hurry, she will be late.

4. If you are not careful, you will cut yourself.

5. If you had not sneezed, he would not have known that we were there.

6. If you do not work harder, you will be sacked because of your laziness.

7. If there had not been the heavy storm, the climbers will not have died.

8. She has found that nobody can help her if she did not try her best to do it herself.

9. If you don’t know how to spell a word, you should look it up in the dictionary.

10. The campfire would have been cancelled if it hadn’t rained last night.

Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
1. If that hat costs much, I a small one.
A. would have bought B. will buy
C. bought D. would buy
2. If you more carefully, you would not have had so many accident.
A. drive B. drove C. had driven D. has driven
3. “Tom more races if the trained hard.” The man said.
A. would win B. wins C. would have won D. would be winning
4. If I spoke English, my job a lot easier.
A. was B. were C. will be D. would be
5. “If you feel like a chat, .” David said to me.
A. phone to me tonight B. will you phone me tonight
C. phoned me tonight D. phone me tonight
6. I will lend them some money if they me.
A. ask B. will ask C. asked D. had asked
7. If we had known who he was, we him to speak at our meeting.
A. would have invited B. have invited
C. will invite D. would invite
8. “If you too much junk food, you would be a lot fitter.” Mother said.
A. ate B. didn’t eat C. didn’t ate D. had eaten
9. If I enough money. I would buy a house.
A. had B. had had C. will have D. have
10. They you in if you come late.
A. won’t let B. not let C. wouldn’t let D. hadn't let
Exercise 7: Choose the correct answers.
1. I’m sure he would mind if we early.
A. arrive B. arriving C. arrived D. had arrived
2. We you if we have time.
A. will phone B. would phone C. phoned D. had phoned
3. If I won the lottery, I you half the money.
A. gave B. had given C. will give D. would give
4. It be a pity if she married Fred.
A. will B. would C. can D. may
5. If I am free on Saturday, I to the mountains.
A. to go B. could go C. went D. can go
6. She a nervous breakdown if she goes on like this.
A. will has B. had C. will have D. have
7. I know I’ll feel better if I smoking.
A. will stop B. stop C. stopped D. had stopped
8. I could have understood him if he more slowly.
A. speaks B. spoke C. had spoken D. would speak
9. He didn’t listen to the teacher. If he carefully, he will in the examination.
A. had listened/ would have performed B. listened/ would perform
C. listens/ will performed D. had listened/ had performed
10. If I knew his address, I round and see him.
A. go B. will go C. went D. would go
 Exercise 8: Underline the incorrect part in each sentence.
1. If we will reduce the speed of population growth, there will be less pressure on the earth.
2. Unless we leave a bowl of water under the sun, it will evaporate.
3. If we continue to use fuels at the current rate, we would soon have to face a fuel crisis.
4. If I am 10 centimeters taller. I would play basketball.
5. If the doctors could find in the remedy, a lot of people would be saved.
6. If she bought that house now, she ran out of money.
7. What you would do if you could speak French well?
8. If I had known he is not at home. 1 wouldn’t have gone all the way to his house.
9. If I had known that the road were flooded, I would never have taken that way.
10. If I were you, I will go to the dentist’s and have the tooth checked.
Exercise 9: Underline the incorrect part in each sentence.
1. If Lucia had been here now, she would find out the truth about her uncle’s accident.
2. If a student takes a course on Computer Science, it will take him four years doing the course.
3. Unless it did not rain, Peter would pay us a visit.
4. If I had I known you were in financial difficulty, I would have helped you.
5. If I had knew the time when the match started, I would have told you.
6. If she had finished the work, she can go home.
7. If I had spoken more confident at the interview, they would have offered me the job.
8. If we had had a map, we would not be lost yesterday.
9. Had I known Alice’s address, I would write to her.
10. If I had realized that the traffic lights were red, I would stop.
Exercise 10: Use conversion to rewrite the sentences.
1. If I were in your place, I would make a trip to England.

2. If he hadn’t wasted too much time, he wouldn’t have failed in his examination last year.

3. If the car we saw yesterday had been larger, we would have bought it.

4. If I were you, I would save some of your lottery winning.

5. If I had taken the English course you offered, I would have made much progress.

6. If my grandmother were five years younger, she would play games with us.

7. If you had not been so busy lately, I would have shown you how to play bowling.

8. Look at those red curtains. Your room would look better if those curtains were blue.

9. If we had chosen to live in a town instead of a city in 2010, we would not have had that many health
problems.

10. If I were thinner, I would look more attractive.

XI.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.If he…………harder on English,he…………..good job in the future.
A.worked / would has B.works / would have C.works / will have D.worked / will have
Câu 2.If our teacher …………………lots of homework,she…………………….to stay up late
to do.
 A.give / /has B.give / will have C.gives / will have D.will give / has
Câu 3.If you want to attend the course , you ………….the coming written exam.
A.can pass B.will have to pass C.passed D.must pass
Câu 4.He is sick. I think he………see his doctor if he wants to get over soon.
A.would B.will C.have to D.must to
Câu 5.If Lan…………..on a diet,she will lose her weight easily.
A.go B.went C.will go D.goes
Câu 6.She………….a university student as her her wishes if she …………..really hard now.
A.will become B.becomes / will C.will become/will D.will become / work
/works work work
Câu 7.Unless he ……..time, he won't help us with our homework.
A.doesn't have B.has C.have D.will have
Câu 8………….you go to school on time,you will not understand the lesson.
A.If B.If not C.Unless D.All are correct
Câu 9.If you ………….English fluently,you can work for a foreign company.
A.will speak B.speak C.spoke D.speaks
Câu 10.If Jane hurries up, she ………………..late for the meeting.
A.will be Bisn't C.won't be D.won't is
Câu1 1.If John pays attention to his teacher carefully,he…………..better at English.
A.become B.will become C.becoming D.became
Câu 12.Lan Anh will tell you about the movie if she………it .
A.watch B.will watch C.watches D.watched
Câu 13.If he has enough money,he …………..his girlfriend around the world.
A.would take B.will take C.takes D.taking
Câu 14.If you…………..hard everyday,I think you will become successful in the future.
A.work B.works C.will work D.will work
Câu 15.She………..a good job some day if she……….really hard from now.
A.will have / works B.has / will work C.will have / work D.has / works
Câu 16.Pham Nhat Minh will become a millionaire ……….he works too lazily.
A.if B.if not C.unless D.because
Câu 17.You can go on a vacation if you…………enough money.
A.save B.saved C.will save D.saves
Câu 18.I will become an F.P.T university student if she…………what the teacher speaks in
English.
A.understands B.understanding C.will understand D.would understand
Câu 19.If she has good qaulifications,she………..an ideal job in the future.
A.have B.will have C.had D.has
Câu 20.You can talk to Kimbum & Nickun if you………..a little English.
A.knew B.know C.will know D.knowing
CHUYÊN ĐỀ CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN
6:

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. If I ________, I would express my feelings.
A. were asked B. would ask C. had been asked D. asked.
Question 2. If the weather ________ nice, we will go camping tomorrow.
A. were B. is C. had been D. will be
Question 3. Will you be angry if I ________ your pocket dictionary?
A. stole B. have stolen C. were to steal D. steal
Question 4. John would be taking a great risk if he ________ his money in that company.
A. would invest B. invested C. had invested D. invests
Question 5. If the wall weren’t so high, he ________ it up to take his ball down.
A. climbed B. could climb C. is climbing D. climbs
Question 6. If I ________ her phone number, I would phone her.
A. had known B. would know C. know D. knew
Question 7. If he ________ the truth, the police wouldn’t arrest him.
A. tells B. told C. had told D. would tell
Question 8. If you press that button what ________?
A. would happen B. would have happened
C. will happen D. happen
II. Put the verbs in the brackets into the correct form.
Question 9. Tom __________ (help) his mother do die gardening if she tell him a story this
evening.
Question 10. If it ___________ (rain), 1 will stay at dome.
Question 11. If they had enough money, they ___________ (buy) a new house
Question 12. They ___________ (pass) the exam if they studied harder.
Question 13. If Nick ___________ (have) a hike, he could go on a bicycle tour with us.
Question 14. If I were you, I ___________ (invite) John to the party.
Question 15. If the weather ___________ (be) fine, the children can walk to school.
III. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 16. If we (A) have time (B) in the weekend, we (C) will come (D) to see you.
Question 17. If I (A) am you. I would (B) follow (C) his (D) advice.
Question 18. He can (A) pass (B) the exam if he (C) studied (D) hard.
Question 19. What (A) do you (B) do if you won (C) the first prize of (D) the lottery?
Question 20. Would people (A) be able (B) to fly, if they (C) have feathers (D) instead of hair?
IV. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the
sentence given.
Question 21. Study hard or you’ll fail the exam.
 If you don’t ___________________________________________.
Question 22. I don’t see you very often because you live so far.
 If you ________________________________________________.
Question 23. I don’t have enough money, so I’m not going to buy that skirt.
 I’d __________________________________________________.
 Question 24. We don’t practice English very often - We can’t communicate with foreigners.
We ____________________________________________________.
Question 25. I can’t meet you now- I have to work.
 If ___________________________________________________.

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 11: MẠO TỪ: A, AN, THE (ARTICLE: A, AN, THE)

1. Cách sử dụng mạo từ không xác định “A” và “An”
Dùng “a” hoặc “an” trước một danh từ đếm được số ít (singular nouns). Chúng có nghĩa là một.
Chúng được dùng trong câu có tính khái quát hoặc đề cập đến một chủ thể chưa được đề cập từ
trước.
Ex: A ball is round. (Trái bóng tròn - nghĩa chung chung, khái quát, chỉ tất cả các quả bóng)
Mạo từ “a” Mạo từ “an”
Dùng “an” với: Dùng “a” với:
Mạo từ “an” được dùng trước từ bắt đầu bằng - Dùng “a” trước các từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm.
nguyên âm (trong cách phát âm, chứ không phải Chúng bao gồm các chữ cái còn lại và một số trường
trong cách viết). Bao gồm: hợp bắt đầu bằng u, y, h
- Các từ bắt đầu bàng các nguyên âm a, e, i, o, u Ex: a house, a university, a home party, a heavy load,
Ex: an aircraft, an empty glass, an object a uniform, a union, a year income,...
- Một số từ bắt đầu bằng u, y - Đứng trước một danh từ mở đầu bằng "uni", “eu”
Ex: an uncle, an umbrella phải dùng "a"
- Một số từ bắt đầu bằng h câm Ex: a university, a uniform, a universal, a union,
Europe,
Ex: an heir, haft an hour
- Các từ mở đầu bằng một số chữ viết tắt
Ex: an S.O.S/ an M.P
2. Cách dùng mạo từ xác định “The”
- Dùng “the” trước một danh từ đã được xác định cụ thể về mặt tính chất, đặc điểm, vị trí hoặc đã
được đề cập đến trước đó, hoặc những khái niệm phổ thông, ai cũng biết
Ex: The boy in the corner is my friend
(Cậu bé đứng ở góc đường là bạn tôi - Cả người nói và người nghe đều biết đó là “cậu bé” nào)
Sau đây là một số trường hợp sử dụng "the” và không sử dụng "the" thường gặp.
Có "The" Không "The"
Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông ngòi, biển, Trước tên một hồ
vịnh và các cụm hồ (số nhiều) Ex: Lake Geneva, Xuan Huong lake
Ex: The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the Persian
Gulf, the Great Lakes
Trước tên các dãy núi Trước tên một ngọn núi
Ex: The Rocky Mountains, The Everest Mountains Ex: Mount Vesuvius, Mount Langbiang
Trước tên những vật thể duy nhất trong vũ trụ Trước tên các hành tinh hoặc các chòm sao
hoặc trên thế giới
Ex: The earth, the moon, the sun Ex: Venus, Mars
The schools, colleges, universities + of + danh từ Trước tên các trường này nếu trước nó là một
riêng tên riêng
Ex: The University of Florida Ex: Stetson University, Dalat University
The + số thứ tự + danh từ
Ex: The third chapter (chương thứ ba)
Trước tên các cuộc chiến tranh khu vực với điều
kiện tên khu vực đó phải được tính từ hoá
Ex: The Korean War, The American Civil War
(cuộc nội chiến Mỹ)
Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ Trước tên các nước mở đầu bằng New, một tính
Great Britain)
Ex: The United States, The Central African Ex: New Zealand, North Korean
Republic (Cộng hòa Trung Phi)
Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần đảo
hoặc một quần đảo
Ex: The Philippines, The Virgin Islands, The
Hawaii
Trước tên các tài liệu hoặc sự kiện lịch sử
Ex: The Constitution (Hiến pháp)
Trước tên các nhóm dân tộc thiểu số
Ex: The Indians
Trước tên các nhạc cụ khi đề cập đến các nhạc
cụ đó nói chung hoặc khi chơi các nhạc cụ đó
Ex: The violin is difficult to play.
Trước các danh từ đi cùng với một số đếm
Ex: Chapter three (chưowng ba)
Word War One (Thế chiến thứ Nhất)
Trước tên các nước chỉ có một từ
Ex: China, France, Venezuela, Vietnam
từ chỉ hướng:
Trước tên các lục địa, tỉnh, tiểu bang, thành
phố, quận, huyện:
Ex: Europe, Florida
Trước tên bất kì môn thể thao nào
Ex: baseball, basketball
Trước các danh từ trừu tượng (trừ một số
trường hợp đặc biệt):
Ex: freedom, happiness
Trước tên các môn học nói chung
Ex: Mathematics (Toán học)
Trước tên các ngày lễ, tết
Ex: Christmas, Thanksgiving (Lễ Tạ Ơn)
Trước tên các loại hình nhạc cụ trong các hình
thức âm nhạc cụ thể (Jazz, Rock, classical
music..)
Ex: To perform jazz on trumpet and piano
(Biểu diễn nhạc Jazz bằng kèn và đàn piano)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. We are looking for place to spend
A. the/the B. a/the C. a/ a D. the/ a
2. Please turn off light when you leave room.
A. the/the B. a/a C. the/ a D. a/ the
3. We are looking for people with experience.
A. the B. a C. an D. 
4. Would you pass me salt, please?
A. a B. the C. am D. 
5. Can you show me way to station?
A. the/the B. a/ a C. the/ a D. a/ the
6. She has read interesting book.
A. a B. an C. the D. 
7. You’ll get shock if you touch live wire with that screwdriver.
A. an/ the B. / the C. a/ a D. an/ the
8. Mr. Smith is old customer and honest man.
A. an/ the B. the/ an C. an/ an D. the/ the
9. youngest boy has just started going to school.
A. a/  B. x/ the C. an/  D. the/ 
10. Do you go to prison to visit him?
A. the B. a C.  D. an
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. eldest boy is at college.
A. a/ the B. the/  C. / a D. an/ 
2. Are you going away next week? No, week after next.
A. an B. a C. the D. 
3. Would you like to hear story about English scientist?
A. an/ the B. the/ the C. a/ the D. a/ an
4. There’ll always be a conflict between old and young.
A. the/the B. an/a C. an/ the D. the/ a
5. There was collision at corner.
A. the/a B. an/the C. a/the D. the/ the
6. My mother thinks that this is expensive shop.
A. the B. an C. a D. 
7. Like many women, she loves parties and gifts.
A. the/ a B. a/ the C. a/ a D. / 
8. She works seven days week.
A. a B. the C. an D. 
9. My mother goes to work in morning.
A. a B.  C. the D. an
10. I am on night duty. When you go to bed, I go to work.
A. a/  B. a/ the C. the/  D. / 
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with suitable articles.
1. My birthday is Sunday afternoon.
2. It doesn’t often snow here at Christmas. We haven’t had White Christmas for
many years.
3. We came here in summer of 1969.
4. Are you doing anything at weekend?
5. Rita plays violin and her sister plays piano.
6. On our trip to Spain, we crossed Atlantic Ocean.
7. David attended Princeton University.
8. Florida State University is smaller than University of Florida.
9. chair that you are sitting in is broken.
10. Civil War was fought in US between 1861 and 1865.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with suitable articles.
1. Jack has got very long legs, so he’s fast runner.
2. You need visa to visit foreign countries, but not all of them.
3. I’m going to supermarket to do some shopping.
4. Jane is teacher. Her parents were teachers too.
5. John is teacher. Every morning, he gets up at 7 o’clock, has breakfast and
cup of coffee.
6. Jimmy has sister in Oxford and brother in London.
7. Can you think rich should pay more taxes to help .
8. When we reached city centre, some shops were still open but most of them were already
closed.
9. How much are those potatoes? 1.20 kilo.
10. My father went out to sea when he was 14.
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. The British Prime Minister live in Downing Street/ the Downing Street.
2. One of the nicest parks in London is St. James’s Park/ the St. James’s Park, which is very near
Buckingham Palace/ the Buckingham Palace.
3. Frank is a student at Liverpool University/ the Liverpool University.
4. Mr. Jenkins reads Daily Telegraph/ the Daily Telegraph but his wife reads Times/ the Times.
5. We flew from London to Orly Airport/ the Orly Airport in Paris.
6. Mary and Peter got married in St. Matthew’s Church/ the Matthew’s Church.
7. In Britain coffee/ the coffee is more expensive than tea/ the tea.
8. After leaving school/ the school, Nora worked as a cleaner in hospital/ at the hospital.
9. All over the world, people are in prison/ the prison because of their political beliefs.
10. The other day the fire-brigade had to go to prison/ the prison to put out a fire.
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with a/ an/ one.
1. It weights over hundred kilos.
2. I only asked for pizza - I didn’t want three of them.
3. I wouldn’t allow child of mine to be treated in that way.
4. It only took us week to drive to Greece.
5. I’ve always wanted to own silver-coloured car.
6. sandwich isn’t enough. I usually eat four or five.
7. Policies differ from state to another.
8. Less than three quarters of hour later, she was home.
9. All of the competitors completed the race, with just exception.
10. The best way to learn musical instrument is to find enthusiastic teacher.
Exercise 7: Complete the paragraph with the or .
(1) Danube is Austria's longest river. Our uncle lives on (2) Philippines. (3)
Jamaica belongs to the Caribbean islands. (4) Statue of Liberty was dedicated in
1886. (5) Taj Mahal is one of India's most popular attractions. (6) Dead
Sea lies below sea level. (7) Everglades National Park is in
Florida. Aconcagua is the highest mountain outside Asia. (8) Mount Fuji is
one of Japan's Three Holy Mountains. (9) Lake Superior
is the largest of (10) Great Lakes.
Exercise 8: Complete the paragraph with suitable articles.
I arrived in (1) USA last Monday. We left (2) Rome, flew over the Alps and
made a quick stop in (3) London. There we went shopping at (4) Harrods, visited (5)
Tower and enjoyed a sunny afternoon in (6) Hyde
Park. On the following day we left for (7) New York. The time on board wasn't boring as
there were two films to watch on the monitor. The people on the plane were all (8)
Italian. Before we landed at (9) JFK
airport, we saw (10) Statue of Liberty, (11) Ellis Island and (12) Empire
State Building. The hotel I stayed in was on the corner of (13) 42nd Street and (14)
 5th Avenue. I don't like hotels very much, but I didn't have time to rent an apartment.
Exercise 9.Choose the best answer to complete the sentences
Câu 1.He played…………..guitar at the party last night.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 2.I asked her what………..for the poor.
A.can she do B.could she do C.she can do D.she could do
Câu 3.Nam said he worked as……….doctor there.
A.the B.an C.a D. Ø
Câu 4.Do you think Bangkok is……….capital of Thailand?
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 5.Mr Green is……..M.P. He works in London.
A.an B.Ø C.the D.a
Câu 6.My brother is……..university student .He is studying law in ….U.K now.
A.an/an B.a/the C.a/a D.a/ Ø
Câu 7.She wishes she would become ……..student in …….university.
A.an/a B.a/an C.an/an D.a/a
Câu 8.She can play ……..piano very well at the party.
A.a B.an C.the D. Ø
Câu 9.She speaks English in …….U.K.
A.the B.an C.a D. Ø
Câu 10.The teacher should gives us………….to do at jome everyday.
A.a homework B. many homeworks C.some homework D.a few homework
Câu 11.He doesn’t like much sugar.He needs just……..
A.a few B.a little C.few D.little
Câu 12.Quan is ………unversity student.he is studying law in……..U.S.A.
A.an/a B.a/an C.an/an D.a/the
Câu 13.Noi Bai is………..businest airport in VietNam,I’vw ever seen.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 14.English is spoken all over………world.
A.an B.Ø C.a D.the
Câu 15.I think people should help……….poor and ……..old.
A.an / a B.a / an C.the / the D.a /the
Câu 16.SonTung often spends ………hour a night to practice singing.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 17.Do you like playing………..soccer or……..violin in your free time?
A. Ø / the B.a/a C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 18.I think …….best way to reduce garbage is to reuse and recycle things.
A.the B.Ø C.a D.an
Câu 19.Would you like to drink………beer?
A.any B.some C.a D.much
Câu 20.Do you have ………brothers or sisters?
A.any B.some C.a D.much
Câu 21.May I have……. sugar for my coffee?
A.any B.some C.a D.a few
Câu 22.Did you listeb to the news………T.V or on …..radio?
A. a/a B. Ø / the C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 23.The boys over there are collecting money for……..unemployed.
A.an B.Ø C.a D.the
Câu 24.Why do you think……..English are very wonderful.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 25.She told me that she would finish university……….next year.
A.an B. the C.a D. Ø
Câu 26.Did you have………friends in your new school?
A.many B.some C.any D.both A & C
Câu 27.She has ……..time to do her homework than her sister.
A.fewer B.a little C.less D.little
Câu 28.Who is ………most beautiful girl in our class?
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 29.Daisy asked me if I was going to visit my aunt………following week.
A.the B.an C. Ø D.a
Câu 30.He was in battle for many years.When he returned his hometown, he was …….one-leg
man.
A.an B.Ø C.the D.a
Câu 31.I don’t think this is ………useless map with you.
A. Ø B.the C.a D.an
Câu 32.Mr Buong is ……..M.C.He has worked in……..U.K for many years now.
A. a/an B. an / the C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 33………girl you met at the party last night is my classmate.
A.a B. the C.an D. Ø
Câu 34.Do you ever wish you would live in………Paris someday.
A. Ø B.a C.the D. an
Câu 35.This is ……...third time,you have made that mistake.
A.a B.Ø C.an D.the
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES)
❖ Mệnh đề quan hệ:
Mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề dùng để giải thích rõ hơn về danh từ đứng trước nó. Nó được nối
bởi một đại từ quan hệ.
Ví dụ: The woman who is talking to the teacher is my mother.
Trong câu này phần được viết chữ nghiêng được gọi là một relative clause, nó đứng sau danh từ
“the woman” và dùng để xác định danh từ đó. Mệnh đề quan hệ được sử dụng với một đại từ
quan hệ.
1. Các đại từ quan hệ
Đại từ
Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
quan hệ
Who Làm chủ ngữ và thay thế cho 1 danh từ chỉ I told you about the woman who lives next
người door.
Whom Làm tân ngữ và thay thế cho 1 danh từ chỉ I was invited by the professor whom I met
người at the conference.
Which Làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ và thay thế cho 1 Do you see the cat which is lying on the
danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật. roof?
She gave me a book which I like very
much.
Whose Chỉ sở hữu; whose được dùng với cả người và Do you know the boy whose mother is a
vật nurse?
That Có thể dùng thay thế cho who/ whom/ which The boy that (who) is the most intelligent
trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định. in this class is my brother.
The doctor that (whom) you met at the
hospital is very talented.
I like the dress that (which) she is wearing.
Chú ý:
Có 2 loại mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định và mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định.
Mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định Mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định
(Defining relative clause) (Non-defíning relative clause)
Đây là mệnh đề cần thiết. Mệnh đề này là một bộ Đây là loại mệnh đề không cần thiết vì tiền ngữ đã
phận của câu. Thiếu nó câu sẽ không đầy đủ ý nghĩa. được xác định, không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa. Mệnh
Ví dụ: đề quan hệ không xác định được ngăn với mệnh đề
- I told you about the woman who lives next door. chính bàng các dấu phẩy. Trước danh từ thường có:
this, that, these, those, my, his... hoặc tên riêng.
- I was invited by the professor whom 1 met at the
conference. Ví dụ:
- Do you see the cat which is lying on the roof? - That man, whom you saw yesterday, is Mr Pike.
She gave me a book which I like very much. - This is Mr Jones, who helped me last week.
- Do you know the boy whose mother is a nurse? - Mary, whose sister 1 know, has won an Oscar.
Lưu ý: Có thể dùng THAT trong mệnh đề quan hệ - Harry told me about his new job, which he's
hạn định. enjoying very much.
Lưu ý: Không được dùng THAT trong mệnh đề
quan hệ không hạn định (non-defining relative
clause).

2. Relative adverb (Trạng từ quan hệ)

Trạng từ quan hệ có thể được sử dụng thay cho một đại từ quan hệ và giới từ. Cách nói này sẽ
làm cho câu dễ hiểu hơn.
Ví dụ: This is the shop in which I bought my bike.
 This is the shop where I bought my bike.
Trạng từ Nghĩa Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
quan hệ
when in/on which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ cụm thời gian I remember the day when we met
him
where in/at which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ nơi chốn I remember the place where we
met him
why for which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ lí do I remember the reason why we met
him
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES)
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers: relative pronouns.
1. The book I bought at the bookstore yesterday is expensive.
A. who B. whose C. that D. B and C are correct
2. What is the name of the blonde girl just came in?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and B are correct
3. I don’t like people lose their tempers easily.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
4. Mexico City, has a population of over 10 million, is probably the fastest growing city in the
world.
A. which B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
5. This is Henry sister works for my father.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
6. The girl design had been chosen stepped to the platform to receive the award.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
7. Could you iron the trousers are hanging up behind the door?
A. who B. which C. that D. B and C are correct
8. Where is the girl sell tickets?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and C are correct
9. The man we consider our leader had much experience in climbing mountains.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and C are correct
10. The artist name I couldn’t remember was one of the best I had ever seen.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers: relative adverbs.
1. A café is a small restaurant people can get a light meal.
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
2. Alaska, my brother lives, is the largest state in the US.
A. which B. where C. who D. All are correct
3. This is the house we often stay in the summer.
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
4. Do you remember the clock tower I first met you?
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
5. Tell me the reason you were absent yesterday.
A. where B. when C. why D. that
6. There was a time dinosaurs dominated the earth.
A. which B. when C. that D. why
7. The house in I was born and grew up was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
8. Summer is the time of the year the weather is the hottest.
A. that B. which C. when D. B and C are correct
9. The reason Jim has just lost his job is that he didn’t work hard enough.
A. that B. which C. why D. B and C are correct
10. They hid me the money in a place it was safe from robbers.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun: who, whom, that, which.
1. Have you got the money I lent you yesterday?
2. Peter, I had seen earlier, wasn’t at the party.
3. This is the machine cost half a million pounds.
4. Mary, had been listening to the conversation, looked angry.
5. Have you read the book I gave you?
6. The house, they bought three months ago, looks lovely.
 7. Mrs. Jackson, had been very ill, died yesterday.
8. She is the woman sister looks after the baby for us.
9. The dog, had been very quiet, suddenly started barking.
10. I didn’t receive the letters she sent me.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun or adverb.
1. Please tell me the reason I should let you go
2. Tell me the countries the traffic moves on the left-hand side.
3. We keep our bread in the fridge it doesn’t go bad
4. I used to enjoy the summer we had a big family picnic.
5. Did you remember the day
6. Thank you very much for the present
I first met you?
you sent me.
7. This is Mrs. Jones, son won the championship last year.
8. All of the people are looking at the man son has been kidnapped.
9. The student with she was dancing had a slight limb.
10. The man for I was waiting didn’t turn up.
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun: who, whom, that, which.
1. Tom made a number of suggestions, most of were very helpful.
2. Mart has three brothers, all of are married.
3. We were given a lot of information, most of was useless.
4. There were a lot of people at the party, only a few of I had met before.
5. I sent her two letters, neither of she has received.
6. I have two sisters, both of are doctors.
7. He lent me many picture-books, most of I had red.
8. The bur crashed into a queue of people. Four of were killed.
9. He paid me $5 for cleaning ten windows, most of hadn't been cleaned for at least a year.
10. In prison they fed us on dry bread, most of was moldy.
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with relative adverb.
1. We visited the school my father taught.
2. I met her last month, she came to our house.
3. We all looked at the place the fire had started.
4. Did they tell you the reason they were late?
5. We must find a time we can meet and a place we can talk.
6. They arrived in the evening, at a time we were all out.
7. I couldn’t understand the reason they were so rude.
8. I met him in the café he was working as a waiter.
9. I listen to music late at night, the children have gone to bed.
10. I bought them in August, I was in France.
Exercise 7: Complete the sentences with preposition + relative pronoun.
1. The house I was born is for sales.
2. It is the chair he used to sit for meals.
3. In the middle of the village, there is a well the villagers take water to drink.
4. I must thank the people I got the present.
5. Do you know the doctor I send?
6. The man I was telling you is standing over there.
7. This is the man I gave some money this morning.
8. Ms. Young, many of her students are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.
9. I like the teacher I learnt English in high school.
10. I’m doing a group work. Mr. John I was working is so generous and kind.
Exercise 8: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative pronoun.
1. This is the man. I met him in Paris.

2. I wanted the painting. You bought it.

3. This is the chair. My parents gave it to me.

4. She’s the woman. She telephoned the police.

5. He’s the person. He wanted to buy your house.

6. We threw out the computer. It never worked properly.

7. This is the lion. It’s been ill recently.

8. The man was badly injured. He was driving the car.

9. The children broke the window. They live in the next street.

10. That’s the woman. I was telling you about her.

Exercise 9: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative adverb.
1. Last week I went to see the house. I used to live in it.

2. He used to go to work late. That’s why he was sacked.

3. I never forget the park. We met each other for the first time at this park.

4. The report was prepared yesterday. There was a heavy rain outside yesterday.

5. Her husband was abroad in September. She bought this house at that time.

6. This is my beloved school. I studied here when I was young.

7. They came home very late last night. Most of the family member had gone to sleep at that time.

8. I bought these pencils at the shop over there.

9. John was absent from class yesterday. She knew the reason for this but she didn’t tell the teacher.

10. Everybody is off on Sunday. The children often go swimming on Sunday

Exercise 10: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative adverb or relative pronoun.
1. These children are orphans. She is taking care of these children.

2. You were out three hours ago. You had a missed call at that time.

3. He never forgets the year 1982. His own company went bankrupt in 1982
 
4. My father goes swimming every day. You met him this morning.

5. There are a lot of fruit in summer. The weather is hot in summer.

6. The man is my father. I respect this man most.

7. I can have a good sleep on Saturday night. It is the best time of a week.

8. The man is my father. I respect his opinion most.

9. Mary and Margaret are twins. You met them yesterday.

10. The students will be awarded tomorrow. It is forecasted to have a rain tomorrow.

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. Do you know the man ___________ we met at the party last week?
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
Question 2. My mother, ___________ everyone admires, is a famous teacher.
A. where B. whom C. which D. whose
Question 3. This is the village in ___________ my family and I have lived for over 20 years.
A. which B. that C. whom D. where
Question 4. We need a teacher ___________ native language is English.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
Question 5. The woman, ___________ was sitting in the meeting hall, didn’t seem friendly to us
at all.
A. who B. whom C. where D. when
Question 6. We’ll come in June ___________ the schools are on holiday.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
Question 7. The old building ___________ is in front of my house fell down.
A. of which B. whom C. whose D. which
Question 8. I bought a T- shirt ___________ is very nice.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
Question 9. We saw many soldiers and tanks ___________ were moving to the front.
A. which B. who C. that D. whom
Question 10. The man sitting next to me kept talking during the meeting, ___________ really
annoyed me.
A. which B. who C. that D. whom
II. Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
Question 11. (A) The waiter (B) whom served us yesterday (C) was polite and (D) friendly.
Question 12. This class (A) is only (B) for people (C) who’s first language (D) is not English
Question 13. This is (A) the boy (B) who sister (C) studied (D) with me at high school.
Question 14. He (A) is moving to Lang Son city, (B) that is (C) in the north-east (D) of Viet
Nam.
Question 15. The girl (A) whom is standing (B) over there (C) is (D) from Viet Nam.
III. Fill in the blank with a suitable relative pronoun/ adverb.
Question 16. Let me see the letter _________ you have written.
Question 17. Is there anyone _________ can help me do this?
Question 18. Mr. Brown, _________ is only 34, is the director of this company.
Question 19. I know a place _________ roses grow in abundance.
Question 20. It was the nurse _________ told me to come in.
Question 21. The teacher with _________ we studied last year no longer teaches in our school.
Question 22. They showed me the hospital _________ buildings had been destroyed by US
bombings.
Question 23. We saw many soldiers and tanks _________ were moving to the front.
IV. Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence using relative pronouns in the brackets.
Question 24. We want to visit a temple. It opens at 7.00. (that)
 The temple ____________________________________________.
Question 25. A boy’s bike was stolen. He went to the police station. (whose)
 The boy ______________________________________________.
Question 26. A friend met me at the airport. He carried my suitcase. (who)
 The friend ____________________________________________.
Question 27. Nam cooked a meal. It was delicious. (which)
 The meal _____________________________________________.
Question 28. The friend is staying with me. She comes from Vietnam. (who)
 The friend ____________________________________________.
Question 29. I found man’s wallet. He gave me a reward. (whose)
 The man ______________________________________________.
Question 30. I often go to the shop in the centre. It is cheaper. (which)
 The shop in the centre ___________________________________.

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 13: V-ING VÀ V INFINITIVE

(GERUND AND INFINITIVE)
 GERUND (V-ING) (DANH ĐỘNG TỪ)
1. Cách sử dụng
• Là chủ ngữ của câu: dancing bored him.
• Bổ ngữ của động từ: her hobby is painting.
• Là bổ ngữ: Seeing is believing.
• Sau giới từ: He was accused of smuggling.
• Sau một vài động từ: avoid, mind, enjoy,...
2. Một số cách dùng khác
 V + V-ing
+ Những động từ sau được theo sau bởi V-ing:
admit, avoid, delay, enjoy, excuse, consider, deny, finish, imagine, forgive, keep, mind, miss,
postpone, practise, resist, risk, propose, detest, dread, resent, pardon, try, fancy, etc.
Ví dụ:
- He admitted taking the money. (Anh ta thừa nhận đã lấy tiền)
- Would you consider selling the property? (Bạn sẽ xem xét bán nhà chứ?)
- He kept complaining. (Anh ta vẫn tiếp tục phàn nàn)
 V + pre + V-ing
V-ing được dùng sau một động từ dùng kèm với giới từ
apologize for, accuse of, insist on, feel like, congratulate on, suspect of, look forward to, dream
of, succeed in, object to, approve/disapprove of, etc.
V-ing cũng dùng sau những cụm từ như:
Các cụm từ Ý nghĩa
- It's no use / it's no good/ there's no point (in) + V-ing - vô ích khi làm gì
- It's (not) worth + V-ing - không xứng đáng
- have difficult (in) + V-ing - gặp khó khăn khi làm gì
- It's a waste of time/ money + V-ing - lãng phí thời gian khi làm gì
- spend/ waste time/money + V-ing - sử dụng/ lãng phí tiền/ thời gian cho việc gì
- be/ get used to + V-ing - quen với việc làm gì
= be/ get accustomed to + V-ing - bạn có phiền không nếu làm gì đó
- do/ would you mind + V-ing? - bận rộn làm gì đó
- be busy with + V-ing - làm việc này thì sao (dùng để đề xuất)
- what about + V-ing? how about + V-ing - thực hiện việc gì đó với động từ go (đi mua
- go + V-ing (go shopping, go swimming...) sắm, đi bơi...)
 INFINITIVE (ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN THỂ)
 Verb + to V
Những động từ sau được theo sau trực tiếp bởi to-infinitive: agree, appear, arrange, attempt, ask, decide,
determine, fail, endeavour, happen, hope, learn, manage, offer, plan, prepare, promise, prove, refuse, seem,
tend, threaten, try, volunteer, expect, want,...
Ví dụ:
- She agreed to pay $50. (Cô ấy đã đồng ý trả 50 đô la)
- Two men failed to return from the expedition. (Hai người đàn ông thất bại trở về từ cuộc thám hiểm)
- The remnants refused to leave. (Những tàn dư còn lại không được xóa bỏ)
- She volunteered to help the disabled. (Cô ấy tình nguyện giúp đỡ người tàn tật)
 Verb + how/ what/ when/ where/ which/ why + to V
Những động từ sử dụng công thức này là: ask, decide, discover, find out, forget, know, learn, remember,
see, show, think, understand, want to know, wonder...
Ví dụ:
- He discovered how to open the safe. (Anh ấy phát hiện ra làm thế nào để mở một cách an toàn)
- I found out where to buy fruit cheaply. (Tôi đã tìm ra nơi mua hoa quả rẻ)
- She couldn't think what to say. (Cô ấy không thể nghĩ ra điều gì để nói)
- I showed her which button to press. (Tôi chỉ cho cô ấy phải ấn nút nào)
 Verb + Object + to V
Những động từ theo công thức này là: advise, allow, enable, encourage, forbid, force, hear, instruct, invite,
order, permit, persuade, request, remind, train, urge, want, tempt...
Ví dụ:
- These glasses will enable you to see in the dark. (Cái kính này sẽ cho phép bạn nhìn trong bóng tối)
- She encouraged me to try again. (Cô ấy khuyến khích tôi thử lại lần nữa)
- They forbade her to leave the house. (Họ cấm cô âsy rời khỏi nhà)
 - They persuaded us to go with them. (Họ đã thuyết phục chúng tôi đi với họ)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. I’m not in a hurry. I don’t mind (wait) for you.
2. I always try to avoid (borrow) money from friends.
3. The traffic was very heavy this morning, but I managed (get) to school on time.
4. Could you please stop (make) so much noise?
5. Would you mind (keep) silent? I am trying (study) .
6. They don’t have much money. They can’t afford (go) out very often.
7. My mother can’t stand (stay) at home without doing anything.
8. You must promise (not/be) late again.
9. When I saw her in that funny hat, I couldn’t help (laugh) .
10. They refused (lend) him the money although he needed it badly.
Exercise 2: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. I arranged (meet) them here.
2. He urged us (work) faster.
3. It is no use (wait)
4. He warned her (not touch) the wire.
5. However, she did not plan (be) a secretary all her life.
6. She couldn’t imagine (do) the same job for years and years.
7. My mother told me (not speak) to anyone about it.
8. He tried (explain) but she refused (listen) .
9. You are expected (know) the safety regulations of the college.
10. That was a very strange question (ask) .
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. My father gave up (smoke) three years ago.
2. I have put off (write) the letter so many times. 1 really must do it today.
3. Sarah gave up (try) to find a job in this country and decided (go) abroad.
4. You can’t stop me (do) what I want.
5. How long have you been able (swim) John?
6. Please, don’t forget (post) the letter for me today! It is urgent.
7. The only thing that prevented her from (study) law was a lack of time and money.
8. She often remembered (talk) to her father before he became ill.
9. You must remember (buy) some sugar. We haven’t got any now.
10. Don’t forget (wake) me up before six o’clock tomorrow.
Exercise 4: Complete each sentence with one of these verbs, remember to put them in correct form.
1. He tried to avoid my question.
2. Could you please stop so much noise.
3. I enjoy to music.
4. I considered for the job but in the end I decided against it.
5. Have you finished your hair yet?
6. If you walk into the road without looking, you risk knocked down.
7. Jim is 65 but he isn’t going to retire yet. He wants to carry on .
8. I don’t mind you the phone as long as you pay for all your calls.
9. Hello! Fancy you here! What a surprise!
10. I have put off the letter so many times. I really must do it today.
Exercise 5: Underline the mistake in each sentence and correct it.
1. I couldn’t make my car to start this morning.

2. I’m sure he isn’t incapable of run a mile in four minutes.

3. Good friendship should be based on mutual understand.

4. I’m delighted hearing that you have made much progress in your study.

5. There is a lot of work doing here.

6. He was terribly excited to ask to play for Manchester.

7. He could not decide whether to get a job or studying.

8. I dislike being talk about everywhere.

9. He says that speak a foreign language always makes him nervous.

10. We’re looking forward to see you again.

Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. I’d like buying some earrings like yours.
2. She smelt something burning and saw smoke rise.
3. I warned them not climb the mountain in such bad weather.
4. They voluntarily spent their vacations to teach illiterate people to read and write.
5. You can congratulate yourself about having done an excellent job.
6. Peter apologized for break the vase.
7. He insisted on seeing the manager tomorrow.
8. Some high school students take part in help the handicapped.
9. Shy people find it difficult taking part in group discussion.
10. I am unable come to the meeting on Monday evening, please apologize for my absence.
Exercise 7: Rewrite the sentence in reported speech form.
1. “Don’t believe everything you hear” he said to me (advise)

2. “Lend me your pen for a moment” I said to Mary (ask)

3. “Would you like to have lunch with me on Sunday?” Danny said to Sarah (invite)

4. “Will you help me, please?” she said to me (ask)

5. “You had better apologize for being late” my mother said to me (advise)

6. “We will come back again” they said (promise)

7. “You should join the football team, Eric” said the teacher (encourage)

8. “I’ll give it to him tomorrow” John said (promise)

9. “I’d like Lan to become a doctor” my mum said (want)

10.“Remember to lock the door before going to school” my sister said to me (remind)

Exercise 8: Rewrite the sentence in reported speech form.
1. “You should go home and take a rest” the boss said (advise)

2. “Come and see me when you want” he said to us (invite)

3. “Please don’t smoke in my room” she said to them (ask)

4. “Let’s have a party this weekend” he said (suggest)

5. “I am sorry, I didn't phone you earlier” Mary said to me (apologize)

6. “It is nice of you to help me, thank you Mike” Bob said (thank)

7. “Yes, okay. I’ll lend you my car” Peter said to Ann (agree)

8. “You told a lie, Tom” she said (accuse)

9. “I won’t help you with your homework” Jane said to me (refuse)

10. “You wear a suit when you come to my party” Susan said to me (insist)

Exercise 9: Choose the correct answers.
1. it several times, he didn’t want to read it once again.
A. Reading B. To read C. To have read D. Having read
2. that he was poor, I offered to pay his fare.
A. Knowing B. Known C. Knew D. Having knew
3. I hate a child
A. see/ crying B. see/cry C. seeing/ to cry D. seeing/ cry
4. The old man accused the boys 2 glasses of his.
A. break B. of breaking C. to break D. breaking
5. He insisted me to the zoo next Sunday
A. on take B. to take C. taking D. on taking
6. She offered the flowers every morning if I like.
A. watering B. to water C. being watered D. having watered
7. The police accused him of fire to the building but he denied in the area on the
night of the fire.
A. setting/ being B. setting/ having been
C. set/ be D. having set/ having been
8. Someone told us sit on the stairs.
A. don’t B. not C. not to D. to not
9. The mother accused her son what he said.
A. of not do B. of not to do
C. of not doing D. of not to doing
10. The doctor advised him and to take up some sport.
A. stop smoke B. stop smoking C. to stop smoking D. to stop to smoke
Exercise 10: Choose the correct answers.
1. Professional people expect when it is necessary to cancel an appointment.
A. you to call them B. that you would call them
 C. you calling them D. that you are calling them
2. Jack admitted the money
A. steal B. to steal C. stealing D. stolen
3. Don’t him to arrive early. He’s always late.
A. think B. judge C. hope D. expect
4. I wouldn’t of going to the party I hadn’t been invited to.
A. dream B. intend C. depend D. rely
5. The instructor warned the students sailing alone on the lake.
A. on B. for C. of D. against
6. Her mother prevented her going out tonight.
A. against B. from C. about D. at
7. I apologized the book at home.
A. for leaving B. to leaving C. leaving D. to leave
8. Mary thanked me her last night.
A. for helping B. to help C. for help D. for my help
9. John insisted on driving me to the airport.
A. to drive B. driving C. on driving D. of driving
10.1 warned Jack against playing with matches.
A. against player B. against to play C. against play D. against playing
XI.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.KimBum was intelligent enough ………English in London.
A.studying B.to study C.studies D.will study
Câu 2.Mr Son Tung isn't used…………..up early in the morning.
A.to get B.to getting C.get D.got
Câu 3.Mrs Brown asked the boys…………..soccer in the garden last Sunday.
A.to not play B.not to play C.didn't play D.shouldn't play
Câu 4.You must not let children……………..in the kitchen because it is very dangerous.
A.playing B.to play C.have played D.play
Câu 5.I advised the girls………………..to meet Messi and Kimbum.
A.not to hope B.to not hope C.shouldn't hope D.will hope
Câu 6.Kaka is looking forward…………..you at the airport tomorrow.
A.to seeing B.to see C.will see D.going to see
Câu 7.Her father was interested in……………..novels before going to bed.
A.to read B.reading C.reads D.has read
Câu 8.Is Mrs Hoa used…………….on the left when visiting Lon Don?
A.to drive B.to driving C.drove D.driving
Câu 9.His daughter doesn't enjoy …….soccer after school.
A.to play B.plays C.played D.playing
Câu 10.The teacher told me ……… up too late.
A.shouldn't stay B.not to stay C.not stay D.to not stay
Câu 11.After a month, Hoa gets used to ……………….in her new school.
A.study B.studying C.studied D.is studying
Câu 12.Last year,she spent some days of June ……..Phong Nha cave in Quang Binh.
A.visiting B.visited C.has visited D.to visit
Câu 13.At 12 o'clock,we all were hungry and tired,so we stopped……………..lunch.
A.have B.to have C.having D.had
Câu 14.Mr Tuan will have his roof……………….tomorrow.
 A.mended B.mend C.to mend D.will mend
Câu 15.She made her children……………….English very hard last night.
A.to study B.study C.studied D.studying
Câu 16.He was very happy……..us at the airport yesterday.
A.met B.meeting C.to meet D.to meeting
Câu 17.Did she use…………….to school by bike?
A.to going B.to go C.going D.went
Câu 18.I wish ……….in a big city with my uncle.
A.working b.to work C.worked D.will work
Câu 19.She didn't like ………..game on-line such as Dot kich or Vo Lam Truyen Ky.
A.to play B.played C.playing D.plays
Câu 20.Would you mind ………………in my room?
A.not to smoke B.not smoking C.not smoke D.don't smoke
Câu 21.Jane suggested…………..in the garden for dinner last night.
A.to sit B.sitting C.sat D.to sitting
Câu 22.Can you show me how……………….to the nearest post office?
A.getting B.to getting C.got D.to get
Câu 23.Don't phone me between 8 am and 9 am tomorrow.I am very busy …………with you.
A.to talk B.will talk C.talking D.talked
Câu 24.Last weekend,we all went…………….in the mountain with our classmates.
A.to camping B.camped C.camping D.to camp
Câu 25.We are trying to learn English at the moment in order………….for a foreign company
in the future.
A.to work B.working C.will work D.are working
Câu 26.I'd like ………..to school with my sister in her car.
A.go B.to go C.going D.went
Câu 27.It's necessary ……………./………….English with your partners everyday.
A.practising / to B. to practise / C.to practise / to D.practising /
speak speaking speak speaking
Câu 28.This road needs………………….next year because it is too bad.
A.to be widened B.will widen C.widening D.both A & C
Câu 29.Does Mr Quan get used…………….on the left when he works in London?
A.to driving B.to drive C.driving D.driven
Câu 30.You had better………..too much in class when the teacher is talking.
A.not talk B.not to talk C.don't talk D.won't talk
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 14: CÁC ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU
(MODAL VERBS)
 Đặc tính chung của động từ khuyết thiếu (modal verbs)
1. Động từ khuyết thiếu được theo sau bởi một động từ nguyên thể bare infinitive.
S + Modal Verbs + V(bare-infinitive)
Ví dụ: They can speak French and English.
2. Không biến đổi dạng thứ trong các ngôi.
Ví dụ: He can use our phone. (He use your phone).
I. CAN - COULD
 A. Can
Can chỉ có 2 thì: Hiện tại và Quá khứ đơn. Những hình thức khác ta dùng động từ tương đương “be
able to”. Can cũng có thể đuợc dùng như một trợ động từ để hình thành một số cách nói riêng.
1. Can và could có nghĩa là “có thể”, diễn tả một khả năng (ability).
Ví dụ: Can you swim?
She could ride a bicycle when she was five years old.
2. Can cũng diễn tả một điều có thể xảy đến (possibility). Trong câu hỏi và câu cảm thán can có nghĩa là
“Is it possible...?”
Ví dụ: Can it be true?
It surely can’t be four o’clock already!
3. Can not được dùng để diễn tả một điều không thể xảy ra.
Ví dụ: He can’t go to the zoo because of the rain.
B. Could
1. Could là thì quá khứ đơn của can.
Ví dụ: She could swim when she was five.
2. Could còn được dùng trong câu điều kiện.
Ví dụ: If you tried, you could do that work.
3. Trong cách nói thân mật, Could được xem như nhiều tính chất lịch sự hơn CAN.
Ví dụ: Can you change a 20-dollar note for me,
please?
Could you tell me the right time, please?
4. Could được dùng để diển tả một sự ngờ vực hay một lời phản kháng nhẹ nhàng.
Ví dụ: His story could be true, but I hardly think it is.
I could do the job today, but I’d rather put it off until tomorrow.
II. MAY - MIGHT
1. May và dạng quá khứ Might diễn tả sự xin phép, cho phép (permission).
Ví dụ: May I take this book? - Yes, you
may. She asked if she might go to
the party.
2. May/ Might dùng diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra hay không thể xảy ra.
Ví dụ: It may rain.
He admitted that the news might be true.
III. MUST
1. Must có nghĩa là “phải” diễn tả một mệnh lệnh hay một sự bắt buộc.
Ví dụ: You must drive on the left in London.
2. Must dùng trong câu suy luận logic.
Ví dụ: Are you going home at midnight? You must be mad!
You have worked hard all day; You must be tired.
3. Must Not (Mustn’t) diễn tả một lệnh cấm.
Ví dụ: You mustn’t walk on the grass.
 Chú ý:
- Have to dùng thay cho must trong những hình thức mà must không dùng được.
Ví dụ: We will have to hurry if we are going to catch the twelve o’clock train.
- Have to không the thay thế must trong câu suy luận logic.
Ví dụ: He must be mad.
 - Must và have to đều có thể dùng để diễn tả sự cưỡng bách, bắt buộc (compulsion). Tuy nhiên must thể hiện
sự bắt buộc đến từ người nói trong khi have to diễn tả sự bắt buộc đến từ phía bên ngoài (ví dụ các quy định
pháp luật).
Ví dụ: You must do what I tell you. (Bạn phải làm điều mà tớ bảo bạn.)
Passengers must cross the line by the bridge. (Lệnh của Cục Đường
Sắt)
Passengers have to cross the line by the bridge. (Vì không còn đường nào khác)
IV. SHALL - SHOULD
A. Shall
Được dùng trong những trường hợp sau:
- Dùng trong cấu trúc thì Tương lai (Simple Future) ở ngôi thứ nhất.
Ví dụ: I shall do what I like.
- Diễn tả một lời hứa (promise), một sự quả quyết (determination) hay một mối đe dọa (threat).
Ví dụ: If you work hard, you shall have a holiday on Saturday.
(promise) He shall suffer for this; he shall pay you what he
owes you. (threat)
These people want to buy my house, but they shan’t have it. (determination)
B. Should
Được dùng để khuyên ai đó nên làm điều gì.
Ví dụ: You should do what the teacher tells you.
- Dùng thay cho ought to, had better.
V. Will-Would
1. Will
- Được dùng ở thì Tương lai (simple future), diễn tả một kế hoạch (plan), sự mong muốn (willingness),
một lời hứa (promise) hay một sự quả quyết (determination).
- OK! I will pay you at the rate you ask. (willingness)
- I won’t forget little Margaret’s birthday. I will send her a present. (promise)
2. Would
- Dùng để hình thành thì Tương lai trong quá khứ (future in the past) hay các thì trong câu điều kiện.
Ví dụ: He said he would send it to me, but he didn’t.
If she were here, she would help US.
He would have been very happy if he had known about it.
- Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ. Với nghĩa này, Would có thể dùng thay cho used to.
Ví dụ: Every day he would get up at six o’clock and light the fire.
VI. Ought to
Ought to có nghĩa là “nên”, gần giống với should. Trong hầu hết các trường hợp ought to có thể
được thay thế bằng should.
Ví dụ: They ought to (should) pay the money.
He ought to (should) be ashamed of himself.
VII. Used to
- Used to diễn tả một thói quen thường xuyên xảy trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: He used to go fishing when he was small.
Chú ý dạng phủ định và nghi vấn:
Khẳng định S + used + to V
Phủ định S + didn’t+ v
 Nghi vấn Did + S + V?
Phân biệt USED TO và một số hình thức khác
- Used to + infinitive: hành động liên tục trong quá khứ
- (Be) Used to + V-ing: quen với một việc gì
- (Get) Used to + V-ing: làm quen với một việc gì.
Ví dụ: He used to work six days a week. (Now he doesn’t)
It took my brother two weeks to get used to working at night. Now he’s used to it.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete each sentence with can/ could/ be able to (not).
1. you swim when you were 10?
2. We get to the meeting on time yesterday because the train was delayed by one hour.
3. He arrive at the party on time, even after missing the train, so he was very pleased.
4. He’s amazing, he speak 5 languages including Chinese.
5. I drive a car until I was 34, then I moved to the countryside so I had to learn.
6. I looked everywhere for my glasses but I find them anywhere.
7. I searched for your house for ages, luckily I find it in the end.
8. She’s 7 years old but she read yet - her parents are getting her extra lessons.
9. I read the book three times but I understand it.
10. James speak Japanese when he lived in Japan, but he’s forgotten most of it now.
Exercise 2: Complete each sentence with can/ could/ be able to (not).
1. I understand the chapter we had to read for homework. It was so difficult.
2. I lift this box - it’s too heavy! Would you help me?
3. Lucy make it to our meeting after all. She’s stuck in traffic at the moment.
4. John play tennis really well. He’s champion of his club.
5. Unfortunately, I really sing at all! No-one in my family is musical either.
6. When the car broke down I was really pleased because I solve the problem.
7. Julian play excellent golf when he was only ten.
8. My grandmother use a computer until last month. Since then, she’s been taking lessons at the
library.
9. I open this window. I think it’s stuck!
10. Julia play the piano. She’s never studied it.
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with might/ must/ should (not).
1. Nancy said you didn't need to buy her anything for her birthday, but I really think you at
least get her some flowers or a nice bottle of wine.
2. Debbie said she was really busy this week, but I think she show up at the party if she doesn't
have to work overtime on Friday.
3. Nina said she would come over right after work, so she be here by 6:00.
4. Oh my God, he's unconscious. Don't move him – he have internal injuries.
5. Dan: Where's the remote control? I want to change the channel.
Fiona: I don't know. It be under the couch.
6. Experts agree that to master a foreign language, you practice the language regularly.
7. New research suggests that exercise can reduce the chance of heart disease as well as cancer. That's why
I told my father that he start walking once a day.
8. We invite Sally and her husband to come to the picnic on Saturday. We haven't seen them in
weeks.
9. We had better call Tony to see if he's at home before we go over to his house. He be there
and we don't want to drive all the way over there for nothing.
10. At first, my boss didn’t want to hire Sam. But I told my boss that he take another look at his
resume and reconsider him for the position.
 11. You worry so much. If you don't get this job, just apply for another one.
12. I would love to go on the cruise with Michelle. But such a luxurious trip cost a fortune. I
doubt I could afford something like that.
13. As some people be allergic to chemicals in artificial plant foods, gardeners use
an organic brand to avoid skin irritations.
14. I know Eve wants to go to the ballet with us, but we call her before we get her ticket as she
might be busy that night.
15. It be a bad idea to take some snacks along while we're hiking. Last time, we got so hungry
we had to come back early without finishing the hike.
Exercise 4: Complete each sentence with must/ or have to (not).
1. You be kidding! That can't be true.
2. I be at the meeting by 10:00. I will probably take a taxi if I want to be on time.
3. You forget to pay the rent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on time.
4. You be so rude! Why don't you try saying "please" once in a while.
5. If you are over 18 in California, you take a driver training course to get a driver's license.
You can have a friend or a family member teach you instead.
6. You be rich to be a success. Some of the most successful people I know haven't got a penny to
their name.
7. Ed: My car broke down in Death Valley last week. I have it towed more than a hundred
miles to the nearest mechanic.
8. While hiking in Alaska, you keep an eye out for bears. If you see one, you
approach it. They are beautiful animals; however, they are wild and unpredictable in nature.
9. I go to work tomorrow because it is Memorial Day. The best thing about a day off from work
is that I get up at 6:00.
10. Yesterday, I cram all day for my French final. I didn't get to sleep until after midnight.
11. Emily: Oh no! I completely forgot we were supposed to pick Jenny up at the airport.
Barbara: She still be sitting there waiting for us.
12. Ingrid received a scholarship which will cover 100% of the tuition. She worry at all about
the increasing cost of education.
13. When I was a child my grandmother was continually correcting our manners. She always used to say,
"One eat with one's mouth open."
14. I've redone this math problem at least twenty times, but my answer is wrong according to the answer
key. The answer in the book wrong!
15. You submit the application if it has not been completely filled out. If the form is not
accurate and complete, you will be rejected and you will reapply at a later date.
Exercise 5: Complete each sentence with could/might (not).
1. Unfortunately, James and Michelle had already made plans, so they
exhibition.
2. You do the job if you didn't speak Arabic fluently.
come with us to the
3. In order to win the pie eating contest, he would have to eat sixteen pies in ten minutes. He
possibly eat that many pies - he would explode!
4. Susan hear the speaker because the crowd was cheering so loudly.
5. It be a bad idea to take some snacks along while we're hiking.
6. They have had several major snow storms in the mountains during the last month. The road to
Smithsville be passable.
7. Jerry be angry at me. I've never done anything to upset him.
8. The lamp be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
9. When you were a child, you swim from here to the little island in the middle of the river,
couldn't you?
 10. She possibly be the winner of the talent show! The other acts were much better than hers.
11. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He must be exhausted after such a long flight.
He prefer to stay in tonight and get some rest.
12. I heard that band is really popular, and tickets sell out quickly. You get tickets if you wait
too long.
13. Please make sure to water my plants while I am gone. If they don't get enough water, they
die.
14. It be a bad idea to get a car alarm for your new sports car. New cars tend to attract thieves.
15. That possibly be Mr. Jones. He's lost so much weight that he looks like a completely
different person.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with can/ could/have to/must/might/ should (not).
1. That concert has been sold out for weeks. You get tickets even if you knew the band
personally. It's impossible!
2. If you want to get a better feeling for how the city is laid out, you
explore the waterfront.
walk downtown and
3. Hiking the trail to the peak be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic weather
changes. You research the route a little more before you attempt the ascent.
4. When you have a small child in the house, you leave small objects lying around. Such
objects might be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
5. Dave: you hold your breath for more than a minute?
Nathan: No, I can't.
6. Frank and Sarah get tickets to the concert. The concert was sold out a little over an hour after tickets
went on sale.
7. Danny: I borrow your lighter for a minute?
Stephen: Sure, no problem. Actually, you keep it if you want to. I've given up smoking.
8. I speak Arabic fluently when I was a child and we lived in Egypt.
9. Leo: Where is the spatula? It be in this drawer but it's not here.
Nancy: I just did a load of dishes last night and they're still in the dish washer. It be in there.
That's the only other place it be.
10. You take your umbrella along with you today. The weatherman on the news said there's a
storm north of here and it might rain later on this afternoon.
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15: CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI (TAG QUESTION)
Trong câu hỏi đuôi, người đặt câu hỏi đưa ra một mệnh đề (mệnh đề chính) nhưng không hoàn
toàn chắc chắn về tính đúng / sai của mệnh đề đó, do vậy họ dùng câu hỏi dạng này để kiếm chứng
về mệnh đề đưa ra.
Ví dụ:
He should stay in bed, shouldn’t he?
She has been studying English for two years, hasn't
she? There are only twenty-eight days in February,
aren’t there? It’s raining now, isn’t it? (Trời vẫn còn
mưa, phải không?) You and I talked with the professor
yesterday, didn’t we?
You won’t be leaving for now, will you?
Jill and Joe haven’t been to America, have they?
Câu hỏi đuôi chia làm hai thành phần tách biệt nhau bởi dấu phẩy theo quy tắc sau:
- Sử dụng trợ động từ giống như ở mệnh đề chính để làm phần đuôi câu hỏi. Nếu không có trợ động từ thì
dùng do, does, did để thay thế.
- Nếu mệnh đề chính ở thể khẳng định thì phần đuôi ở thể phủ định và ngược lại.
- Thời của động từ ở đuôi phải theo thời của động từ ở mệnh đề chính.
- Chủ ngữ của mệnh đề chính và của phần đôi là giống nhau. Đại từ ở phần đuôi luôn phải để ở dạng chủ
ngữ (in subject form)
- Phần đuôi nếu ở dạng phủ định thì thường được rút gọn (n’t). Nếu không rút gọn thì phải theo thứ tự:
auxiliary + subject + not? (He saw it yesterday, did he not?)
- Động từ have có thể là động từ chính, cũng có thể là trợ động từ. Khi nó là động từ chính của mệnh đề
trong tiếng Anh Mỹ thì phần đuôi phải dùng trợ động từ do, does hoặc did.
- There is, there are và it is là các chủ ngữ giả nên phần đuôi được phép dùng lại there hoặc it
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. No one is better cook than his mother, ?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren't they
2. Do it right now, ?
A. will you B. shall you C. do you D. don’t you
3. There are no easy ways ; to learn a foreign language, ?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
4. Fie seldom goes to the library, ?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn't he
5. Let’s go for a long walk, ?
A. will we B. shall we C. don’t you D. do you
6. I think he will join us, ?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
7. The film is good, ?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
8. You are going to the party, ?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
9. He can speak English, ?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
10. You don’t know him, ________?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers
1. Lan speaks Chinese very well, ?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
2. John has worked hard, ?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
3. They invited him to the party, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
4. They are leaving here tomorrow, ?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
5. I am a bit late, ?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
6. No one is different to praise, ?
A. is one B. isn't one C. is he D. are they
7. Somebody has left these socks on the bathroom floor, ?
A. have they B. haven’t they C. has he D. hasn’t he
8. James owns a restaurant, ?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. didn’t he
9. You aren’t too busy to talk, ?
A. are you B. have you C. aren’t D. do you
10. The ticket to London doesn’t cost a lot, ?
A. do they B. does it C. is it D. isn’t it
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Thu’s father reads a morning newspaper everyday, ?
2. The teacher is going to explain a new grammar lesson, ?
3. Their classmates were so excited about the games yesterday, ?
4. Lan enjoys sewing clothes for her doll, ?
5. Hoa did a lot of homework last night, ?
6. Schools may be closed if it snows heavily, ?
7. She has visited the citadel in Hue twice, ?
8. People have to rebuild the building after fire, ?
9. Their children enjoy playing computer games, ?
10. You will have a cable TV soon, ?
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. I am making a big mistake, ?
2. Let’s go shopping at Saigon Coop Mart, ?
3. Children should drink a lot of milk and fruit juice, ?
4. Bring your camera with you to the party, ?
5. These shoes need to be fixed, ?
6. You must ask for your parents’ permission to join the trip, ?
7. Ba likes healthy food, ?
8. Thu didn’t take part in the competition, ?
9. Phong hasn’t been to Hanoi before, ?
10. She can ride to school by herself, ?
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. We should follow the traffic rules strictly, ?
2. He seldom visits you, ?
3. You have never been in Italy, ?
4. No one died in the accident, ?
5. Nothing is wrong, ?
6. Nobody called the phone, ?
7. Everything is okay, ?
8. Everyone took a rest, ?
9. Going swimming in the summer is never boring, ?
10. Let’s dance together, ?
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Don’t talk in class, ?
2. Sit down, ?
3. Hoa never comes to school late, ?
4. He hardly ever makes a mistake, ?
5. We must communicate with you by means of email or chatting, ?
6. She has got a great sense of humor, ?
7. Neither of them offered to help you, ?
8. He ought to have made a note of it, ?
9. There will be plenty for everyone, ?
10. Let’s go out for dinner tonight, ?
Exercise 7: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. We often watch TV in the afternoon, ?
 2. John and Max don't like Maths, ?
3. He could have bought a new car, ?
4. The Mount Rushmore National Memorial Park is in Keystone, ?
5. She must come to the party, ?
6. Kathy and YoYo will go to the swimming pool tomorrow, ?
7. No one can help you, ?
8. You have never been to Peking, ?
9. Let's have a drink, ?
10. He could have bought a new car, ?
Exercise 8: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Come and see me tomorrow, ?
2. I’m never called “Scholar”, ?
3. Everybody can learn how to swim, ?
4. His family often has tea for breakfast, ?
5. That job is hardly suitable for her, ?
6. No one died in the accident, ?
7. Speaking of kids, you have some of your own, ?
8. That depends on what you mean by a long time, ?
9. Everyone took the rest, ?
10. Let’s go to the cinema tonight, ?
IX.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.Mr Jack rarely eats hot dog in Viet Nam,………………?
A.doesn't he B.does he C.is he D.didn't he
Câu 2.They never met Ronaldo in Brasil,…………………….?
A.don't they B.didn't they C.do they D.did they
Câu 3.I think she is older than her mum,…………………….?
A.isn't she B.is she C.don't I D.do I
Câu 4.She takes her friends to the beach on Sundays,……….?
A.doesn't she B.isn't she C.didn't she D.wasn't she
Câu 5.Miss Hoa………………that letter for you,didn't she?
A.is typing B.typed C.has typed D.will type
Câu 6.She never read the books in the library,………………….?
A.isn't she B.does she C.did she D.doesn't she
Câu 7.Let's play tennis this weekend,…………………………?
A.Shall we B.will we C.don't you D.aren't we
Câu 8.I think he visited Da Lat last summer,………………………..?
A.don't I B.didn't he C.doesn't he D.didn't I
Câu 9.Nobody was at school late last Thursday,………………….?
A.was he B.weren't they C.wasn't he D.were they
Câu1 0.Everybody …………good at English nowadays, aren't they?
A.are B.is C.likes D.like
Câu 11.Don't write any letters to him,……………………….?
A.will you B.do you C.are you D.can you
Câu 12.Mrs Green …………..durians in Viet Nam, did she?
A.ate B.doesn't eat C.eats D.didn't eat
Câu 13.They are watching a football match on T.V,…………………………….?
A.are they B.don't they C.aren't they D.didn't they
Câu 14.He ……………..history and geography in Quang Trung school, has he?
A.hasn't learn B.has never learnt C.doesn't learn D.all are correct
Câu 15.They have to take that French course,…………………….they?
A.haven't B.mustn't C.needn't D.don't
Câu 16.You have never been to Nha Trang,…………………?
A.have you B.haven't you C.you have D.you haven't
Câu 17.Son Tung never saw a ghost at midnight,………………..?
A.did he B.didn't Son Tung C.didn't he D.wasn’t Son Tung
Câu 18.Noone arrived at the Ho Quang Hieu's wedding party,…………?
A.did he B.didn't they C.didn't he D.did they
Câu 19.Mr Hieu……………..an international song on T.V,isn't he?
A.sings B.is singing C.sang D.has sung
Câu2 0.You think she loves Kimbum,………………….?
A.don't you B.doesn't she C.do you D.does she
A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. No one is better at English than Lan, ________?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren’t they
Question 2. There are a lot of people attending the wedding party, ________?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
Question 3. He seldom goes to the park, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
Question 4. Let’s go for walk, ________?
A. will we B. shall we C. don’t you D. do you
Question 5. I think he will come here, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
Question 6. The film is boring, ________?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
Question 7. You are listening to music, ________?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
Question 8. He can speak English, ________?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
Question 9. You don’t know her, ________?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
Question 10. Nga speaks English very well, ________?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
Question 11. John has bought a dictionary, ________?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
Question 12. They met him at the party last night, ________?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
Question 13. They are going to do the test tomorrow, ________?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
Question 14. I’m short, ________?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
Question 15. No one is in this room now, ________?
A. is one B. isn’t one C. is he D. are they
II. Complete the following sentences with tag questions.
Question 16. I am a teacher, _______________?
Question 17. Nothing can make you change your love, _______________?
Question 18. There were many people in the hall, _______________?
Question 19. Nobody asked him to answer questions, _______________?
Question 20. John should pass the exam, _______________?
Question 21. Let’s go jogging now, _______________?
Question 22. These students seldom do their exercises, _______________?
Question 23. You had a wonderful day, _______________?
Question 24. People speak English in the world, _______________?
Question 25. She hasn’t seen him for ages, _______________?

CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16: TÍNH TỪ VÀ TRẠNG TỪ

(ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB)
1. Tính từ:
- Đứng trước danh từ: adj + N She is a good student.
- Sau động từ to be He is tall.
- Sau các động từ liên kết như: become, get, feel, look, seem, taste, smell, sound,...
Ví dụ: The coffee smells good.
he looks sad.
- Sau các đại từ bất định: something, anything, everything, nothing, somebody, someone, anybody,
anything,...
Ví dụ: Is there anything new?
2. Trạng từ:
- Đứng sau động từ thường
Ví dụ: She drives carefully.
- be + adv + V3/-ed
The house was completely destroyed.

Note: Trạng từ well đứng sau động từ “to be” để chỉ sức khỏe
Ví dụ: I’m not very well.
- Cách thành lập trạng từ: thêm -ly vào sau tính từ
+ careful  carefully
+ careless  carelessly
+ happy  happily
+ sad  sadly
+ slow  slowly
- Một số từ vừa là tính từ, vừa là trạng từ: fast, hard, early, late
Ví dụ: He drives very fast.
She works hard.
3. Tính từ + Mệnh đề
Một số tính từ chỉ cảm giác như: glad, happy, pleased, delighted, excited, sorry, disappointed, amazed, có thể
có một mệnh đề theo sau
Ví dụ: We are glad that everyone came back home safely. (Chúng tôi vui mừng rằng mọi người về
nhà an toàn.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Underline the adverb in each sentence.
1. They worked fast to cover the distance before the breakfast hour.
2. He wanted to go there immediately.
3. He walked farther than I did.
4. They got up very early.
5. Are you quite sure of this?
6. I didn't know it so well as him.
7. Today I feel somewhat better.
8. He does his work quite differently from his brother.
9. I wish he could write more plainly, so that I could read his letters easily.
10. They usually begin to work at 6 o'clock in the morning.
Exercise 2: Find a place in each sentence to put the adverb in bracket.
1. He has read that book, (already).

2. This book is interesting (extremely).

3. I haven't been there (before).

4. He is on time (seldom).

5. He has a bad pain in his chest today (very).

6. The elevator operates (automatically).

7. He arrives at the meeting on time (never).

8. They stayed there all day quietly, (quietly).

9. I will be there by 2 o'clock (certainly).

10. He left the office this afternoon (early).

Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. They dance the Tango beautiful/ beautifully
2. She planned their trip to Greece very careful/ carefully
3. Jim painted the kitchen very bad/ badly
4. She speaks very quiet/ quietly
5. Turn the stereo down, it's too loud/ loudly
6. He skipped happy/ happily down the road to school.
7. He drives too fast/ well
8. She knows the road good/ well
9. He plays the guitar terrible/ terribly
10. We're going camping tomorrow so we have to get up early/ soon.
Exercise 4: Circle the correct answers.
1. She straightened up and looked out the window direct/ directly at him.
2. All goes good/ well, and after some time he feels relaxed enough to go for a walk.
3. Your trigger happy/ happily friend isn't in the house.
4. The gulf between the 'rich' and the 'poor' has narrowed, to the point that the word 'poor' is hard/ hardly
applicable.
5. Interesting/ Interestingly, the changes the adapter has made seem designed to make the story even
more frightening.
6. He joined dozens of others that sailed lazy/ lazily toward the surface.
7. He swore so loud/ loudly at the top of his voice, that she didn't get any sleep all the next night.
8. Frankly, it is very clever/ cleverly done.
9. Such nice/ nicely balances of economic integration are hard to sustain for more than a single generation.
10. There are already rumours that publishers are feeling nervous/ nervously.
Exercise 5: Complete each sentence with one of the adverbs available.
perfectly suddenly late quietly carefully
hard heavily dangerously slowly early
1. The train stopped
2. I opened the door
3. Please listen
4. I understand you
5. It’s raining
6. Sue speaks very
7. The bus was
8. I went to bed
9. He was driving
10. Jane’s studying for her examinations.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with one of the adjectives available.
fast bad bad anxious slow
hot quiet nice careful intelligent
1. Sue is very
2. Be
3. It was a game.
4. Ben is a runner.
5. Why are you always so ?
6. Those oranges look very
7. I’m so disappointed. My exam results were so
8. She seemed about her coming interview. She couldn't sleep last night.
9. He wants his coffee
10. I consider him as he can answer all the questions without thinking.
Exercise 7: Decide if each adverb is true or false and correct the false ones.
a. Maria learns languages (1) incredibly (2) quick.
b. The meeting was very (3) badly organized.
c. She appeared (4) sleepily.
d. He wants the property (5) badly.
e. Bill gets (6) angrily (7) easy.
f. I consider the case (8) carefully.
g. I found this case (9) unusually.
h. I found the money (10) quickly.
i. The examination was (11) surprising easy.
j. We became (12) thirstily.
Exercise 8: Decide if each adverb is true or false and correct the false ones.
1. I was (1) bitter (2) disappointed about my job.
2. The driver of the car was (3) badly injured in the accident.
3. It’s a (4) reasonable (5) cheap restaurant and the food is extremely (6) well.
4. I felt the surface of the table (7) carefully; It felt (8) smoothly.
5. Would you please have those things (9) readily for us?
6. Have the members suggested anything (10) different (11) recently.
7. The party was very (12) well.
8. I didn’t sleep (13) well last night.
9. He doesn’t explain things (14) clear.
10. I didn’t go out because of the (15) heavily rain.
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 17: CÁC TỪ NỐI (CONNECTIVES)
Các từ nối phổ biến nhất trong tiếng anh là: and, but, or (hoặc/ hay; “or else” nếu không), so (do đó, vì
thế), therefore (do đó), however (tuy nhiên). Các từ nối này đưực dùng để nối hai từ, hai cụm từ hay
hai mệnh đề cùng loại, chức năng hay cấu trúc.
1. And: dùng để bổ sung thông tin (additional information).
Ví dụ: This appliance is modem and economical. (Thiết bị này hiện đại và tiết kiệm.)
His father is a doctor and he works in a hospital. (Cha anh ấy là bác sĩ và ông ấy làm việc
trong một bệnh viện.)
2. Or: diễn tả sự chọn lựa.
Ví dụ: Do you study Maths or Chemistry? (Bạn học toán hay vật lý?)
Does he live in the city centre or in the suburbs? (Anh ấy sống ở ở trung tâm thành phố hay ở ngoại
ô?)
Or else (nếu không): diễn tả một điều kiện.
Ví dụ: You must hurry or (else) you'll be late for the bus? (Bạn phải nhanh lên nếu không bạn sẽ
lỡ xe bus.)
3. But: nối hai ý tương phản nhau
Ví dụ: He’s fat but his brother isn't. (Anh ấy mập nhưng bạn của anh ấy thì
không.) That man is famous but humble. (Người đàn ông đó nổi tiếng
nhưng khiêm tốn.)

Chú ý: However (tuy nhiên): diễn tả sự tương phản. Nó đồng nghĩa với but nhưng luôn luôn nối liền hai
mệnh đề.
Ví dụ: He’s over seventy; however, he's still active. (Ông ấy trên 70, tuy nhiên ông ấy vẫn năng
động.) It’s raining hard; the game is, however, going on. (Trời đang mưa to; tuy nhiên trận
đấu vẫn tiếp tục.)
4. So (vì thế, do đó): diễn tả hậu quả.
Ví dụ: He’s busy, so he can’t help you. (Anh ấy bận, do vậy anh ấy không thể giúp
bạn.) The test was easy, so most of the pupils could do it.

Chú ý: Therefore (do đó, vì thế): đồng nghĩa với so. Nó dùng để chỉ hậu quả của một hành động.
Ví dụ: He's at the meeting now; therefore he can’t answer your phone.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/so.
1. I would like to come, I do not have time.
2. I invited him his friends.
3. The door was open, we could hear everything.
4. We must hurry, we will be late.
5. She is kind. , she is rather forgetful.
6. The work was new to me. , it did not seem difficult.
7. We looked everywhere. , we could not find the keys.
8. He is old. , his mind is still active.
9. It was very hot. , we decided to go swimming.
10. It was very hot, we decided to go swimming.
Exercise 2: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/ so.
1. I have invited him his sister.
2. He walked up to the door knocked.
3. I would rather travel by train, the bus leaves earlier.
4. We were born in this village; , we know everyone here.
5. The sun was warm, a cool breeze blew in from the sea.
6. I have read this book before; , I do not remember the plot.
7. They were hot tired.
8. The door was locked, we had to wait inside.
9. I have known her for many years I understand her character well.
10. They visited many stores; , they could not find what they were looking for.
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/ so.
1. I haven't really studied for this exam, I feel a little nervous.
2. I told him not to come, he came anyway.
3. He has always done well on exams, this time he failed.
4. In the living room there is a TV a recorder.
5. I live in a hat at the top floor; I don’t have a garden, I have a balcony.
6. She likes Japanese food her grandson doesn’t like it at all.
7. My mother is severe my father is nice.
8. New York is very exciting too expensive.
9. We both like sailing we live near the sea.
10. There is a bed, a wardrobe an armchair in my bedroom.
Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences using and/but/or/so.
1. The train proceeded quickly. The train proceeded smoothly.

2. They may leave today. They also may leave tomorrow.

3. The child hates getting up in the morning. He also dislikes going to bed at night.

4. He is talented. He also has a charm.

5. The street is lined with oak trees. It is also lined with elm trees.

6. The lecture was long. In addition, it was also a boring lecture.

7. You should choose: One, eat less; two, do more exercises.

8. I am proud to be here. I am also happy to meet you here.

9. The town is historical. It is picturesque too.

10. We know him. We don’t know his friends.

Exercise 5: Correct the incorrect part in each sentence.
1. We walked out of the door, down the steps and went across the street.

2. She loves singing, dancing, and to play the piano.

3. The wind moaned, shrieked and was howling.

4. The music was fast, brilliant and sounded exciting.

5. He proposes to borrow money, open a store and going into business.

6. The town boasts four libraries, two theaters and there are many schools.

7. The clouds were thick, black and looked threatening.

8. He likes running, jumping and to ride a bicycle.

9. They worked carefully, quickly and were quiet.

10. The vegetables were fresh, tender and tasted delicious.

Exercise 6: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 My sister's hand-writing is always so neat, A so unless someone disturbs them, an
astronaut's footprints will last forever!
2 Reading is an excellent way to increase your B or you'll fail the speaking test.
vocabulary
3 The student's essay was badly written C and appearance.
4 Alcohol can delay your reaction times; D and grammar.
5 In March of 1999, more than 130 nations E therefore, you should never drink and drive.
signed a United Nations Treaty banning land
mines;
6 Eating well is important for good health F but mine is a total mess.
7 The apartment is very pretty G and its rent is quite low.
8 You'd better work on improving your H and short.
pronunciation
9 I'm not really interested in history, I but this lecture was quite interesting.
10 There is no wind on the moon, J However, the United States, Russia and
China did not sign.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Exercise 7: Rewrite the sentences, using available words.
1. It was raining. We still went to the park. (However)

2. She put on a warm coat before going to work. The weather is cold. (Therefore)

3. The students easily got high score in the last examination. They were well-prepared. (so)

4. He produces things quite slowly. His products are really good. (but)

5. She was thinking of buying a new car. Her friend convinced her to buy an used car. (but)

6. She is loved by everybody in her factory. She is a very hard worker. (so)

7. I felt really sick last night. I couldn’t come to your party. (so)

8. You don’t do your homework. You will get a bad mark. You will be kicked out of school. (if, and)

9. The young boy was sent home. He refused to obey the teacher. (Therefore)

10. It cost a fortune to renovate our house. It was worth it. (However)
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 18: CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ (PHRASAL VERB)
1. Định nghĩa:
Cụm động từ (Phrasal Verb) là kết hợp của một động từ cơ bản đi kèm với một hoặc hai giới từ.
Nghĩa của Phrasal Verb không phải luôn luôn là sự kết hợp nghĩa của các từ tạo nên nó. Do đó
chúng ta cần lưu ý về mặt ý nghĩa của cụm động từ.
Ví dụ: Look after: trông nom, chăm sóc
Go on: tiếp tục
2. Một số cụm động từ phổ biến trong tiếng Anh.
Bear out = confirm
Xác nhận
Ví dụ: The other witnesses will bear out what I say
Bring in = introduce
Giới thiệu
Ví dụ: They want to bring in a bill to limit arms exports
Gear up for = prepare for
Chuẩn bị
Ví dụ: Cycle organizations are gearing up for National Bike Week.
Pair up with = team up with
Hợp tác
Ví dụ: Sally decided to pair up with Jason for the dance contest.
Cut down = reduce
Cắt giảm
Ví dụ: We need to cut the article down to 1 000 words.
Look back on = remember
Nhớ lại
Ví dụ: She usually looks back on her childhood.
Bring up = raise
Nuôi dưỡng
Ví dụ: He was brought up by his aunt.
Hold on = wait
Chờ đợi
Ví dụ: Hold on a minute while I get my breath back.
Turn down = refuse
Từ chối
Ví dụ: He has been turned down for ten jobs so far.
Talk over = discuss
Ví dụ: They talked over the proposal and decided to give it their Thảo luận
approval.
Leave out = not include, omit
Bỏ qua
Vi du: If you are a student, you can omit questions 16-18.
Break down
Đổ vỡ, hư hỏng
Ví dụ: The telephone system has broken down.
Put forward = suggest
Đề xuất, gợi ý
Ví dụ: Can I put you forward for club secretary
Dress up
Ăn vận (trang trọng)
Vi du: There’s no need to dress up. Come as you are.
Stand for
Viết tắt cho
Ví dụ: The book’s by T.C. Smith.’ ‘What does the ‘T.C.’ stand for?’
Keep up = continue
Tiếp tục
Ví dụ: Well done! Keep up the good work/Keep it up
Look after = take care of
Trông nom, chăm sóc
Ví dụ: Who’s going to look after the children while you’re away?
Work out = calculate
Tính toán
Vi du: It’ll work out cheaper to travel by bus.
Show up = arrive
Tới, đến
Ví dụ: It was getting late when she finally showed up
Come about = happen
Xảy ra
Ví dụ: Can you tell me how the accident came about
Hold up = stop, delay
Dừng lại, hoãn lại
Vi du: An accident is holding up traffic
Call off = cancel
Hoãn, hủy bỏ
Ví dụ: The game was called off because of bad weather
Look for = expect, hope for
Ví dụ: We shall be looking for an improvement in your work this Trông đợi
term
Fix up = arrange
Sắp xếp
Ví dụ: I’ll fix you up with a place to stay.
Get by = manage to live
Sống bằng
Ví dụ: How does she get by on such a small salary?
Check in
Làm thủ tục vào cửa
Ví dụ: Please check in at least an hour before departure.
Check out
Làm thủ tục ra
Vi du: Please check out at the reception area
Drop by (drop in on)
Ghé qua
Ví dụ: I thought I’d drop in on you while I was passing.
Come up with
Nghĩ ra
Ví dụ: She came up with a new idea for increasing sales.
Call up = phone
Gọi điện
Ví dụ: She’s out for lunch. Please call up later
Call on = visit
Thăm
Ví dụ: My mother’s friends call upon her every Wednesday
Think over = consider
Xem xét, cân nhắc
Ví dụ: Let me think over your request for a day or so.
Talk over = discuss
Ví dụ: They talked over the proposal and decided to give it their Thảo luận
approval
Move on
Chuyển sang
Ví dụ: Can we move on to the next item on the agenda?
Go over = examine
Xem xét
Ví dụ: Go over your work before you hand it in.
Put sth down = write sth, make a note of sth
Ghi chép lại
Ví dụ: The meeting’s on the 22nd. Put it down in your diary.
Clear up = tidy
Dọn dẹp
Ví dụ: I’m fed up with clearing up after you!
Carry out = execute Tiến hành
Vi du: Extensive tests have been carried out on the patient.
Break in
Đột nhập
Ví dụ: Burglars had broken in while we were away.
Back up
ủng hộ
Ví dụ: I’ll back you up if they don’t believe you.
Turn away = turn down
Từ chối
Ví dụ: They had nowhere to stay so I couldn’t turn them away
Wake up = get up
Thức dậy
Ví dụ: Wake up and listen!
Warm up
Khởi động
Ví dụ: Let’s warm up before entering the main part
Turn off
Tắt
Ví dụ: They’ve turned off the water while they repair a burst pipe.
Turn on
Bật
Vi du: I’ll turn the television on.
Fall down
Xuống cấp
Ví dụ: Many buildings in the old part of the city are falling down.
Find out
Tìm ra
Ví dụ: I haven’t found anything out about him yet.
Get off
Khởi hành
Ví dụ: We got off straight after breakfast.
Give up
Từ bỏ
Ví dụ: They gave up without a fight
Go up = increase
Tăng lên
Ví dụ: The price of cigarettes is going up
Pick someone up
Đón ai đó
Ví dụ: I’ll pick you up at five
Take up
Bắt đầu một hoạt động mới
Ví dụ: He takes up his duties next week
Speed up
Tăng tốc
Ví dụ: Can you try and speed things up a bit?
Grow up
Lớn lên
Ví dụ: Their children have all grown up and left home now
Catch up with
Theo kịp
Ví dụ: Go on ahead. I’ll catch up with you
Cut off
Cắt bỏ cái gì
Ví dụ: He had his finger cut off in an accident at work.
Account for
Giải thích
Ví dụ: How do you account for the show’s success?
Belong to
Thuộc về
Ví dụ: Who does this watch belong to?
Break away Bỏ trốn
Vi du: The prisoner broke away from his guards.
Delight in
Thích thú về
Ví dụ: She delights in walking

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. Brian asked Judy to dinner and a movie.
A. out B. on C. for D. of
2. My wife backed me over my decision to quit my job.
A. down B. up C. of D. for
3. Our car at the side of the highway in the snowstorm.
A. broke into B. broke away C. broke in D. broke down
4. Somebody last night and stole our stereo.
A. broke off B. broke in C. broke out D. broke up
5. The firemen had to break the room to rescue the children.
A. off B. up C. out D. into
6. The bomb when he rang the bell.
A. went over B. went on C. went out D. went off
7. Does this jacket my trousers?
A. go with B. go through with C. go ahead D. go off
8. He about his new car all the time.
A. goes over B. goes on C. goes out D. goes off
9. Do you think you could this work with me some time, Peter?
A. go over B. go on C. go out D. go off
10. It is generally accepted that in today's society women have access education and can
promote themselves much more easily than years ago.
A. to B. up C. on D. for
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. It took women a long time to struggle the right to vote.
A. for B. with C. against D. upon
2. I think women are suited many important things, besides childbearing and homemaking.
A. of B. on C. for D. about
3. Women are increasingly involved the public life.
A. of B. in C. with D. from
4. If you have an old blanket, it along so that we have something to sit on at the beach.
A. bring B. go C. put D. keep
5. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they on walking.
A. stopped B. kept C. took D. put
6. Before the plane off, the flight attendant told everyone to fasten their seat belts and put their
chairs in an upright position.
A. woke B. brought C. kept D. took
7. Don't forget to your gloves on. It is cold outside.
A. let B. make C. put D. fix
8. Everything is you. I cannot make my mind yet.
A. out off/ on B. up to/ up C. away from/ for D. on for/ off
9. There is no food left. Someone must have eaten it
A. out B. up C. off D. along
10. If something urgent has up, phone me immediately and 1 will help you.
A. picked B. come C. kept D. brought
Exercise 3: Choose the correct answers: synonym.
1. If you don't pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
A. lend you some money B. play football with you
C. give you a kick D. force you to leave
2. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
A. met B. visited C. said goodbye to D. made friends with
3. Let's go over that report again before we submit it.
A. dictate B. print C. read carefully D. type
4. I will not stand for your bad attitude any longer.
A. like B. tolerate C. mean D. care
5. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
6. The organization was established in 950 in the USA.
A. come around B. set up C. made out D. put on
7. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume the duties and
responsibilities of a national relief society.
A. take on B. get off C. go about D. put in
8. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A. put on B. went off C. got out D. kept up
9. They had to delay their trip because of the bad weather.
A. get through B. put off C. keep up with D. go over
10. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport.
A. use up B. do with C. take up D. go on
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers: synonym.
1. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death.
A. turn off B. take on C. get over D. keep up with
2. I am tired because I went to bed late last night.
A. stayed up B. kept off C. put out D. brought up
3. Did your son pass the university entrance examination?
A. make up B. get along C. go up D. get through
4. What may happen if John will not arrive in time?
A. go along B. count on C. keep away D. turn up
5. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic.
A. take up B. turn round C. put off D. do with
6. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents the entire
garden.
A. release B. stop C. end D.melt
7. Johnny has not smoked since 2000.
A. given up smoking B. given off smoking
C. take off smoking D. take up smoking
8. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent.
A. stand B. understand C. write D. interrupt
9. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were saying.
A. talk B. quit C. continue D. stop
10. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it.
A. blowing B. watering C. preventing D. watching
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with available word phrase.
broke down put away came up to got off
pick up cleaning up took off resulted in
depending on getting on broke up cut off
1. The passengers had to wait because the plane one hour late.
2. She her car to some wild flowers.
3. Boy! all your toys and. go to bed right now.
4. The water supply of the building was because the pipes burst.
5. How are you with your work? - It is OK.
6. The stranger me and asked, "Is there a post office near here?"
7. The efforts for the advancement of women have several respectively achievement in
women's life and work.
8. I cannot believe Peter and Mary last week. They have been married for almost fifteen years. 1
hope they get back together.
9. They were late for work because their car .
10. My husband and I take turns the kitchen who gets home from work earlier.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with a suitable preposition.
1. The customer had tried some blouses but none of them suited her.
2. My husband spends far more time helping our three kids homework and studying for tests
than I do.
3. What does "www" stand ? Is it short for "world wide web?"
 4. I always run out money before the end of the month.
5. I've just spent two weeks looking an aunt of mine who's been ill
6. It's very cold in here. Do you mind if I turn the heating?
7. Stephen always wanted to be an actor when he grow .
8. The bus only stops here to pick passengers.
9. We had to turn their invitation to lunch as we had a previous engagement.
10. He died heart disease.
Exercise 7: Complete each sentence with a suitable verb.
1. They gave me a form and told me to it in.
2. I’m going to bed now. Can you me up at 6:30?
3. I have got something in my eye and I can’t it out.
4. A cat tried to catch the bird, but it away just in time.
5. My shoes are dirty. I had better them off before going into the house.
6. You are walking too fast. Can you up with you.
7. I can’t hear you very well. Can you up a little?
8. We forward to the top floor of the building to admire the view.
9. I love to up at the stars in the sky at night.
10. I have been standing for the last two hours. I am going to down for a bit.
Exercise 8: Complete each sentence with available phrases.
invited to takes good care of
related to get off
prevented me from devoted all his life to
provide you with insists on
spend much money on accused of
1. William getting up early, even on weekends.
2. Jane doesn't clothes.
3. She always her children.
4. House cats are distantly lions and tigers.
5. Pasteur science.
6. We are here to the best service possible.
7. Mrs. Liz was having stolen the car.
8. Last night I was a formal get-together and I enjoyed myself a great deal.
9. They talking to that woman.
10. Take the number 7 bus and at Forest Road.
Lưu ý về sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ

Subject- verb agreement means choosing the correct singular or plural verb after the subject.
Sự hòa hợp giữa chử ngữ và động từ đề cập đến việc chọn đúng động từ ở hình thái số ít hay
số nhiều sau chủ từ.
Động từ luôn luôn phải hòa hợp với chủ từ đơn về ngôi (person) và số (number).
- Nếu chủ từ đơn ở số ít, động từ phải ở số ít.
- Nếu chủ từ đơn ở số nhiều, động từ phải ở số nhiều.
Eg: One of my friends is going to visit Ha Noi next week.
My friends are going to visit Ha Noi next week.
Sự hòa hợp giữa các chủ ngữ phức tạp và động từ:
1) Hai chủ từ đơn nối với nhau bằng từ and , động từ ở số nhiều.
Eg: My sister and my brother are students.
A strong wind and a full sail bring joy to the sailor.
(Gió mạnh và buồm căng mang lại niềm vui cho thủy thủ)
Tuy nhiên, nếu hai chủ từ cùng chỉ về một đối tượng hoặc được hợp thành một, động từ ở số ít.
Eg: The writer and poet is arriving tonight. ( Nhà văn kiêm nhà thơ sẽ đến tối nay)
Coffee and milk is his favorite drink. (Cà phê sữa là thức uống yêu thích của anh ấy)
Bread and butter is her only food. (Thức ăn của cô ấy chỉ là mì và bơ)
Nếu người nói muốn đề cập đến hai đối tượng khác nhau , động từ sẽ ở hình thái số nhiều.
Eg: The writer and the poet are ariving tonight.
(Nhà văn và nhà thơ sẽ đến tối nay) (hai người)
Bread and butter have been bought in large quantities.
(Bánh mì và bơ được mua với số lượng lớn)
2, Nếu chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ kết hợp với giới từ,cụm từ dưới đây thì động từ chia theo danh
từ 1
with as well as besides order than
along with together with in addition to like
Eg: The cow as well as the horses is grazing grass.
(Con bò cũng như những con ngựa đang gặm cỏ)
All the books other than the blue one are very interesting.
(Tất cả các sách trừ cuốn màu xanh đều rất hay)
My son, together with his friends, is going to travel around the world.
(Con trai tôi, cùng những người bạn của nó sẽ đi du lịch vòng quanh thế giới)
The leader, with all his men, was killed.
( Viên thủ lĩnh, cùng những người của ông ta , đều bị giết )
Ngược lại , khi hai chủ từ kết hợp với nhau bằng:
Or either…or not only…but also
Not…but neither…nor S2
động từ kết hợp với chủ từ gần nhất.
Eg: Either you or I am mistaken.
John or Jim lives here.
Either John or Jim lives here.
Not John but Jim lives here.
Not only John but also Jim lives.
Neither her friends nor she has arrived.

3) Danh từ số nhiều chỉ thời gian, trọng lượng, sự đo lường và tiền đi với động từ số ít:
Eg: Fifteen minutes isn’t enough for the students to finish this test.
 (Mười lăm phút không đủ cho các học sinh lam xong bài kiểm tra này)
Twenty dollars is an unreasonable price for the necklace.
(Hai mươi đô-la là một cái giá quá đắt cho chuỗi hạt này)
About three meters separates the first runner and the second.
(Người chạy thứ nhất phải cách người thứ hai khoảng ba mét)
Tuy nhiên, đôi khi người nói có thể xem các danh từ số nhiều nói trên theo từng đơn vị và dùng
động từ số nhiều:
Eg: Twenty years have passed since I came to Japan.
(Đã hai mươi năm trôi qua kể từ khi tôi đến Nhật Bản)
(Từng năm một trôi qua)
4) Các danh từ tập hợp (collective noun) có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều tùy theo ý người
nói.
Các danh từ tập hợp thông dụng trong tiếng Anh là:
Association (liên đoàn) Community (cộng đồng)
Class (lớp học) Concil (hội đồng) Faculty (phân khoa)
Group (nhóm người, vật) Department (phân khoa) Orchestra (dàn nhạc)
Crowd (đám đông) Public (công chúng)
Committee (ủy ban) Club (câu lạc bộ) Audience (khán giả)
Government (chính phủ) Army (quân đội)
Family (gia đình) Team (đội)
Firm (công ty) Company (công ty)
- Danh từ tập hợp đi với động từ số ít nếu người nói xem tập hợp ấy như một đơn vị duy nhất.
Eg: My family has three members.
Our group is the only one in the contest that has the most beautiful pictures.
The audience was like a stone wall, silent and cold.
(Khán giả giống như một bức tường đá, im lặng và lạnh lùng)
- Danh từ tập hợp đi với động từ số nhiều nếu người nói đề cập đến các thành viên trong nhóm.
Eg: My family were watching TV at this time yesterday.
(=All of the members in my family were watching TV)
The audience were applauding, cheering, even stamping their feet.
(Khán giả vỗ tay, reo hò và cả giậm chân nữa)
5) Các danh từ tập hợp (collective noun) có thể đi với động từ số nhiều mặc dù từ dạng số ít
Các danh từ tập hợp thông dụng trong tiếng Anh là:
Staff (hội đồng)
Crew (thủy thủ đoàn)
Flock (đàn thú)
cattle (gia súc)
clergy (tu sĩ)
public(công chúng)
police(cảnh sát)
people (mọi người)
Eg: The cattle are / is in the field now.
6) Một số danh từ tận cùng với s (như danh từ số nhiều) nhưng kết hợp với động từ số ít.
The news from the Middle East seems very encouraging.
Maths was always my problem at school when I was ten.
- Một số danh từ chỉ các môn học có tận cùng bằng ics:
Ethics (đạo đức) Physics (Vật lý học) Economics (Kinh tế học)
Optics (quang học) Politics (Chính trị học) Linguistics (Ngôn ngữ học)
Civics (Giáo dục công dân) Phonetics (Ngữ âm học) Statistics (Thống kê học)
Genetics (Di truyền học) Mathematics (Toán học)
Eg: Mathematics is my favorite subject. (Toán là môn học yêu thích của tôi)
What is genetics? (Di truyền học là gì?)
Politics is the science or art of government.
(Chính trị là khoa học hay nghệ thuật về sự cầm quyền)
- Một số môn thể thao:
Athletics (điền kinh) Gymnastics (thể dục)
Eg:Athletics has attracted more people since we got four gold medals in the 22nd Sea games.
(Điền kinh đã thu hút nhiều người hơn kể từ khi chúng ta giành được bốn huy chương vàng tại Sea
Games 22nd)
- Một số căn bệnh:
Measles (bệnh sởi) Mumps (bệnh quai bị) Diabetes (bệnh tiểu đường)
Paralysics (bệnh bại liệt) Rabies (bệnh dại) Appendicitis (bệnh ruột thừa)
Eg: Measles is a common disease. (Bệnh sởi là một căn bệnh thông thường)
- Danh từ riêng và một vài danh từ khác tận cùng bằng –s:
Eg: Peter Pan’s Travels is a very interesting novel.
(Cuốn “Những cuộc phiêu lưu của Peter Pan” là một cuốn truyện hay)
The Arabian Nights has delighted many generations.
(Truyện “Nghìn lẻ một đêm” đã làm say mê nhiều thế hệ)
The news of the war has surprisedall of us.
(Tin chiến tranh đã làm tất cả chúng tôi sửng sốt)
* Một vài danh từ có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều tùy theo nghĩa:
Eg: Statistics doesn’t appeal me. (Môn thống kê học không lôi cuốn tôi)
Statistics don’t convince me. (Các dữ liệu thống kê không thuyết phục được tôi)
The scissors were so dull that they couldn’t cut anything.
 (Cái kéo này cùn đến mức nó không cắt được thứ gì cả)
A new pair of scissors has been bought for mother.
(Một cái kéo mới đã được mua cho mẹ)
7) Một số danh từ số nhiều không có tận cùng bằng –s, và luôn kết hợp với động từ số nhiều:
police (cảnh sát) , people (người ta) , cattle (trâu bò) , clergy (giới tu sĩ) , folk (dân chúng) ,
poultry (gà vịt).
Eg: The police have arrived.
Poultry are being fed (Người ta đang cho gà vịt ăn).
The cattle are in shed (Trâu bò đang ở trong chuồng).
The clergy are opposed to the ceremony. (Các tu sĩ phản đối buổi lễ)
* Nhưng khi poultry được xem như một loại thức ăn, chúng ta dùng động từ số ít.
Poultry is very expensive this Christmas. (Gà vịt mùa Giáng sinh này rất đắt đỏ)
8) Các phân số và các từ như: some (một vài) , part (một phần) , all (tất cả) , half (một nửa) ,
majority (đa số) , the last (cuối cùng) , the rest (còn lại) , the remained (phần còn lại) , minority
(thiểu số) , a number of, plenty of, a lot of đi với:
- động từ số nhiều nếu danh từ theo sau chủ từ đơn ở số nhiều.
- động từ số ít nếu danh từ theo sau chủ từ đơn ở số ít hoặc là danh từ không không đếm được.
Eg: * All of the teachers have to wear uniformon Mondays.
All of the furniture was destroyed in the fire.
* Some of the oranges were spilled on the table.
Some of the sugar I bought is left on the fridge.
* Most of the stories are exciting.
Most of the story is exciting.
* Two – fifths of the money was lost.
Two – fifths of the books were lost.
* A lot of sunshine is good for you.
A lot of women do not like him.
- A number of theo sau bởi động từ số nhiều.
Eg: A number of people were standing along the road.
(Một số người đang đứng dọc theo con đường)
- The number of theo sau bởi động từ số ít.
Eg: The number of students in the music class is limited to five.
(Số học sinh trong lớp nhạc bị giới hạn còn năm người)
9) Các đại từ bất định (indefinite pronouns):
each no one, none nobody nothing
either someone somebody everything
neither anyone anybody anything
 everybody something
thường đi với động từ số ít.
Eg: Each of my reports was given an A. (Mỗi bài báo cáo của tôi đều được cho điểm A)
No one knows all the answer. (Không ai biết tất cả câu trả lời)
Everybody is having a good time. (Mọi người đang vui vẻ)
None, any, neither có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều:
Eg: * None of the food on the table is tasty.
None of the boys have arrived yet.
* Any of these motors start/starts instantly.
(Bất kì cái nào trong những động cơ này cũng đều khởi động được ngay)
*Neither of your arguments is/are correct. (Không lý lẽ nào của bạn đúng cả)
Tuy nhiên, chúng ta cần lưu ý đến ảnh hưởng của các từ khác khi quyết định số của động từ.
None are so deaf as those who won’t hear.
10) Trong các cụm từ There + be, động từ hòa hợp với chủ từ theo ba trường hợp sau:
+ Động từ hòa hợp với chủ từ gần nhất đứng sau:
Eg: There is a radio, a stereo cassette-player, a cigar lighter…
There was much trafic at night and many mules on the road.
+Động từ hòa hợp với tất cả các chủ từ:
Eg: There are a plaza, a cathedral, and a governor’ place on the hill.
+Đôi khi trong thường đàm chúng ta bắt gặp there is kết hợp với một chủ từ số nhiều nhưng
chúng ta không nên bắt chước cách dùng này:
Eg: There is worse things than domestic service.
(Có những việc còn tệ hơn là làm người giúp việc trong gia đình)
There is a lot of good fish in the sea.
(Có rất nhiều cá ngon ở biển)
11) Câu hỏi với who và what dùng với động từ số ít:
Eg: Who wants tea? - We all do, please.
What has happened? - Several things have happened.
Câu hỏi với which of có thể đi với động từ số ít hoặc số nhiều tùy từng trường hợp:
Eg: Which of you wants to go? - (Which one?)
Which of you want to go? - (Which ones?)
k) Một số danh từ có hình thức số nhiều sau đây kết hợp với động từ số nhiều:
belongings (vật dụng cá nhân) clothes (quần áo) remains (hài cốt)
congratulations (sự chúc mừng) earnings (thu nhập) surroundings (vùng xung quanh)
glasses (kính đeo mắt) goods (hàng hóa) troops (binh lính)
savings (tiền tiết kiệm) scissors (kéo) premises (cơ sở)
stairs (cầu thang) shorts (quần ngắn) outskirts (ngoại ô)
 thanks (lời cảm ơn) trousers (quần dài) particulars (chi tiết)
Eg: The goods were sent from a foreign company.
His belongings were stolen at night.
These blue trousers are too short for me.
Savings help us a lot in special situations.
- Dùng động từ số ít đối với a pair of scissors, a pair of shorts, a pair of trousers, a pair
of glasses…
Eg: I don’t think this pair of trousers fits you.
12. Một số lưu ý khác:
- Động từ quan hệ phải hòa hợp với chủ ngữ của nó, không hòa hợp với bổ ngữ:
Eg: The best hope for the future is our children.
Our children are the best hope for the future.
- Thành ngữ bắt đầu với ONE OF thường đi với danh từ số nhiều nhưng kết hợp với động
từ số ít.
Eg: One of my friends is going to Ha Noi next week.
- Trong các câu bắt đầu bằng từ there và here, động từ thường hòa hợp với chủ ngữ đứng
sau nó hoặc ở cuối câu.
Eg: There comes the bus.
Here are your keys.
- Khi chủ từ là danh từ không đếm được, dùng động từ số ít.
Eg: The coffee is too hot for me to drink.
Sugar is not always good for health.
- Cụm từ bắt đầu bằng hình thái nguyên mẫu có to của động từ hoặc hình thái có –ing của
động từ kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Eg: To help you is my pleasure.
Doing regular morning exercises is good for your health.
- Mệnh đề bắt đầu với that kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Eg: That you get good mark does not surprise me.
That he has won the race is hot news.
Danh từ được mở rộng bằng cụm giới từ -> V chia theo danh từ đứng trước giới từ
-( Khi chủ từ là một cụm danh từ, động từ phải hòa hợp với danh từ chính trong cụm từ đó)
- Khi một tính từ đứng sau the được dùng như một danh từ làm chủ từ, nó sẽ kết hợp với động
từ số nhiều.
Eg: The rich have the responsibility to help the poor.
The homeless need helping immediately.
- Động từ theo sau đại từ liên hệ sẽ hòa hợp với danh từ đứng trước được thay thế.
Eg: The woman who teachs you English is my mother
 The students who are sitting around the table are not in my class.
- Khi chủ từ là những từ như English, Vietnamese…dùng động từ số ít nếu muốn đề cập đến
ngôn ngữ (không dùng với the). Dùng động từ số nhiều nếu đề cập đến con người ở nước đó
(dùng với the).
Eg: English is so difficult to master.
The English are very proud of their country.
* Có thể chuyển đổi danh từ không đếm được sang danh từ đếm được bằng cách dùng một số
thành ngữ. Sau đây là bảng liệt kê các danh từ không đếm được thường gặp trong tiếng Anh và
các thành ngữ đếm được tương ứng.
Uncountable nouns Countable nouns
Accommodation a place to live
Advice a piece of advice
Baggage a piece/case/trunk of baggage
Bread a piece/loaf/roll of bread
Chess a game of chess
Chewing gum a piece of chewing gum
Equipment a piece of equipment
Furniture a piece/an article of furniture
Grass a blade of grass
Information a piece of information
Knowledge a fact
Lightning a flash of lightning
Luck a bit/stoke of luck
Luggage a piece/case of luggage
Money a note, a coin, a sum
News a piece of news
Poetry a poem
Progress a step forward
Publicity an advertisement
Research a piece of research
Rubbish a piece of rubbish
Spaghetti a piece/dish of spaghetti
Thunder a clap of thunder
Travel a journey/trip
Work a job, a piece of work

Exercise Practice
1. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D:
1. A large number of students in this school………. . English quite fluently.
a. speaks b. is speaking c. has spoken d. speak
2. A series of lectures………being presented at the Central Hall this week.
a. are b. will be c. has become d. is
3. Beauty as well as health ………. failed her this term.
a. has b. have c. is d. are
4. Bread and butter ………. what she asks for.
a. is b. are c. will be d. have been
5. Each student………. answered the first three questions.
a. has b. have c. have to d. must
6. Either John or his wife ………breakfast each morning.
a. make b. is making c. makes d. made
7. Everybody who ………. a fever must go home at once.
a. has b. have c. is having d. are having
8. Five dollars ………all I have on me.
a. are b. is c. will be d. have
9. John, along with twenty friends, ………. planning a party.
a. are b. is c. has been d. have been
10. Mathematics………. . the science of quantity.
a. was b. are c. is d. were
11. Measles………cured without much difficulty nowadays.
a. is b. are c. will be d. have
12. Neither Mary nor her brothers……a consent form for tomorrow’s field trip.
a. need b. needs c. is needing d. has need
13. Peter, together with his uncle, ……………fishing.
a. have gone b. has gone c. go d. goes
14. The army…………. eliminated this section of the training test.
a. has b. is having c. are d. have
15. The number of the months in a year …………twelve.
a. was b. were c. are d. is
16. The picture of the soldiers………. . back many memories.
a. will bring b. brings c. bring d. have brought
17. These pictures, as well as the photograph………. . the room.
a. brightens b. brightening c. brighten d. being brightened
18. The quality of the recordings ………. . not very good.
a. is b. are c. is being d. has been
19. This house as well as that one………. . for sale, which will you have?
a. are b. is c. have d. has
20. To what place ………either the man or his son wish to go?
a. is b. does c. do d. are
21. Twenty miles………. a long way to walk.
a. are b. was c. is d. were
22. What he told you………. . to be of no importance.
a. seems b. seem c. must seem d. have seemed
23. Mathematics………. . not always an exact science.
a. was b. are c. is d. were
24. Mr. John, accompanied by several members of the committee,………. . proposed some
changes of the rules.
a. have b. has c. are d. is
25. The flock of birds…………. . circling overhead.
a. gets b. are c. is d. get
26. The levels of intoxication…………. from subject to subject.
a. has been varied b. have been varied c. varies d. vary
27. The majority of the students………. . him to be innocent.
a. was made b. believe c. makes d. make
28. The pair of the pliers………. . on the table.
a. was b. were c. put d. puts
29. The use of credit cards in place of cash………. . increased rapidly in recent years.
a. have been b. has been c. has d. have
30. Advertisements on television…………. . becoming more competitive than ever before.
a. has b. have c. are d. is

2. Supply the correct tenses and form of the verbs in parentheses:

1. The English (be) ………. famous for their calmness.
2. The money that (spend) …………. on education every year (be) ………not enough.
3. The number of employees who (not, finish) …………. their work yet (have) ………. . to work
on the weekend.
4. The office (close) …………on the weekend.
5. The office (try) ………a lot to win the boss’s heart recently.
6. Five kilos of gold (steal) ………. . from the bank yesterday.
7. Physics (cause) …………you any trouble at school.
8. Yesterday, neither you nor I (choose) …………. to deliver the speech. So who (choose)
………. ?- Daisy and Ann (be) ……….
9. That you enjoy the food I cook (encourage) …………. me a lot.
10. When I (see) …………you yesterday, the boy in black trousers (try) ……. . to steal your
wallet.
11. The contracts signed by the company (have) …………been voided because some stipulations
were not met.
12. Ten miles (be) ………. a very long distance for us to walk.
13. Each package that is not properly wrapped (have) ………. . to be returned to the sender.
14. The keys of the house (have) ………. been lost.
15. The plan as well as the proposals (be) ………. . to be presented in the coming Monday
meeting.
16. The box of ribbons for the electric typewriter (have) ………. . been misplaced.
17. It is disconcerting to believe that every possible candidate (have) ……. . been rejected for one
reason or another.
18. There (have) ………. been more excitement in this city about a sporting event.
19. To me, Mathematics (be) ………something very easy to master.
20. If nobody (have) ………. . bought that car from the dealer, then you should return and make
another off
3. Correct the sentences if necessary. Check (√) s any that are already correct:
1. The Chinese has an interesting history.
2. English is one of the most popular language in the world.
3. The scissors on the table is my sister’s.
4. Linguistics is my major field of study.
5. There are good furniture in this showroom.
6. The cattle is grazing in the meadow.
7. The interrogation, conducted by the police officers, have lasted for several hours.
8. The tenants in the apartment next to mine is giving a party this evening.
9. The president, surrounded by secret service agents, is trying to make his way to the podium.
10. The buildings destroyed during the fire are being rebuilt at the taxpayers’ expense.
11. 20 percent of the forest have been destroyed lately.
12. The witnesses saw that most of the fire in the hills was extinguished.
13. Some of the animals from the zoo was released into the animals preserve.
14. All of the students in the class taught by Professor Roberts is required to turn in their term
papers next Monday.
15. Half of the food that we are serving to the guests are still in the refrigerator.
16. We believe that some of the employees is going to be devoted to quality control.
17. It is impossible to believe that somebody actually admire that man.
18. Each of the doctors in the building needs to have a separate reception area.
19. The president felt that no one were better suited for the position of chief staff advisor.
20. Everybody participating in the fund-raiser are to turn in the tickets by 8. 00.

4. Complete the sentences with is / are, has / have or dose /do.

1. Either John or you ………. . to be responsible for the unfinished work.
2. David, as well as his friends, …………collecting waste paper to recycle.
3. John and Helen ……. . not admit to have broken the window.
4. Neither Tom nor his friends………. . lost the keys.
5. Both Peter and his girlfriend………. working for a bank.
6. Neither the library nor the bookstore…………the book I need.
7. Tom as well as his two close friends ………not in class today.
8. Both Ron and Bob ………passed the exam successfully.
9. One of the staffs………. to report the problem to the manager.
10. Either the girl or her parents…………going to be present at the party.
2. Many of the girls in my school (wear) white shirts.
3. Three kilos of potatoes (make) the basket heavier.
4. Some of the tables in the classroom (be) broken.
5. Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause) diseases.
6. What we need most (be) books.
7. The English (be) proud and independent people.
8. The United States (have) a population of 250 million.
9. There (be, not) any letters in the mail for you today.
10. Everyone in both cars (be) injured in the accident last night.
11. The books borrowed from the library (be) on my desk.
12. The boy who won the two medals (be) a friend of mine.
13. Bread and butter (be) our daily food.
14. The quality of the candies (be) poor.
15. Gold, as well as platinum, (have) recently risen in price.
16. His courage and endurance (be) tried to the utmost.
17. No news (be) good news.
18. A good man and useful citizen (have) passed away.
19. The jury (be) divided in their opinions.
20. The cost of all these articles (have) risen.
5. In each of the following sentences, put the verb in brackets into the correct form:
1. Two weeks (go) fast when you are on vacation.
2. Many of the girls in my school (wear) white shirts.
3. Three kilos of potatoes (make) the basket heavier.
4. Some of the tables in the classroom (be) broken.
5. Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause) diseases.
6. What we need most (be) books.
7. The English (be) proud and independent people.
8. The United States (have) a population of 250 million.
9. There (be, not) any letters in the mail for you today.
10. Everyone in both cars (be) injured in the accident last night.
11. The books borrowed from the library (be) on my desk.
12. The boy who won the two medals (be) a friend of mine.
13. Bread and butter (be) our daily food.
14. The quality of the candies (be) poor.
15. Gold, as well as platinum, (have) recently risen in price.
16. His courage and endurance (be) tried to the utmost.
17. No news (be) good news.
18. A good man and useful citizen (have) passed away.
19. The jury (be) divided in their opinions.
20. The cost of all these articles (have) risen.
CHUYÊN ĐỀ : CÁC DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT CỦA CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG
STRUCTURE 1
Somebody + want/ like/expect + someone to do something
Somebody + want /like/expect + something + to be done
EX: Our teacher wants us to prepare our lessons carefully./ Our teacher wants our lessons to be prepared carefully.
STRUCTURE 2
Somebody + agree/arrange/determind/decide + to do something
Somebody + agree/arange/determind/decide + that something + should be + done
EX:
She decided to rebuild the house.
She decided that the house should be rebuilt.
STRUCTURE 3
Something + need(s) + doing (also: want+ v-ing/require+v-ing)
Something + need(s) + to be done (also: want+ to be done/require+to be done)
EX:
The house needs cleaning. (passive meaning) These flowers require watering.
The house needs to be cleaned. These flowers require to be watered.
You don’t need to prepare the lesson (active) The chickens need feeding
The lesson doesn’t need to be prepared. The chickens need to be fed.
The lesson doesn’t need preparing.
STRUCTURE 4
A. PRESENT MEANING
people + think/expect/believe/estimate/say/report/suppose/hope/declare/rumour + that+someone + do
something (active)  PASSIVE
 thought/ expected/believed/
TYPE 1 It is that someone + do something
PASSIVE

estimated/said/reported
supposed/hoped/declared/
TYPE 2 Someone is Rumoured to do something

EX:
People think that he drives dangerously. (active)
It is thought that he drives dangerously. (type 1)
He is thought to drive dangerously. (type 2)
B. PAST MEANING
people + think/expect/believe/estimate/say/report/suppose/hope/declare/rumour + that + someone + did
something (active)  PASSIVE

thought/ expected/believed/
TYPE 1 It is that someone + did something
PASSIVE

estimated/said/reported
supposed/hoped/declared/
Someone
TYPE 2 Rumoured to have done something
is
EX:
People think that he drove dangerously. (active)
It is thought that he drove dangerously. (type 1)
He is thought to have driven dangerously. (type 2)
NOTE:
It’s your duty to do something
You are supposed to do something (bổn phận của bạn là….)
EX:
It’s your duty to lock all the doors.
You are supposed to lock all the doors.
STRUCTURE 5
Somebody + see/make/let + someone + do + something (active)
Someone is seen/made + to do something (passive)
Someone is let + do something (passive) but we often say: someone is (not) allowed to do something
EX:
He made me stay outside yesterday. (active)
I was made to stay outside yesterday.
The teacher let us go home early last week. (active)
We were let go home early by the teacher last week = We were allowed to go home early by the teacherlast week.
I saw the thief climb the wall. (active)
The thief was seen to climb the wall.
STRUCTURE 6
Somebody + have + someone + do something
Somebody + get + someone + to do something
Somebody + have + something + done
EX: He had his waiter carry the luggage home.
He had the luggage carried home by the waiter.
I got the postman to post the letter for me.
I had the letter posted for me by the postman.
STRUCTURE 7
Don’t do something (active)  something musn’t be done
It’s impossible to do something (active)  something can’t be done
It’s possible to do something (active)  something can be done
EX: Don’t touch this switch
This switch musn’t be touched
It is impossible to do this
 This can’t be done.
STRUCTURE 8
Somebody + advise/ beg/ urge/ recommand someone to do something (active)
Cách 1: someone is advised/ begged/ urged/ recommanded to do something
Cách 2: somebody advise/ beg/ urge/ recommand that something should be done
EX: He advised me to sell the car.
I was advised to sell the car.
He advised that the car should be sold.
STRUCTURE 9
Somebody + agree/ arrange/ determine/ decide/ is deternined/ is anxious +to do something (active)
Somebody + agree/ arrange/ determine/ decide/ is deternined/ is anxious + that something should be done
EX: She decided to rebuild the house.
she decided that the house should be rebuilt.
STRUCTURE 10
Somebody + insist/ advise/ propose/ recommand/ suggest + doing something (active)
Somebody insist/ advise/ propose/ recommand/ suggest that something should be done
EX:
He suggested selling the radio
He suggested that radio should be sold.
STRUCTURE 11
Mệnh lệnh thức (imperative) + Object  S + should/must + be +P2/ Let+object+be+P.P
EX: Turn on the lights. Open your book, please!
The lights should be turned on. Let your book be opened, please!

EXERCISES
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. All bottles _________ before transportation.
A. frozen B. is frozen C. was frozen D. were frozen
2. Everything that _________ remained a secret.
A. had be overheard B. had been overheard
C. had been overheared D. would had been overheard
3. Everything ___________________________.
A. were forbidden B. is forbidden C. is forbidded D. are forbidden
4. Everything___________________________.
A. are going to be forgotten B. is going to be forgotten
C. is going to be forgot D. were going to be forgotten
5. I___________________________.
A. have not given the money B. have not been given the money
C. have not been give the money D. have not be given the money
6. It _________ for years.
A. has not be known B. had not been known
C. had not be known D. have not been known
7. It _________ that learning English is easy.
A. are said B. said C. is said D. is sayed
8. John and Ann___________________________.
A. were not mislead B. were not misleeded
C. was not misled D. were not misled
9. Our horses ___________________________.
A. are well feeded B. are well fed C. is well fed D. is well feeded
10. Peter and Tom _________ in an accident yesterday.
A. is hurt B. is hurted C. were hurt D. were hurted
11. South Florida and HawaiI _________ by a hurricane.
A. is hit B. have been hit C. have are hit D. has been hit
12. The battles _________ for liberation .
 A. had be fought B. had been fighted C. had been fought D. has been fought
13. We can’t go along here because the road _________
A. is repairing B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. repairs
14. The story I’ve just read_________ Agatha Christie.
A. was written B. was written by C. was written from D. wrote by
15. I’m going to go out and_________
A. have cut my hair B. have my hair cut C. cut my hair D. my hair be cut
16. Something funny_________ in class yesterday.
A. happened B. was happened C. happens D. is happened
17. Many US automobiles_________ in Detroit, Michigan
A. manufacture B. have manufactured C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
18. A lot of pesticide residue can_________ unwashed produce.
A. find B. found C. be finding D. be found
19. We_________ by a loud noise during the night.
A. woke up B. are woken up C. were woken up D. were waking up
20. Some film stars_________ difficult to work with.
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to be
21. Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? – I don’t enjoy_________ at.
A. be laughed B. to be laughed C. laughing D. being laughed
22. Today, many serious childhood diseases_________ by early immunization.[ sự miễn dịch]
A. are preventing B. can prevent C. prevent D. can be prevented
23. Do you get your heating_________ every year?
A. checking B. check C. be checked D. checked
24. Bicycles_________ in the driveway.
A. must not leave B. must not be leaving C. must not be left D. must not have left
25. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony_________ next weekend.[ Symphony: khúc giao hưởng]
A. is going to be performed B. has been performed
C. will be performing D. will have perform
26. All bottles_________ before transportation.
A. frozen B. were froze C. were frozen D. are froze
27. ___________________________.yet?
A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed
C. Have the letters typed D. Had the letters typed
28. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or Singapore where `_________ for
administration, broadcasting and education.
A. is used B. it is used C. used D. being used
29. The telephones_________ by Alexander Graham Bell.
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. was invented
30. Lots of houses_________ by the earthquake.
A. are destroying B. destroyed C. were destroyed D. is destroyed
th
31. Gold_________ in California in the 19 century.
A. was discovered B. has been discovered C. was discover D. they discover
32. The preparation_________ by the time the guest_________
A. had been finished- arrived B. have finished- arrived
C. had finished-were arriving D. have been finished- were arrived
33. The boy_________ by the teacher yesterday.
A. punish B. punished C. punishing D. was punished
34. “Ms Jones, please type those letters before noon”_ “They’ve already ______, sir. They’re on your desk.”
A. typed B. been being typed C. being typed D. been typed
35. Sarah is wearing a blouse. It___________ of cotton.
A. be made B. are made C. is made D. made
36. They had a boy _________ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
37. We got our mail _________ yesterday. [have/get sth done]
 A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
38. James _________ news as soon as possible.
A. should tell B. should be told C. should told D. should be telled
39. My wedding ring _________ yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
40. Mr. Wilson is _________ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
41. References _________ in the examination room.
A. not are used B. is not used C. didn’t used D. are not used
42. Laura _________ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
43. His car needs _________ [sth needs doing= sth needs to be done]
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
44. Her watch needs _________.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
45. My mother is going _________ this house.
A. sold B. sell C. to be sold D. to sell
46. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are _________.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
47. Have you _________ by a dog?
A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit
48. The room is being _________ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
49. It _________ that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
50. It is _________ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
B. Chuyển các câu sau sang dạng bị động:
B. Chuyển các câu sau sang dạng bị động:
1. They must do their task now.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
.
2. He expected me to buy him a book.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
.
3. They want him to invite them to the party.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
.
4. They think he is a doctor.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
.
5. He needs to sell the house.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
6. We suggested buying some flowers for their teacher.
..........................................................................................................................................................................................
CHUYÊN ĐÊ 21: KIẾN THỨC CƠ BẢN VỀ PHÁT ÂM VÀ BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG
Bài tập ngữ âm trong các đề thi trắc nghiệm tiếng Anh thường kiểm tra cách phát âm đúng các từ, trong đó có
các nguyên âm, phụ âm và trọng âm từ, bao gồm hai dạng bài tập sau:
- Bài tập về cách phát âm (nguyên âm, phụ âm, tập hợp âm)
- Bài tập về trọng âm từ
Bài tập về cách phát âm có thể kiểm tra cách phát âm của một chữ cái hoặc nhiều chữ cái.
Ví dụ: Chọn phương án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
trong mỗi câu sau:
A. such B. cut C. put D. shut (đáp án C)
A. shown B. flown C. grown D. crown (đáp án D)
Các chữ cái được kiểm tra trong một câu có thể giống nhau, nhưng cũng có thể khác nhau.
Ví dụ: Chọn phương án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ cón phần gạch chân được phát âm khác với các từ còn
lại trong mỗi câu sau:
A. accountant B. amountC. founding D. country (đáp án D)
A. forget B. forty C. comfort D. mother (đáp án D)
Trong hệ thống ngữ âm của tiếng Anh có 24 phụ âm (consonants), 22 nguyên âm (vowels) và nguyên âm đôi
(diphthongs). Các nguyên âm và phụ âm tiếng Anh có cách phát âm nhất định, chúng ta hãy chú ý đến một số
cách phát âm thông thường của một số chữ cái tiếng Anh sau:
NGUYÊN ÂM
Chữ cái a thường được phát âm là:
/ae/: map, national
/eɪ/: take, nature
/ᴐ/ (đặc biệt trước chữ cái l): all, altogether
/ɒ/: want, quality
/e/: many, any
/ɪ/: message, dosage
/ə/: afraid, familiar
/ɑ:/: after, car
Chữ cái e thường được phát âm là:
/e/: educate, flexible
/ɪ/: explore, replace
/i:/: fever, gene
/ə/: interest, camera
Chữ cái i thường được phát âm là:
/ɪ/: fit, slippery
/ai/: strive, mice
/ə/: terrible, principle
Chữ cái o thường được phát âm là:
/ɒ/: bottle, floppy
/ɔ:/: boring, lord
/ᴧ/: son, done
/əʊ/ go, post
/ə/: computer, purpose
/wᴧ/: one /wᴧn/, once /wᴧns/
Chữ cái u thường được phát âm là:
/ʊ/: put, push
/u:/: include
/ju:/: computer, human
/ᴧ/: much, cut
/ə/: success
/з:/: burn
Chữ cái y thường được phát âm là:
/ɪ/: physics, myth
/i/: city, worry
/ai/: shỵ, multiply
Một số nhóm chữ cái nguyên âm thường gặp:
Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ
 /ei/ main, entertain
-ai-
/eə/ fair, armchair
-ay- /ei/ say, stay
-au- /ɔ:/ audience, naughty
-aw- /ɔ:/ awful, law
/e/ dead
/eɪ/ great, break
-ea- /i:/ bean, beat
/ɪə/ fear, year
/з:/ heard, earth
/eɪ/ eight, weight
-ei- /i:/ deceive, ceiling
/aɪ/ height
/eɪ/ hey, convey, key
-ey- /i:/
/i:/ cheese, employee
-ee-
/ɪə/ engineer, deer
/i:/ piece, relieve
/aɪ/ tie, lie
-ie- /ə/ ancient, proficient
/aɪə/ quiet, society
/əʊ/ load, toast
-oa- /ɔ:/ abroad, broaden
-oe- /əʊ/ toe, foe
-oi- hoặc –oy- /ɔɪ/ voice, join, joy
/u:/ tool, moon
-oo- /ʊ/ book, foot
/ʌ/ flood, blood
/ʊ/ could, would
/u:/ group, souvenir
/ə/ famous, tremendous
—ou— /ʌ/ trouble, couple
/əʊ/ soul, mould
/aʊ/ mouse, account
/aʊ/ cow, brown
-ow- /əʊ/ throw, know
-ui- /ɪ/ build, guitar
-uy- /aɪ/ buy, guy
-ew- /ju:/ new, dew
Chú ý:
Những quy tắc trên chỉ là những cách đọc phổ biến, chúng ta còn gặp những trường hợp ngoại lệ. Chúng ta nên
ghi nhớ cách phát âm của các từ khi học từ vựng mới.
Cách phát âm các nguyên âm còn khác nhau ở các từ loại khác nhau:
invite /in'vaɪt/ (v); invitation /ˌinvi'teɪʃh/ (n)
nature /'neɪtʃh(r)/ (n); natural /'n„tʃrəl/ (adj)
PHỤ ÂM
Chúng ta hãy chú ý đến một số trường hợp sau.
Chữ cái c thường được phát âm là:
/k/: can, close
/s/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e hoặc y): city, certify, cycle
/ʃ/: special, ocean
Chữ cái d thường được phát âm là:
/d/: day, demand
/dʒ/: educate, graduate
Chữ cái g thường được phát âm là:
/g/: gain, regular
/dʒ/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e, hoặc y):origin, germ, gymnast
/ʒ/: garage, beige
Chữ cái n thường được phát âm là:
/n/: not, fun
/ŋ/: uncle, drink
Chữ cái s thường được phát âm là:
/s/: son, economist
/z/: rise, resumption
/ʃ/: sure, sugar
/ʒ/: usually, occasion
Chữ cái t thường được phát âm là:
/t/: ten, pretend
/tʃ/: culture, question
/ʃ/: mention, initial
Chữ cái x thường được phát âm là:
/gz/: example, exist
/ks/: box, mixture
/kʃ/: luxury, anxious
Một số nhóm chữ cái phụ âm thường gặp:
Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ
/k/ chemist, mechanic
-ch- /tʃ/ chair, lunch
/ʃ/ machine, chef
rough, laugh photograph,
-gh- hoặc -ph- /f/ paragraph
-qu- /kw/ queen, require
-sh- /ʃ/ share, smash
/θ/ think, depth
-th- them, without
/ð/
Cách phát âm tận cùng -s hoặc -es
Đối với cách phát âm của tận cùng -s hoặc -es của động từ ngôi thứ ba số ít thì Hiện tại đơn hoặc danh từ số
nhiều, ta có 3 cách đọc khác nhau dựa vào âm cuối của từ đó.
Phát âm là /s/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/, /θ/.
Ví dụ: laughs /la:fs/, parks /pa:ks/, hopes /həʊps/, hates /heɪts/, cloths /klɒθs/.
Phát âm là /z/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /b/, /d/, /g/, /1/, /m/, /n/, /r/, /v/, /ð/, /ŋ/ và các nguyên âm.
Phát âm là /iz/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là /s/, /ʃ/, /t ʃ/, /z/, /dʒ/.
Ví dụ: crosses /'krɔ:sɪz/, pushes /'poʃɪz/, watches /'wɒtʃɪz/, buzzes /'bʌzɪz/, changes /'tʃeɪdʒɪz/.
Cách phát âm của tận cùng -ed của động từ có quy tắc
Đối với cách phát âm của tận cùng -ed của động từ có quy tắc (regular verbs), ta có 3 cách phát âm khác nhau
dựa vào âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu.
Phát âm là /t/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /s/, /tʃ/, và /ʃ/.
Ví dụ: coughed /kɒft/, talked /tɔ:kt/, stopped /stɒpt/, watched /wɒtʃt/, brushed
/brʌʃt/.
Phát âm là /d/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /b/, /g/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /dʒ/,
/r/, /v/, /z/ và các nguyên âm.
Phát âm là /id/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /t/, /d/.
Ví dụ: waited /'weɪtɪd/, added /'ædɪd/.
ÂM CÂM
Một số chữ cái trong một số từ bao gồm phụ âm và nguyên âm không được phát âm thành tiếng được gọi là âm
câm (silent sounds). Sau đây là một số âm câm thường gặp:
Chữ cái – Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ
b đứng cuối trong một số từ (thường đi sau m) climb, dumb, comb
b đứng trước t doubt, debt
c đứng trước k snack, dock
c đứng sau s trong một số từ scene, muscle, science
d trong một số từ handsome, Wednesday
h trong một số từ hour, exhausted
gh trong một số từ (đặc biệt là sau i) weigh, sight
k đứng trước n know, knee, knife
l trong một số từ half, could
n đứng sau m autumn, condemn
p đứng đâu một từ, theo sau là một phụ âm và một psychology, receipt
số trường hợp khác
r đứng trước một phụ âm khác hoặc đứng cuối từ đó card, park, farm, burn,
neighbour, volunteer
t trong một số từ listen, castle
w đứng trước r hoặc h trong một số từ wreck, who
TRỌNG ÂM
Đối với những từ trong tiếng Anh có từ hai âm tiết trở lên, có một âm tiết được nhấn mạnh với cao độ và trường
độ lớn hơn những âm tiết còn lại. Đó chính là âm tiết mang trọng âm (stress) của từ đó.
Những từ có ba âm tiết trở lên thường có thêm trọng âm phụ (secondary stress) (ˌ)
được nhấn nhẹ hơn so với trọng âm chính (primary stress) (').
Ta thường gặp bài tập tìm từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại. Ngoài ra, có thế
có bài tập tìm từ có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết đầu, thứ hai... hoặc âm tiết cuối trong mỗi từ.
Nhìn chung, chúng ta có một số quy tắc sau:
Đa số các động từ hai âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai:
attract, begin, deny, forget, enjoy, pollute, relax...
Trường hợp ngoại lệ: answer, enter, happen, offer, open...
Đa số các danh từ và tính từ hai âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất:
children, hobby, habit, labour, trouble, standard...
basic, busy, handsome, lucky, pretty, silly...
Trường hợp ngoại lệ:
advice, reply, machine, mistake...
alone, abrupt, absorbed, amazed...
Một số từ có hai âm tiết vừa là danh từ và cũng là động từ thì danh từ có trọng âm ở
âm tiết thứ nhất, còn động từ thì trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai.
Danh từ Động từ
'contrast (sự tương phản) con'trast (tương phản)
'decrease (sự giảm) de'crease (giảm)
'desert (sa mạc)
'export (hàng xuất khẩu)
'import (hàng nhập khẩu)
'present (món quà)
'produce (sản phấm nói chung)
'progress (sự tiến bộ)
'protest (sự phản đổi)
'rebel (kẻ nổi loan)
'record (hồ sơ, đĩa hát)
'suspect (kẻ bị tình nghi)
de'sert (rời bỏ)
ex'port (xuất khẩu)
im'port (nhập khấu)
pre'sent (trình bày)
pro'duce (sản xuất)
pro'gress (tiến bộ)
pro'test (phản đối)
re'bel (nổi lọan)
re'cord (ghi lại, giữ lại)
su'spect (nghi ngờ)
Ngoại lệ: Một số từ sau vừa là danh từ và động từ nhưng có trọng âm chính không đổi. 'answer (n, v): câu trả
lời/ trả lời
'offer (n, v): lời đề nghị/ đề nghị
'picture (n, v): bức tranh/ vẽ một bức tranh
'promise (n, v): lời hứa/ hứa
'travel (n, v): du lịch/ đi du lịch
'visit (n, v): cuộc viếng thăm/ viếng thăm
ad'vice (n, v): lời khuyên/ khuyên bảo
re'ply (n, v): lời đáp/ trả lời
Đối với các danh từ ghép được viết liền nhau thì trọng âm thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất.
airport, birthday, bookshop, gateway, guidebook, filmmaker...
Danh từ ghép tạo thành từ ngữ động từ (phrasal verbs) có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ nhất còn ngữ
động từ tương ứng có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ hai và động từ nhận trọng âm phụ.
Danh từ ghép:
'check-up (sự kiểm tra toàn bộ nhất là sức khỏe)
'check-in (sự đăng kí ở khách sạn, sự đăng kí đi máy bay)
'dropout (người nghỉ học nửa chừng)
'breakdown (sự hỏng máy)
‘tryout (sự thử)
'walkout (sự đình công đột ngột)
Ngữ động từ:
ˌcheck 'up, ˌCheek 'in, drop 'out, break 'down, ˌtry 'out, ˌWalk 'out...
Một số tính từ ghép có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ nhất.
'airsick (say máy bay)
'airtight (kín hơi)
'homesick (nhớ nhà)
'praiseworthy (đáng khen)
'trustworthy (đáng tin cậy)
'waterproof (không thấm nước)...
Ngoại lệ:
ˌduty-'free (miễn thuế), snow-'white (trắng như tuyết)
Các tính từ ghép có thành phần đầu tiên là tính từ hoặc trạng từ và thành phần thứ hai tận cùng là -ed thì trọng
âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ hai.
ˌbad-'tempered (xấu tính, dễ nổi nóng)
ˌshort-'sighted (cận thị)
ˌill-'treated (bị đối xử tệ)
ˌwell-'done (tốt, được nấu kỹ)
ˌwell-in'formed (thông thạo, có được thông tin)
ˌwell-'known (nổi tiếng)
Đối với các từ có tiền tố thì nhìn chung trọng âm không thay đổi so với từ gốc (nghĩa là trọng âm ít khi rơi vào
tiền tố).
successful /sək'sesfl/→ unsuccessful /ˌʌnsək'sesfl/
able /'eɪbl/ → unable /ʌn'eɪbl/
Tuy nhiên, có một số trường hợp ngoại lệ đặc biệt là các từ có tiền tố under-: underlay /'ʌndəleɪ/
underpass /'ʌndəpa:s/
Đối với các từ có hậu tố thì trọng âm có thể thay đổi, nhưng cũng có thể không thay đổi, và nếu có sự thay đổi
về trọng âm thì cũng có thể thay đổi về cách phát âm.
protect /prə'tekt/ → protection /pro'təkʃn/ (không thay đổi về trọng âm)
accident /'„ksɪdənt/ → accidental /ˌ„ksɪ'dentl/ (thay đổi về trọng âm)
Tuy nhiên đối với các trạng từ được tạo thành từ tính từ bằng cách thêm hậu tố -ly thì không thay đổi vị trí trọng
âm.
careful /'keəfl/ —» carefully /'keəfəli/
Các hậu tố thường không làm thay đổi trọng âm của từ gốc là:
-ment agree /ə'gri:/ → agreement /ə'gri:mənt/
-ship relation /r'leɪʃn/ → relationship /ri'leiʃnʃip/
-ness happy /'h„pi/ → happiness /'h„pinəs/
-er/-or manage /'m„nɪdʒ/ → manager /'m„nidʒə(r)/
-hood neighbour /'neibə(r)/ → neighbourhood
/'neibəshʊd/
-ing excite /ik'saɪt/ → exciting /ik'saitiŋ/
-ise/-ize modern /'mɒdn/ → modernize /'mɒdənaiz/
-en shorten /'ʃɔ:tn/, lengthen /'leŋθən/
-full success /sək'ses/ → successful /sək'sesfl/
-less meaning /'mi:miŋ/ → meaningless /'mi:s/niŋləs/
-able rely /rɪ'laɪ/ → reliable /rɪ'laɪəbl/
-ous poison /'pɔɪzn/ → poisonous /'pɔɪzənəs/
Các danh từ có hậu tố là -sion, -tion, hoặc -cian thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào
âm tiết ngay trước đó (chính là âm tiết thứ hai từ cuối lên).
precision /prɪ'sɪʒn/
communication /kəˌmju:nɪ'keɪʃn/
mathematician /ˌm„θəmə'tɪʃn/
Các danh từ có hậu tố là -ity, -logy, hoặc -graphy thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ ba từ cuối lên.
ability /ə'bɪləti/
technology /tek'nɒlədʒi/
geography /dʒi'ɒgrəfi/
Các tính từ có hậu tố là -ic thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết ngay trước đó (chính là âm tiết thứ hai từ
cuối lên).
scientific /ˌSaɪən'tɪfɪk/
Còn những tính từ có hậu tố là -ical thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ ba từ cuối lên.
electrical /ɪ'lektrɪkl/
mathematical /ˌm„θə'm„tɪkl/
Những từ có hậu tố như sau thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết cuối (chính
là hậu tố đó).
-ee agree /ə'gri:/, trainee /treɪ'ni:/
-eer volunteer/ˌvɒlən'tɪə(r)/, engineer/ˌendʒɪ'nɪə(r)/
-ese Vietnamese /ˌvjetnə'mi:z/
-ique/ -esque unique /ju'ni:k/, picturesque /ˌpɪktʃə'resk/
-ain (đối với động từ) retain /rɪ'teɪn/, maintain /meɪn'teɪn/
Ngoại lệ: committee /kə'mɪti/, coffee /'kɒfi/, employee /im'plɔɪi:/

BÀI TẬP VÊ PHÁT ÂM

Exercise 1: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. matter B. back C. bag D. talk
2. A. that B. catch C. bad D. wash
3. A. day B. take C. face D. any
4. A. lazy B. lapel C. label D. laborer
5. A. butter B. put C. sugar D. push
6. A. too B. food C. soon D. good
7. A. would B. about C. round D. out
8. A. crew B. blew C. sew D. threw
9. A. come B. love C. women D. some
10. A. happy B. man C. many D. fat
Exercise 2: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from
that of the other words.
1. A. pretty B. get C. send D. well
2. A. children B. child C. line D. sign
3. A. wait B. train C. said D. paid
4. A. mean B. weather C. head D. ready
5. A. those B. lose C. both D. goes
6. A. bus B. busy C. but D. bunch
7. A. wait B. rain C. laid D. hair
8. A. reply B. climb C. sign D. limb
9. A. neighbour B. receive C. weight D. great
10. A. warm B. wash C. wall D. walk
Exercise 3: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. come B. roll C. comb D. grow
2. A. replace B. purchase C. surface D. palace
3. A. liable B. limit C. revival D. final
4. A. put B. pudding C. pull D. puncture
5. A. ghost B. hostage C. lost D. frosty
6. A. measure B. dreadful C. treasure D. breathe
7. A. suitable B. biscuit C. guilty D. building
8. A. physical B. mythology C. rhythm D. psychology
9. A. nature B. change C. gravity D. basis
10. A. talent B. campus C. many D. marry
Exercise 4: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from
that of the other words.
1. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage
2. A. distribute B. tribe C. triangle D. trial
3. A. creature B. creative C. creamy D. crease
4. A. item B. Idiom C. idle D. ideal
5. A. title B. invest C. divine D. income
6. A. taught B. laugh C. naughty D. slaughter
7. A. double B. enough C. thorough D. couple
8. A. punctual B. rubbish C. frustrate D. furious
9. A. manage B. sat C. add D. black
10. A. plenty B. marry C. merry D. heaven
Exercise 5: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from
that of the other words.
1. A. climb B. find C. tin Do tiny
2. A. traffic B. landscape C. examination D. park
3. A. boot B. book C. hook D. foot
4. A. gather B. father C. hat D. mariage
5. A. bus B. bury C. up D. cut
6. A. head B. heat C. seat D. need
7. A. wild B. driven C. alive D. sign
8. A. penalty B. scenic C. epidemic D. level
9. A. food B. look C. took D. good
10. A. nourish B. flourish C. courageous D. southern

Exercise 6: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
that of the other words.
1. A. dealt B. dreamt C. heal D. jealous
2. A. slogan B. motor C. total D. proper
3. A. university B. unique C. unit D. undo
4. A. portrait B. painting C. railing D. complaint
5. A. review B. science C. client D. variety
6. A. examine B. famine C. determine D. miner
7. A. knowledge B. flower C. shower D. coward
8. A. practice B. device C. service D. inactive
9. A. teacher B. clear C. reason D. mean
10. A. complete B. command C. common D. community
Exercise 7: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from
that of the other words.
1. A. release B. pleasure C. leaver D. creamy
2. A. too B. good C. soon D. food
3. A. most B. cost C. coast D. host
4. A. head R. heat C. seat D. need
5 A. faithful B. failure C. fairly D. fainted
6. A. course B. court C. coursing D. courage
7. A. watch B. want C. bank D. what
8. A. low B. bow C. know D. slow
9. A. none B. tomb C. tongue D. onion
10. A. name B. flame C. man D. fame

Exercise 8: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. count B. sound C. found D. mould
2. A. noon B. tool C. foot D. spoon
3. A. bush B. brush C. bus D. cup
4. A. dead B. bead C. thread D. bread
5. A. soul B. mould C. foul D. shoulder
6. A. says B. bays C. days D. rays
7. A. too B. food C. soon D. good
8. A. butter B. put C. sugar D. push
9. A. gear B. beard C. pear D. dear
10. A. reject B. regard C. represent D. religion

Exercise 9: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
that of the other words.
1. A. chooses B. houses C. rises D. horses
2. A. suit B. seven C. sugar D. sun
3 A. accurate B. accept C. accident D. success
4. A. cat B. ceiling C. nice D. centre
5. A. think B. thanks C. that D. three
6. A. happy B. hour C. high D. hotel
7. A. who B. where C. what D. why
8. A. off B. of C. safe D. knife
9. A. get B. gentle C. give D. guest
10. A. chair B. cheap C. chemist D. child

Exercise 10: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. whole B. when C. which D. while
2. A. measure B. decision C. pleasure D. permission
3. A. while B. which C. who D. white
4. A. chorus B. cherish C. chaos D. scholarship
5. A. honourable B. honesty C. historic D. heir
6. A. research B. resent C. resemble D. resist
7. A. decision B. occasion C. expansion D. erosion
8. A. performed B. finished C. interviewed D. delivered
9. A. theatre B. therefore C. throughout D. thunder
10. A. measure B. leisure C. ensure D. pleasure
Exercise 11: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from that of the other words.
1. A. looked B. moved C. tried D. opened
2. A. gentle B. get C. game D. gift
3. A. church B. each C. much D. ache
4. A. pitch B. watch C. butcher D. architect
5. A. page B. game C. go D. gift
6. A. sense B. practise C. necessary D. advertise
7. A. chin B. champagne C. child D. charge
8. A. measure B. please C. his D. disease
9. A. practised B. raised C. rained D. followed
10. A. hour B. honest C. heir D. hospital
Exercise 12: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from that of the other words.
1. A. B. chapter C. chaotic D. archive
characteristic
2. A. tiles B. follows C. letters D. books
3. A. tension B. precision C. provision D. decision
4. A. laugh B. enough C. plough D. cough
5. A. thank B. thought C. thin D. farther
6. A. think B. there C. theme D. thumb
7. A. south B. truth C. smooth D. both
8. A. loose B. lose C. cease D. dose
9. A. exchange B. ache C. stomach D. architect
10. A. ploughed B. fixed C. laughed D. coughed

Exercise 13: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. breath B. breathe C. thank D. threat
2. A. beds B. doors C. students D. plays
3. A. myth B. with C. both D. tenth
4. A. cell B. centre C. city D. cube
5. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
6. A. kicked B. blocked C. naked D. locked
7. A. breathe B. breath C. myth D. thigh
8. A. cheese B. choice C. chord D. chunk
9. A. worth B. eighteenth C. path D. with
10. A. likes B. sighs C. heaps D. fuss
exercise 14: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from that of the other words.
1. A. government B. glory C. worry D. wonder
2. A. promise B. devise C. surprise D. realize
3. A. weight B. height C. eight D. vein
4. A. hood B. hook C. stood D. tool
5. A. natural B. nature C. native D. nation
6. A. terrace B. territory C. terrific D. terror
7. A. kite B. blind C. right D. rigid
8. A. fond B. off C. follow D. honey
9. A. pretty B. level C. lesson D. length
10. A. eight B. weight C. heighten D. freight
exercise 15: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. that B. hat C. park D. taxi
2. A. bad B. fan C. catch D. wash
3. A. worker B. teacher C. better D. prefer
4. A. monk B. boss C. shop D. got
5. A. tribe B. distribute C. triangle D. trial
6. A. clown B. cow C. plough D. tough
7. A. below B. beverage C. begin D. beneath
8. A. south B. brown C. soup D. house
9. A. comb B. come C. dome D. home
10. A. surgical B. surround C. surrender D. survival

Exercise 16: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. opportunity B. menu C. aptitude D. muscular
2. A. karate B. hazard C. glad D. blanket
3. A. master B. ask C. aspect D. castle
4. A. adult B. husband C. mutual D. culture
5. A. bound B. ground C. bounce D. cough
6. A. addition B. adventure C. advertise D. advantage
7. A. dealt B. dreamt C. steal D. jealous
8. A. fame B. change C. champagne D. blame
9. A. nourish B. enough C. courage D. encounter
10. A. use B. umbrella C. union D. unit
BÀI TẬP VỀ TRỌNG ÂM
Exercise 17: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other
words.
1. A. superman B. synthetic C. conversion D. professor
2. A. forests B. singing C. concerning D. burning
3. A. promise B. expensive C. constructive D. original
4. A. simultaneous B. feedback C. different D. errors
5. A. appropriate B. emotional C. pronounce D. situation
6. A. before B. arrive C. imply D. countless
7. A. incredible B. humidity C. environment D. definition
8. A. begin B. mountain C. kingdom D. passage
9. A. dinosaur B. calendar C. eternal D. history
10. A. document B. develop C. opponent D. astonish

Exercise 18: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other
words.
1. A. definition B. production C. situation D. politician
2. A. photography B. qualification C. occasion D. Canadian
3. A. ancient B. edible C. visual D. delicious
4. A. conscious B. speedometer C. thermometer D. parameter
5. A. sufficient B. deficient C. ancient D. efficient
6. A. personal B. entry C. personnel D. sample
7. A. temperature B. decorator C. calculator D. individual
8. A. particular B. subordinate C. several D. constructive
9. A. cultivate B. machine C. terminate D. operate
10. A. prediction B. judgment C. intelligent D. compulsion
Exercise 19: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. industry B. memory C. ambiguous D. advertise
2. A. tunnel B. nightmare C. retain D. thesis
3. A. rainfall B. inquire C. confide D. machine
4. A. tableland B. artistic C. contribute D. substantial
5. A. colony B. maintaining C. maintenance D. credible
6. A. priority B. relationship C. enthusiastic D. engineering
7. A. address B. include C. imply D. common
8. A. urbanization B. modernization C. communication D. unexpectedly
9. A. computation B. C. desirable D. satisfaction
unemployment
10. A. associate B. influential C. accountancy D. variety
Exercise 20: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other
words.
1. A. committee B. internal C. involvement Do margarine
2. A. negative B. pioneer C. interchange D. understand
3. A. relax B. wonder C. problem D. special
4. A. imagine B. confidence C. appearance D. discussion
5. A. sleepy B. trophy C. facial D. exact
6. A. original B. responsible C. reasonable Do comparison
7. A. authority B. necessity C. academic D. commercially
8. A. emotional B. simultaneous C. astrology D. applicable
9. A. reflection B. division C. industry D. remember
10. A. punctuality B. C. undergraduate D. solidarity
recommendation
Exercise 21: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. orientation B. electricity C. disadvantageous D.
developmental
2. A. autobiography B. C. familiarization D. availability
responsibility
3. A. adventurous B. petroleum C. recovery D. artificial
4. A. millennium B. congratulate C. corporation D. evacuate
5. A. intensive B. irritate C. implement D. enterprise
6. A. sacrifice B. waterproof C. attendant D. literal
7. A. recruit B. retail C. answer D. shortage
8. A. surface B. profound C. pursue D. perform
9. A. conclusion B. opponent C. arrival D. stadium
10. A. popular B. politics C. exciting D. origin
Exercise 22: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. community B. peninsula C. participant D. concentration
2. A. accuracy B. individual C. recreation D. independence
3. A. accident B. direction C. factory D. hospital
4. A. beginner B. encounter C. disappear D. remember
5. A. ambulance B. another C. government D. institute
6. A. attractive B. laboratory C. investigate D. knowledgeable
7. A. capacity B. language C. dangerous D. courage
8. A. delicate B. promotion C. volcanic D. resources
9. A. disease B. design C. moustache D. aspect
10. A. material B. apologize C. disappointed D. informative
Exercise 23: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the
other words.
1. A. exception B. linguistics C. paragraph D. specific
2. A. authority B. calculation C. exceptional D. photographer
3. A. almost B. solar C. statement D. annoy
4. A. around B. legend C. question D. special
5. A. family B. mythical C. serious D. umbrella
6. A. product B. purpose C. postcard D. postpone
7. A. conversation B. potentially C. identify D. magnificent
8. A. champion B. composer C. research D. machine
9. A. beauty B. mutual C. Europe D. reduce
10. A. facilitate B. volume C. expensive D. significant
Exercise 24: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. altogether B. amphibian C. historical D. psychology
2. A. enjoyable B. enthusiasm C. intelligent D. territory
3. A. overlook B. overnight C. overcome D. overcoat
4. A. bulletin B. enjoyable C. colorful D. beautiful
5. A. amusement B. autograph C. criticize D. fluoride
6. A. ability B. already C. retirement D. uniform
7. A. excellent B. gymnastics C. stadium D. restaurant
8. A. champion B. common C. peaceful D. respect
9. A. eventual B. qualify C. president D. volleyball
10. A. penalty B. personal C. position D. powerful
Exercise 25: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. village B. begin C. column D. pity
2. A. average B. aquatic C. athletic D. available
3. A. schedule B. report C. promise D. orbit
4. A. accurate B. customer C. computer D. exercise
5. A. fancy B. portrait C. endless D. require
6. A. disappear B. government C. hurricane D. triangle
7. A. synthetic B. thoroughly C. tornado D. formation
8. A. basket B. blossom C. firewood D. perhaps
9. A. disease B. people C. upset D. upstairs
10. A. grapefruit B. personal C. release D. pumpkin
Exercise 26: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.
1. A. authority B. disadvantage C. photographer D. relationship
2. A. combination B. satisfaction C. transportation D. necessary
3. A. hockey B. involve C. review D. select
4. A. defensive B. spectator C. technician D. wonderful
5. A. eleven B. example C. origin D. synthetic
6. A. exhaust B. expect C. extra D. except
7. A. discharge B. honey C. decide D. appoint
8. A. captain B. belong C. respect D. avoid
9. A. evaluate B. favorable C. convenient D. relationship
10. A. signature B. scholarship C. terminal D. transaction
CHUYÊN ĐỀ: PASSIVE VOICE
(THỂ BỊ ĐỘNG)
I. Cách chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động:

I. Active: Chủ III. S+V+O

động IV.
II. V.
VIII. VI. S + be* + P.P + by + O
IX. Passive: Bị động VII. (* be chia theo thì của V)

X.
XI. Ex: They are painting the house.
XII. → The house is being painted.
XIII. They had destroyed all the documents when we arrived.
XIV. → All the documents had been destroyed when we arrived.
XV.
XVI. II. Thay đổi hình thức động từ cụ thể trong từng thì:
XVII.
XVIII. TENSES XIX. ACTIVE XX. PASSIVE
XXI. Simple XXII. S + V1-s/es XXIII. S + am / is / are + PP
Present
XXIV. Present XXV. S + am / is / are + V-ing XXVI. S + am / is / are + being +
continuous PP
XXVII. Simple Past XXVIII. S + V-ed /V2 XXIX. S + was / were + PP
XXX. Past XXXI. S + was / were + V-ing XXXII. S + was / were + being +
continuous PP
XXXIII. Present XXXIV. S + have / has + PP XXXV. S + have / has + been + PP
Perfect
XXXVI. Past XXXVII. S + had + PP XXXVIII. S + had + been + PP
Perfect
XXXIX. Simple XL. S + will + V1 XLI. S + will + be + PP
Future
XLII. Modal verbs XLIV. can LI. can
XLIII. XLV. may LII. may
XLVI. must LIII. must
XLVII. S + have to + V1 LIV. S + have to + be + V3
XLVIII. should LV. should
XLIX. used to LVI. used to
L. be going to LVII. be going to
LVIII.
Ex:
1. John delivers the newspapers every morning.
The newspapers are delivered by John every morning.
2. My mother wrote that letter.
That letter was written by my mother.
3. They will build a new school here next month.
A new school will be built here next month.
4. He is asking me a lot of questions.
I am being asked a lot of questions.
5. She was doing her homework at that time.
Her homework was being done at that time.
6. My mother has made that cake.
That cake has been made by my mother.
7. They had prepared a party before we came.
A party had been prepared before we came.
8. Sue is going to write the book
The book is going to be written by Sue
9. You must finish this report
This report must be finished

NOTES: LƯU Ý:
1. Khi chủ ngữ và túc từ trong câu chủ động là đại từ, ta phải thay đổi cho phù hợp.
Ex: The teacher punished me.
 I was punished by the teacher.
2. Khi chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động là: people, I, we, you, they, someone, somebody, everyone,
everybody, anybody…khi đổi sang bị động thường được bỏ đi
Ex: They built this bridge last year.
 This bridge was built last year (by them)
3. Khi trong câu chủ động có 2 túc từ thì dùng tức từ nào làm chủ ngữ cũng được, tuy nhiên, túc
từ chỉ người được sử dụng nhiều hơn.
Ex: My mother bought me a new shirt.
 I was bought a new shirt by my mother.
 A new shirt was bought for me by my mother.
4. Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động là Noone/ noboby khi đổi sang bị động ta bỏ by noone/
nobody nhưng động từ phải đổi sang thể phủ định.
Ex: No one believes his story.
 His story isn’t believed.
5. Vị trí của trạng từ.
Trạng từ chỉ thể cách được đặt trứơc Past Participle.
Ex: I do my homework carefully.
 My homework is carefully done.
Trạng từ chỉ thời gian có thể đặt ở đầu câu hoặc sau by + O
Ex: I lent him money yesterday.
 He was lent money yesterday.
 Trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn được đặt trước by + O
Ex: Mary bought the gift from that shop.
 the gift was bought from that shop by Mary.
LIX.
LX. III. MỘT SỐ DẠNG CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG ĐẶC BIỆT:
1. Verbs of opinion (Động từ chỉ ý kiến): say, think, believe, know, report, consider, expect, feel,
hope, know, understand…

KINDS FORMS
Active S1 + VS1 + that + S2 + VS2

It + be V3/ ed + that + S2 + VS2

Passive

S2 + be V3/ ed + to V(S2)

to have V3/ ed

Ex. People say that he is a famous doctor.

It is said that he is a famous doctor.
He is said to be a famous doctor.
People believe that he drove through the town at 90 km an hour.
It is believed that he drove through the town at 90 km an hour.
He is believed to have driven through the town at 90 km an hour.
2. Causative forms(Thể nhờ bảo): have, get
 VERBS KINDS FORMS
Active S + have +O (person) + Vo + O (thing)
Have
Passive S + have +O (thing) + V3/ed
Active S + get +O (person) + to V + O (thing)
Get
Passive S + get +O (thing) + V3/ed
Ex:
1. I had him repair my bicycle yesterday.
I had my bicycle repaired yesterday.
2. I get her to make some coffee.
I get some coffee made.

3. Verbs of perception (Động từ chỉ giác quan): see, hear, watch, smell…
Active: S +see/ hear/ watch/ smell + O +Vo / V-ing
Passive: S + be + seen/ heard/ watched/smelt + to Vo/ V-ing.
Ex: They saw the man run away / They saw the man running away
 The man was seen to run away / The man was seen running away
4. Với động từ make/ let + O + bare - infinitive
Active: S + make + O + bare - infinitive
Passive: S + be + made + to - infinitive.
Ex: Teacher make the students do a lot of homework.
 Students are made to do a lot of homework.
Active: S + let + O + bare infinitive
Passive: S + be + allowed + to - infinitive.
Ex: She lets her son play computer games on Sunday afternoon.
 Her son is allowed to play computer games on Sunday afternoon.
5. Với động từ: want/ need + to + V  want/need + V-ing/to be + V-ed/V3
Ex: He needs you to believe his ability.
 He needs to be believed his ability.
Ex: They need to repaint the house .
 The house needs repainting = The house needs to be repainted
6. Remember/ hate/ keep…+ someone + V-ing.
Ex: I remember my mother taking me to school on the first day.
 I remember being taken to school on the first day by my mother.
7. Imperative form (thể mệnh lệnh)
Active: Verb + object + adjunct
Passive: Let + object + be + past participle + adjunct.
Ex1: Keep your hand clean
 Let your hand be kept clean.
Ex2: Don’t talk the secret to her.
 Don’t let the secret be talked to her.
8. It is your duty to do something  You are supposed to do something (bổn phận của bạn là….)
Ex: It’s your duty to lock all the doors.
 You are supposed to lock all the doors.
 EXERCISES
I. Change the following sentences into the passive voice.
1. They grow rice in tropical countries.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
2. Mr. Green loves his children very much.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
3. People don’t speak French here.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
4. Someone broke his windows last night.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
5. The police didn’t find the lost boy yesterday.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
6. About thirty million people are watching this live show now.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
7. They were carrying the injured player off the field at that time.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
8. Jack has typed the article recently.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
9. The police haven’t found the murderer yet.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
10. They were carrying the injured player off the field at that time.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
11. They had wrapped the package carefully before they posted it.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
12. Children should treat old men with respect.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
13. The computer can do all the accounts.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
14. They are going to build a new school.
→ ______________________________________________________________________
15. He isn’t going to buy that house.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
16. They will pull down that building
→ _______________________________________________________________________
17. The teacher won’t correct the exercises tomorrow.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
18. You have to keep dangerous chemicals in the safe place.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
19. Police had to break the meeting up.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
20. They may use that room for the classroom.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
21. You must wash your hands.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
22. They ought to knock down the old building.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
23. You needn’t type that report today.
 → ________________________________________________________________________
24. Nobody has used this room for ages.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
25. No one can solve that problem.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
26. No one told us the news.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
27. Paul didn’t tell me the ending of the story.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
28. The teacher will give her a prize if she works well.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
29. Her mother bought her a doll last week.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
30. The police found the robber in the forest yesterday.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
31. They made him work all day.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
32. People don’t make the children work hard.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
33. They let him meet her family last month.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
34. He won’t let you do that silly thing again.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
35. People saw him steal your car.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
36. I have heard her sing this song several times.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
37. The teacher is watching them work.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
38. Alice had a mechanic repair her car.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
39. Ellen got Marvin to type her paper.
→ ________________________________________________________________________
40. The hairdresser is cutting Mary’s hair now.
→ Mary is having her hair ___________________________________________________
→ Mary is having the hairdresser ______________________________________________
41. People know that English is an international language.
→ It is known _____________________________________________________________
→ English is known ________________________________________________________
42. They said that she won the competition.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
→ _______________________________________________________________________
43. They reported that the President had suffered a heard attack.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
→ _______________________________________________________________________
44. They need to clean the windows
→ _______________________________________________________________________
→ _______________________________________________________________________
45. I would like to give Mary a nice present.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
46. Our teacher wants us to prepare our lessons carefully.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
47. It is your duty to lock all the doors.
→ _______________________________________________________________________
48. He suggested selling the radio
→ _______________________________________________________________________
49. Open your book, please!
→ _______________________________________________________________________
50. They advised enlarging the garden
→ _______________________________________________________________________

II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences

1. These T-shirts and jeans __________ in the US. in 1900.
A. have made B. made C. were made D. make
2. The building is very dangerous. It __________ down next week.
A. knocked B. will knock C. will be knocked D. was knocked
3. The room looks nice. It __________
A. was cleaning B. has just been cleaned C. will be cleaned D. is cleaning
4. We ………… each other for 10 years.
A. know B. knew C. have known D. had known
5. Our twenty houses __________ when the fire engine __________
A. had burnt up / arrived B. burnt up / had arrived
C. had been burnt up / arrived D. will have burnt / arrives
6. After I __________ the grass, it __________ to rain.
A. have watered / will begin B. water / began
C. had watered / began D. had watered / will have begun
7. Next week when there __________ a full moon, the ocean tides will be higher.
A. is being B. is C. will be D. will have been
8. English is __________ all over the world.
A. spoken B. speak C. speaks D. to speak
9. Where will these coconut trees __________?
A. be planted B. planted C. plant D. be planting
10. Before Jane won the lottery, she __________ any kind of contest.
A. hasn’t entered B. doesn’t enter C. wasn’t entering D. hadn’t entered
11. My parents __________ tomorrow to stay with me for a few days.
A. come B. will have come C. are coming D. came
12. She left home in 1993 and __________ since then.
A. hasn’t seen B. didn’t see C. hasn’t been seen D. wasn’t seen
13.__________ your house painted last year?
A. Had B. Did C. Was D. Have
14. What __________ you __________ at 8 o’clock last night?
A. did/ do B. have/ done C. were/ doing D. had/ done
15. - “We are having a party at the weekend.” -“Great! Who _________?”
A. will being invited B. Is going to invite
C. is going to be invited D. will invite
16. This is the fifth time you __________ the same question.
 A. ask B. asked C. are asking D. have asked
th
17. This church was said __________ in the 19 century.
A. to build B. to be built C. to have been built D. being built
18. In England, the academic year __________ into three terms. Each term __________ by a one-week
break.
A. is divided / separated B. divided / is separated
C. is divided / is separated D. divided / separated
th
19. Gold __________ in California in the 19 century.
A. was discovered B. was discover
C. has been discovered D. they discovered
20. I am going to have my car __________
A. service B. to be serviced C. serviced D. servicing
21. Two tablets __________ twice a day to have you recover from the illness quickly.
A. must take B. must be taken C. must have taken D. must be taking
22. The next meeting __________ in May.
A. will hold B. will be held C. will be holding D. will have held
23. They had a boy _______ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
24. We got our mail _______ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
25. James_______ the news as soon as possible.
A. should tell B. should be told C. should told D. should be telled
26. My wedding ring _______ yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
27. Mr. Wilson is _______ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
28. References _______ in the examination room.
A. not are used B. is not used C. didn’t used D. are not used
29. Laura _______ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
30. His car needs ________.
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
31. Her watch needs _______.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
32. My mother is going _____ this house.
A. sold B. sell C. to be sold D. to sell
33. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are _______.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
34. Have you _______ by a dog?
A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit
35. The room is being _______ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
36. It _______ that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
37. It is _______ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
38. He was said _______ this building.
A. designing B. to have designed C. to design D. designed
39. Ted _______ by a bee while he was sitting in the garden.
A. got sting B. got stung C. get stung D. gets stung
40. These tennis courts don’t _____ very often. Not many people want to play.
A. got used B. used C. get used D. get use
41. I’ll get Minh _______ this for you.
A. do B. done C. did D. to do
42. Those letters _______ now. You can do the typing later.
A. need typing B. needn't be typed C. need to type D. needn't typing
43. “What a beautiful dress you are wearing”- “thanks, it_______ especially for me by a French tailor.”
A. is made B. has made C. made D. was made
44. Somebody cleans the room every day.
A. The room everyday is cleaned. B. The room is every day cleaned.
C. The room is cleaned every day. D. The room is cleaned by somebody every day.
45. People don’t use this road very often.
A. This road is not used very often. B. Not very often this road is not used.
C. This road very often is not used. D. This road not very often is used.
46. How do people learn languages?
A. How are languages learned? B. How are languages learned by people?
C. How languages are learned? D. Languages are learned how?
47. Tom bought that book yesterday.
A. That book was bought by Tom yesterday. B. That book was bought yesterday by Tom.
C. That book yesterday was bought by Tom D. That book was bought yesterday.
48. The new computer system _______ next month.
A. is be installed B. is being installed by people C. is been installed D. is being installed
49. Traffic rules____________ strictly.
A. followed B. must followed C. must be followed D. must follow
50. Over 1500 new houses _______ each year. Last year, 1720 new houses _______.
A. were built/were built B. are built/were built
C. are building/were built D. were built/were built

III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to show the underlined part that needs correction.

1. The children were frightening by the thunder and lightning.

A B C D
2. Two people got hurt in the accident and were took to the hospital by an ambulance.
A B C D
3. The students helped by the clear explanation that the teacher gave.
A B C D
4. That alloy is composing by iron and tin.
A B C D
5. The winner of the race hasn’t been announcing yet.
A B C D
6. Progress is been made every day in all parts of the world.
A B C D
7. When, where and by whom has the automobile invented?
A B C D
8. Each assembly kit is accompany by detailed instruction.
A B C D
9. Arthur was giving an award by the city for all of his efforts in crime prevention.
A B C D
10. It was late and I was getting very worry about my son.
A B C D
11. I discovered that many strange things were happened last night.
A B C D
12. He was seen go to the beach with some other people.
A B C D
13. He is believed to work for the CIA in the 1970s.
A B C D
14. We are not let to cycle in the park, are we?
A B C D
15. You should get your car to service every two years.
A B C D
16. Only coffee and dessert been served at the reception yesterday.
A B C D
17. When I have been finished my work, I’m going to take a walk.
A B C D
18. Because we have a writing agreement, our landlord won’t be able
A B
to raise our rent for two years.
C D
19. The heel of my shoe broke off, and then my dress got tore in the elevator door.
A B C D
20. When I crossed the road I saw two men whose car was broken down.
A B C D

**********************************
MỤC LỤC
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1: NGỮ ÂM ............................................................................................................................................................. 0
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2: CÁC THÌ ............................................................................................................................................................... 5
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3: BỊ ĐỘNG ............................................................................................................................................................. 9
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4: CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN ................................................................................................................................................. 13
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: CÂU GIÁN TIẾP ................................................................................................................................................. 17
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ.......................................................................................................................................... 21
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ NGUYÊN NHÂN.......................................................................................................................... 25
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 8: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ KẾT QUẢ .................................................................................................................................... 27
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 9: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ TƯƠNG PHẢN ........................................................................................................................... 31
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ MỤC ĐÍCH ............................................................................................................................... 35
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 11: ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU ............................................................................................................................... 39
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: GIỚI TỪ + MẠO TỪ......................................................................................................................................... 43
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 13: TỪ LOẠI .......................................................................................................................................................... 47
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 14: DẠNG ĐỘNG TỪ ............................................................................................................................................. 51
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15: TÌM VÀ SỬA LỖI SAI........................................................................................................................................ 55
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16: TỪ VỰNG........................................................................................................................................................ 59
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 1: NGỮ ÂM
I. Different sound
1. A. heat B. scream C. meat D. dead
2. A. prepared B. particular C. pagoda D. attract
3. A. thrilling B. other C. through D. something
4. A. idea B. going C. will D. trip
5. A. face B. place C. prepared D. days
6. A. around B. sound C. only D. mouse
7. A. teacher B. other C. together D. term
8. A. Germany B. garden C. gate D. gas
9. A. scholarship B. Christ C. school D. chicken
10. A. house B. harm C. hour D. husband
11. A. sing B. morning C. any D. hang
12. A. hundred B. exhausted C. however D. heat
13. A. head B. ready C. mean D. weather
14. A. choir B. cheap C. child D. chair
15. A. charge B. child C. teacher D. champagne
16. A. reason B. clear C. mean D. each
17. A. motion B. question C. mention D. fiction
18. A. gather B. good C. large D. again
19. A. change B. children C. machine D. church
20. A. hand B. bank C. sand D. band
21. A. cooks B. loves C. joins D. spends
22. A. share B. rare C. are D. declare
23. A. clothes B. cloths C. roofs D. books
24. A. naked B. looked C. booked D. hooked
25. A. laughed B. weighed C. helped D. missed
26. A. apply B. university C. identity D. early
27. A. choice B. achieve C. each D. chemistry
28. A. final B. applicant C. high D. decide
29. A. average B. indicate C. application D. grade
30. A. course B. four C. our D. yours
31. A. worker B. whom C. interview D. answer
32. A. honest B. holiday C. home D. happiness
33. A. character B. teacher C. chemist D. technical
34. A. interview B. minute C. question D. suitable
35 A. explained B. disappointed C. prepared D. interviewed
36. A. economy B. industry C. qualify D. priority
37. A. right B. private C. communist D. minority
38. A. measure B. subsidies C. domestic D. hospital
39. A. though B. encourage C. enough D. country
40. A. improve B. introduce C. move D. lose
41. A. future B. mature C. pasture D. nature
42. A. chore B. technology C. much D. exchange
43. A. threaten B. earth C. healthy D. breathe
44. A. wipe B. allow C. powerful D. answer
45. A. service B. practice C. office D. device
46. A. grasses B. stretches C. comprises D. potatoes
47. A. lie B. wide C. circle D. comprise
48. A. compound B. route C. house D. south
49. A. dune B. hummock C. shrub D. buffalo
50. A. west B. between C. growth D. which

II. Stress
1. A. comprise B. sandy C. circle D. northern
2. A. Aborigines B. expedition C. kilometer D. scientific
3. A. corridor B. enormous C. mystery D. separate
4. A. remain B. hummock C. explore D. between
5. A. territory B. Australia C. geography D. society
6. A. eject B. crossbar C. except D. commit
7. A. canoeing B. opponent C. windsurfing D. defensive
8 A. participant B. publicity C. competitive D. individual
9 A. interfere B. memory C. personal D. vertical
10 A. award B. defeat C. refer D. scuba
11.A. social B. conduct C. survey D. value
12.A. marvelous B. attention C. consider D. excited
13.A. verbal B. whistle C. precede D. marriage
14.A. attract B. decide C. reject D. beauty
15.A. solution B. suitable C. confidence D. family
16. A. conical B. determine C. contractual D. supportive
17. A. physical B. mischievous C. suitable D. romantic
18. A. ancestor B. measurement C. counterpart D. appearance
19. A. commitment B. inflation C. collection D. enterprise
20. A. dissolve B. observe C. publish D. appraise
21. A. technology B. psychology C. reconstruction D. apology
22. A. between B. result C. ago D. coffee
23. A. waving B. teaching C. pointing D. divide
24. A. student B. listen C. blackboard D. between
25. A. traditional B. professional C impossible D. decoration
26. A. economics B. interfere C. philosophy D. punctuality
27. A. secondary B. primary C. fantastic D. national
28. A. education B. curriculum C. technology D. integrity
29. A. because B. method C. standard D. wooden
30. A. ashtray B. music C. severe D. temper
31. A. farewell B. thoughtful C. toward D. approach
32. A. mischievous B. family C. supportive D. suitable
33. A. desert B. parallel C. hummock D. aerial
34. A. measure B. pressure C. unwise D. sacrifice
35. A. attitude B. partnership C. actually D. Vietnamese
36. A. survey B. enormous C. remained D. mystery
37. A. diversity B. marriage C. engagement D. importance
38. A. European B. Victorian C. Brazilian D. Korean
39. A. America B. equal C. maintain D. attractive
40. A. confide B. reject C. precede D. conical
41. A. expedition B. exploration C. Australian D. Geographical
42. A. appropriate B. interesting C. different D. cultural
43. A. culture B. engage C. majority D. determine
44. A. romantic B. counterpart C. discussion D. appearance
45. A. bridegroom B. bamboo C. wedding D. survey
46. A. supernatural B. explanation C. redundancy D. electronic
47. A. gymnastics B. criminal C. investment D. excitement
48. A. financial B. ambitious C. refusal D. evidence
49. A. confess B. function C. jealous D. patient
50. A. possibility B. manufacture C. instrument D. disappointed
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2: CÁC THÌ
1. When I got home I found that water...............................down the kitchen walls
A. ran B. was running C. has run D. had been running
2. After he.......................his English course, he went to England to continue his study
A. has finish B. had finished C. was finished D. would finish
3. How.........................since we .....................college?
A. are you- left B. were you- left C. have you been- have left D. have you been- left
4. I..................much of you lately. We..........................three months ago
A. haven’t seen- last meet B. didn’t see- met C. haven’t seen- have
meet D. didn’t see- have met
5. The Chinese.......................spaghetti dishes for a long time before Marco Polo.................back to Italy
A. made- brought B. have made- brought C. made- had brought D. had been making-
brought
6. When I arrived at the meeting the first speaker.................speaking and the audience...................
A. just finished- were clapping B. had just finished- had clapped
C. had just finished- were clapping D. just finished- had clapped
7. He.............................his job last month and then he..................out of work
A. lost- was B. was lost- had been C. has lost- was D. lost- has been
8. In the last hundred years, travelling.......................much easier and more comfortable
A. become B. has become C. became D. will became
9. In the 19th century, it.............two or three months to across North America by covered wagon
A. took B. had taken C. had been taken D. was taking
10. In the past, the trip...................very rough and often dangerous, but things..........a great deal in the
last hundred and fifty years
A. was- have changed B. is- change C. had been- will change D. has been- changed
11. She................Hanoi last year
A. went B. go C. goes D. is going
12. Now you ..................from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours
A. are flying B. would fly C. will fly D. can fly
13. When Carol....................last night, I................my favorite show on television
A. was calling- watched B. called- have watched
 C. called- was watching D. had called- watched
14. By the time next summer, you....................your studies
A. completes B. will complete C. are completing D. will have completed
15. Right now, Jim.................the newspaper and Kathy...............dinner
A. reads- has cooked B. is reading- is cooking
C. has read- was cooking D. read- will be cooking
16. Last night at this time, they................................the same thing. She.................and he............the
newspaper
A. are doing- is cooking- is reading B. were doing- was cooking- was reading
C. was doing- has cooked- is reading D. had done- was cooking- read
17. Sam..............to change a light bulb when he................and.........................
A. was trying-slipped- fell B. tried- was slipping- falling
C. had been trying- slipped- was falling D. has tried- slips- falls
18. Every day I _________up at 6 o’clock, _______breakfast at seven o’clock and_______for work at 8
o’clock
A. get- eat- leave B. have got- eating- leaving
C. got- ate- left D. will get- have eaten- left
19. I.......................... for this company for more then thirty years, and I intend to stay here until
I..............next year
A. am working- will retire B. am going to work- am retiring
C. work- am going to retire D. have been working- retire
20. My mother is the first.................up and the last......................to bed
A. getting- going B. to get- going C. getting- to go D. to get- to go
21. I must have a bath. I ......................all the afternoon
A. was gardening B. have gardened C. have been gardening D. had been
gardening
22. The team.................a single match so far this season
A. doesn’t win B. didn’t win C. hasn’t won D. hadn’t won
23. By the time you receive this letter, I ................for the USA
A. have left B. will leave C. will have left D. am leaving
24. Up to now, the manager ………………..a lot of information about his secretary.
 A. learned B. has learned C. had learned D. learns
25. Where is Mary? _ She ……………her homework in her room.
A. is performing B. is making C. is doing D. is learning
26. While I ……………….along the road, I saw a friend of mine.
A. was cycling B. have cycled C. cycled D. am cycling
27. By the time I . . . . . . . . . . this report, I will give you a ring.
A. type B. will type C. have typed D. will have typed
28. While my mother ________ a film on TV, my father was cooking dinner. It was March 8th yesterday.
A. watched B. was watching C. had watched D. watches
29. The plane from Dallas ________ two hours late, so I missed my connecting flight from Frankfurt to
London.
A. took on B. took in C. took over D. took off
30. When we came, a party _________ in the hall.
A. is being held B. had being held C. will be held D. was being held
31. He ………….. in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
32. When I came to visit her last night, she ________ a bath.
A. is having B. was having C. has D. had
33.When we arrived at the restaurant, the others __________ .
A. left B. have left C. had left D. are leaving
34. By the end of 2010 we_______ in Ho Chi Minh City for 30 years.
A. work B. will work C. have worked D. will have worked
35. I learned that the college ________ in 1900
A. found B. was founded C. founded D. had been founded
36. If I ________ 10 years younger, I _________ the job.
A. am/ will take B. were/ would take C. would be/ took D. had been / would
take
37. By the time he _____________ to the meeting, it had begun for 15 minutes.
A. had gone B. has gone C. went D. was going
38. He began to feel ill while ___________________.
 A. he is doing the exam B. he did the exam C. he would do the exam D. he was doing
the exam.
39. Since 1980, scientists the world over _____ a lot of things to fight against AIDS.
A. have done B. are doing C. did D. had done
40. Now my sister _____ a bicycle of her own.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. had
41. Last week, my professor promised that he _____ today.
A. would come B. will come C. comes D. coming
42. My girl friend arrived after I _____ for her about half an hour.
A. was waiting B. had been waiting C. have been waiting D. have waited
43. I _____ in Quang Ngai before I moved to Binh Thuan.
A. have been living B. have lived C. had lived D. had been living
44. There are many ways _____ to Rome.
A. is leading B. are leading C. leading D. led
45. While I ____________ T.V last night, a mouse ran across the floor.
A. watch B. watched C. am watching D. was watching
46. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle _________ last night.
A. was stolen B. had been stolen C. stole D. was being stolen
47. While they were ________tables, he was _________ the radio.
A. arranging - listening to B. arranging – hearing C. laying -listening to D. making- hearing
48. I suddenly remembered that I ........to bring my keys.
A. having forgotten B. have forgotten
C. had forgotten D. forgot
49. By the year 2010 many people currently employed ________their jobs.
A. will have lost B. will be losing C. have lost D. are losing
50.By September next year I_______ here for ten years.
A. will be working B. work C. will have been working D. have been
working
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3: BỊ ĐỘNG
1. We can’t go along here because the road........................
A. is repairing B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. repairs
2. The story which I’ve just read...................Agatha Christie
A. was written B. was written by C. was written from D. wrote by
3. I’m going to go out and.................................................
A. have cut my hair B. have my hair cut C. cut my hair D. my hair be cut
4. Something funny ...........................in class yesterday
A. happened B. was happened C. happens D. is happened
5. Many US automobiles........................in Detroit, Michigan
A. manufacture B. have manufactured C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
6. A lot of pesticide residue can.........................................unwashed produce
A. find B. found C. be finding D. be found
7. We..................by a loud noise during the night
A. woke up B. are woken up C. were woken up D. were waking up
8. Some film stars...................difficult to work with
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to be
9. Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? – I don’t enjoy........................at
A. be laughed B. to be laughed C. laughing D. being laughed
10. Today, many serious childhood diseases...........................by early immunization
A. are preventing B. can prevent C. prevent D. can be prevented
11. Do you get your heating..........................every year?
A. checking B. check C. be checked D. checked
12. Bicycles.......................in the driveway
A. must not leave B. must not be leaving C. must not be left D. must not have left
13. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony.......................next weekend
A. is going to be performed B. has been performed
D. will be performing D. will have perform
14. All bottles......................................before transportation
A. frozen B. were froze C. were frozen D. are froze
15. ...............................................yet?
 A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed
C. Have the letters typed D. Had the letters
typed
16. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or Singapore
where.................for administration, broadcasting and education
A. is used B. it is used C. used D. being used
17. The telephones..............by Alexander Graham Bell
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. was invented
18. Lots of houses...................by the earthquake
A. are destroying B. destroyed C. were destroyed D. is destroyed
19. Gold.........................in California in the 19th century
A. was discovered B. has been discovered C. was discover D. they discover
20. The preparation.......................by the time the guest............................
A. had been finished- arrived B. have finished- arrived
C. had finished-were arriving D. have been finished- were arrived
21 The boy_____ by the teacher yesterday.
A. punish B. punished C. punishing D. was punished
22. “Ms Jones, please type those letters before noon”_ “They’ve already ______, sir. They’re on your
desk.”
A. typed B. been being typed C. being typed D. been typed
23. Sarah is wearing a blouse. It___________ of cotton.
A. be made B. are made C. is made D. made
24. They had a boy _______ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
25. We got our mail ______ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver

26. James……..the news as soon as possible.

A. should tell B. should be told C. should told D. should be telled
27. My wedding ring ______ yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
28. Mr. Wilson is _______ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
29. References _____ in the examination room.
A. not are used B. is not used C. didn’t used D. are not used
30. Laura ______ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
31. His car needs ________.
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
32. Her watch needs _______.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
33. My mother is going _____ this house.
A. sold B. sell C. to be sold D. to sell
34. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are _______.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
35. Have you _____ by a dog?A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit
36. The room is being _____ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
37. It _____ that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
38. It is _____ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
39. He was said _____ this building.
A. designing B. to have designed C. to design D. designed
40. Ted ______ by a bee while he was sitting in the garden.
A. got sting B. got stung C. get stung D. gets stung
41. These tennis courts don’t _____ very often. Not many people want to play.
A. got used B. used C. get used D. get use
42. I’ll get Minh _____ do this for you.
A. do B. done C. did D. to do
43. Those letters ________ now. You can do the typing later.
A. need typing B. needn't be typed C. need to type D. needn't typing
44. “What a beautiful dress you are wearing”- “thanks, it_____ especially for me by a French tailor.”
A. is made B. has made
45. Somebody cleans the room every day.
A. The room everyday is cleaned.
C. The room is cleaned every day.
46. People don’t use this road very often.
A. This road is not used very often.
C. This road very often is not used.
47. How do people learn languages?
A. How are languages learned?
C. How languages are learned?
48. Over 1500 new houses _______ each year. Last year, 1720 new houses _______.
A. were built/ were built
built
C. are building / were built
49. Tom bought that book yesterday.
A. That book was bought by Tom yesterday.
C. That book yesterday was bought by Tom
50. The new computer system _____ next month.
C. is been installed
C. made D. was made
B. The room is every day cleaned.
D. The room is cleaned by somebody every day.
B. Not very often this road is not used.
D. This road not very often is used.
B. How are languages learned by people?
D. Languages are learned how?
B. are built/ were
D. were built/ were being built
B. That book was bought yesterday by Tom.
D. That book was bought yesterday.
A. is be installed B. is being installed
D. is being installed by people
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4: CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN
1. “Would you mind if we ___you by your first name?”
“Not at all. Please call me Tom.”
A. called B. call C. calling D. want to call
2. She can’t get home ___ she has no money.
A. unless B. if C. until D. without
3. If I had known your new address, we ___to see you.
A. came B. will come C. would come D. would have come
4. If we took the 10:30 train, ___.
A. we would arrive too early B. we should arrive too early
C. we will arrive too early D. we may arrive too early
5. It’s very crowded here. I wish there ___ so many people.
A. aren’t B. weren’t C. haven’t been D. isn’t
6. I wouldn’t go there at night if I ___ you.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
7. If I ___ get a pole, I’ll go fishing.
A. can B. could C. may D. might
8. If they had enough time, they ___ head south.
A. will B. can C. must D. might
9. If you ___ a choice, which country would you visit?
A. have B. had C. have had D. will have
10. Trees won’t grow ___ there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
11. ___ she agreed, you would have done it.
A. If B. Had C. Should D. Would
12. If you ___ to be chosen for the job, you’ll have to be experienced in the field.
A. want B. wanted C. had wanted D. wants
13. If the doctor had arrived sooner, the boy ___.
A. might be saved B. have been saved C. was saved D. might have been
saved
14. If there ___, the rice fields could have been more productive.
 A. had been enough water B. were enough water C. would be enough
water D. are enough water
15. The patient could not recover unless he ___ an operation.
A. had undergone B. would undergo C. underwent D. was undergoing
16. If she ___ him, she would be very happy.
A. would meet B. will meet C. is meeting D. should meet
17. If he ___ a thorough knowledge of English, he could have applied for this post.
A. had had B. had C. has D. has had
18. If I had enough money, I ___ abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. would go C. should go D. should have to go
19. If it ___ convenient, let’s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. is C. was D. were
20. If you ___ time, please write to me.
A. have B. had C. have had D. has
21. If it ___ tomorrow, we may postpone going on a picnic.
A. rains B. will rain C. shall rain D. raining
22. If you hadn’t watched that late mivie last night, you ___ sleepy now.
A. wouldn’t have been B. wouldn’t be C. might have not been D. wouldn’t have been
being 23. If you ___ as I told you, you ___ sorry now.
A. did- would not be B. had done- had not been C. do – would not beD. had done – would not be
24. If only I ___ him now. A. see B. saw C. have seen D. seen
25. If I ___, I’ll let you know.
A. am staying B. will stay C. do stay D. would stay
26. If only I ___ you wanted to invest money in business.
A. had known B. knew C. have known D. know
27. Linda wishes she ___her car.
A. hasn’t sold B. hadn’t sold C. doesn’t sell D. won’t sell
28. He looked frightened as if he___a ghost.
A. had seen B. saw C. would see D. was seeing
29. I wish it ___ a holiday today.A. were B. will be C. is D. had been
30. “My car broke down when I was leaving Detroit and I had to take the bus.”
 “___, we would have picked you up.”
A. Had we known B. If we have known C. We had known D. If we did know
31. If I ___ as young as you are, I ___ in a boat round the world.
A. were- would sail B. would be – would sail C. were- will sail D. would- would sail
32. If he___tickets yesterday, he ___ on the beach now.
A. had booked- would be lying B. had booked- would have lied
C. booked – would lie D. books- will lie
33. If you ___ less last night, you ___ so bad today.
A. had drunk- would not have felt B. drank- would not feel
C. had drunk- would not feel D. would have drunk- would not feel
34. It seemed as if he ___ of it before.
A. would never hear B. has never heard C. never heard D. had never heard
35. ___ today, she would get home by Friday.
A. Would she leave B. Was she leaving C. Were she to leave D. If she leaves
36. “He’s a very brave man.” “Yes, I wish I ___ his courage.”
A. have B. had C. will have D. would have
37. ___he___ hard last year, he would have lost the first prize.
A. Hadn’t – studied B. Had- studied C. Didn’t study D. If – had studied
38. We’re going to be late if ___.
A. we not leave right now B. we didn’t leave right now
C. we won’t leave right now D. we don’t leave right now
39. “I wish this city___ so noisy.” “I know. I wish we ___ in the countryside.”
A. isn’t – live B. wasn’t – live C. weren’t- live D. weren’t – lived
40. He acted as though he___ for days.
A. not eat B. hasn’t eaten C. hadn’t eaten D. didn’t eat
41. We ___ the game if we’d had a few more minutes.
A. might have won B. won C. had won D. will win
42. I ___ William with me if I had known you and he didn’t get along with each other.
A. hadn’t brought B. didn’t bring C. wouldn’t have brought D. won’t bring

43. If you ___ to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in this mess right now.
 A. listen B. will listen C. had listened D. listened
44. ___ interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it.
A. Were I B. Should I C. I was D. If I am
45. I ___ you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.
A. would have visited B. visited C. had visited D. visit
46. ___ then what I know today, I would have saved myself a lot of time and trouble over the years.
A. Had I known B. Did I know C. If I know D. If I would know
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: CÂU GIÁN TIẾP
1. Julia said that she ___________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
2. He _______ that he was leaving way that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
3. She said to me that she __________ to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. has written C. was writing D. had writing
4. I _________ him to sell that old motorbike.
A. said to B. suggested C. advised D. recommended
5. My parents reminded me ________ the flowers.
A. remember to plant B. not to plant to plant C. to plant D. planting
6. I asked Martha ______ to enter law school.
A. are you planning B. is she planning C. was she planning D. if she was planning
7. Nam wanted to know what time ________.
A. does the movie begin B. did the movie begin C. the movie begins
D. the movie began
8. I wondered_______ the right thing.
A. whether I was doing B. if I am doing C. was I doing D. am I doing
9. The scientist said the earth ________ the sun.
A. goes around B. is going around C. went around D. was going around
10. Peter said that if he ________rich, he _________ a lot.
A. is – will travel B. were – would travel
C. had been – would have travelled D. was – will travel
11. They said that they had been driving through the desert__________.
A. the previous day B. yesterday C. the last day D. Sunday previously
12. He asked the children _________too much noise.
A. not to make B. not making C. don’t make D. if they don’t make
13. The man said that the days _________longer in summer.
A. will be B. are C. were D. can be
14. The teacher said Columbus _________America in 1942.
A. discovered B. had discovered C. was discovering D. would discover
15. John said he _________ her since they ________ school.
A. hasn’t met – left B. hadn’t met - had left C. hadn’t met – left D. didn’t meet – has
left
16. The woman asked __________get lunch at school.
A. can the children B. whether the children could C. if the children can
D. could the children
17. Laura said that when she_________ to school, she saw an accident.
A. was walking B. has walked C. had been walking D. has been walking
18. He asked, “Why didn’t she take the final exam?” - He asked why __________ the final exam.
A. she took B. did she take C. she hadn’t taken D. she had taken
19. Ba said he__________ some good marks last semester.
A. gets B. got C. getting D. have got
20. They told their parents that they___________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
21. She asked me where I___________ from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
22. She_________ me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
23. He asked me who____________ the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
24. He wants to know whether I ___________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
25. I wonder why he___________ love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
26. They asked me how many children___________.
A. I had B. had I C. I have D. have I
27. Thu said she had been___________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
28. The student said that the English test_______ the most difficult.
A. is B. was C. will be D. have been
29. He wanted to know _______ shopping during the previous morning.
 A. if we had been going B. that if we had been going C. we were
going D. that we were going
30. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
A. that did I know / who were Robert B. that I knew / who Robert were
C. if I knew / who Robert was D. whether I knew / who was Robert
31. The mother asked her son _______.
A. where he has been B. where he had been C. where has he been D. where had he been
32. Martin asked me _______.
A. how is my father B. how my father is C. how was my father D. how my father was
33. The host asked Peter _______ tea or coffee.
A. whether he preferred B. that he preferred
C. did he prefer D. if he prefers
34. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
A. where I spent / the previous year B. where I had spent / the previous year
C. where I spent / last year D. where did I spend / last year
35. He advised _______ too far.
A. her did not go B. her do not go C. her not to go D. she did not go
36. John often says he _______ boxing because it _______ a cruel sport.
A. does not like / is B. did not like / were C. not liked / had been D. had not liked / was
37. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer _______.
A. before B. ago C. last D. previous
38. He asked _______ him some money.
A. her to lend B. she to lend C. she has lent D. she lends
39. Andrew told me that they _______ fish two _______ days.
A. have not eaten / ago B. had not eaten / previousC. did not eat / before
D. would not eat / last
40. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
A. had done / following B. will do / previous
C. would do / following D. was going / previous
41. John asked me _______ in English.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
 C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
42. The mother told her son _______ so impolitely.
A. not behave B. not to behave C. not behaving D. did not behave
43. She said she _______ collect it for me after work.
A. would B. did C. must D. had
44. She said I _______ an angel.
A. am B. was C. were D. have been
45. I have ever told you he _______ unreliable.
A. is B. were C. had been D. would Be
46. I told him _______ the word to Jane somehow that I _______ to reach her during the early hours.
A. passing / will try B. he will pass / tried C. to pass / would be trying D. he passed /
have tried
47. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.
A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
48. John asked me _______ interested in any kind of sports.
A. if I were B. if were I C. if was I D. if I was
49. John asked me _______ that film the night before.
A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
50. The guest told the host that _______.
A. I must go now B. he must go now C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ
1. The man ________ spoke to John is my brother.
A. whom B. who C. whose D. which
2. I must thank the man from _____ I got the present.
A. who B. whom C. that D. which
3. It is a car ______ I bought last year.
A. whom B. who C. which D. whose
4. He is the man _______ son is a doctor
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
5. I come from a city _______ is located in the southern part of the country.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
6. The film about _____ they are talking is fantastic.
A. who B. which C. whom D. that
7. That ’s the woman to _______ Jim used to be married.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
8. The people ________ for the bus in the rain are getting well
A. waiting B. to wait C. waited D. wait
9. He is the boy _______ is my best friend
A. that B. whom C. who D. A& C
10. I have a message for people __________ by the traffic chaos.
A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying
11. I live in a pleasant room ____________ the garden.
A. to overlook B. overlooking C. overlooked D. which overlooking
12. Melanie was the only person __________ a letter of thanks.
A. wrote B. written C. to write D. writing
13. The pilot was the only man __________ after the crash.
A. was rescued B. rescued C. rescuing D. to be rescued
14. I met a lot of new people at the party ________ names I can’t remember.
A. whose B. which C. who D. whom
15. I talked to a woman __________ car had broken down on the way to the party.
A. which B. who C. whose D. whom
16. Vicky, __________ name was missed off the list, wasn’t very pleased.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
17. The picture was painted by Laura, ____________ is being shown in an exhibition.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
18. The concert ___________ we are looking forward is next Saturday.
A. which B. that C. whom D. A & B
19. I’ll see you near the post office ___________ we met the other day.
A. which B. where C. when D. why
20. The success of shared holidays depends on __________ you shared it with.
A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
21. The sun, ____ is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us with heat an light.
A. which B. that C. who D. A & B are correct
22. Tom made a number of suggestions, most of ____ were very helpful.
A. them B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
23. Alaska, __________ my brother lives, is the largest state in the United States.
A. which B. where C. w ho D. All are correct
24. Tell me the reason ____________ you were absent yesterday.
A. where B. when C. why D. that

25. There was a time __________ dinosaurs dominated the earth.

A. which B. when C. that D. A & B are correct
26. The house in ___________ I was born and grew up was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
27. Summer is the time of the year _________ the weather is the hottest.
A. when B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
28. Sunday is the day on ___________ I am least busy.
A. where B. when C. which D. that
29. Do you know the man about ___________ they’re talking?
A. whom B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
30. What’s the name of the blonde girl ___________ just came in?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & B are correct
31. I don’t like people ___________ lose their tempers easily.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
32. Mexico City, _________ has a population of over 10 million, is probably the fastest growing city in
the world.
A. which B. whose C. that D. A & B are correct
33. This is Henry, __________ sister works for my father.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
34. He’s the man ___________ people like at first sight.
A. who B. whom C. that D. All are correct
35. Could you iron the trousers ___________ are hanging up behind the door?
A. who B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
36. Where is the girl _________ sells tickets?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & C are correct
37. The man _________ we consider as our leader had much experience in climbing mountains.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & C are correct
38. The artist _________ name I couldn’t remember was one of the best I had ever seen.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
39. Frank invited Janet, __________ he had met in Japan, to the party.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
40. The girl __________ design had been chosen stepped to the platform to receive the award.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
41. I need to find a painting ________ will match the rest of my room.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
42. There are too many poor people ________ do not have enough to eat in the world.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
43. The trees __________ have the beautiful flowers grow near the gate of the garden.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
44. The teacher ___________ teaches us French is coming today.
A. whom B. who C. that D. B & C are correct
45. What’s the music to ___________ you are listening?
A. whose B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
46. I don’t like the stories __________ have unhappy endings.
A. who B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
47. The students __________ don’t have library cards can’t borrow books from the library.
A. who B. which C. whom D. A & C are correct
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ NGUYÊN NHÂN
1.Hundreds of species of Hawaiian flowers have become extinct or rare ___ land development and the
grazing of wild goats. A. now that B. due to C. because D. for
2. ___ extremely bad weather in the mountains, we’re no longer considering our skiing trip.
A. Due to B. Because C. Since D. Due to the fact
that
3. Barbara is motivated to study ___ she knows that a good education can improve her life.
A. because B. because of C. due to D. owing to
4. He could not play in the game ___ his foot injury.
A. because B. due to the fact that C. because of D. for
5. ___ I had nothing for lunch but an apple, I ate dinner early.
A. For B. Since C. Due to D. Because of
6. Mr. Watson retired from his job early ___ his ill health. A. becauseB. due to
C. as D. for
7. She bought a book ___ she had heard it was good.UH
A. because of B. owing to C. due to D. due to the fact that
8. Josh couldn’t open the door ___ the lock was broken.
A. because B. because of C. due to D. owing to
9. Let’s ask our teacher how to solve this problem ___ we can’t agree on the answer.
A. Since B. because of C. due to D. owing to
10. ____the need to finish this project soon. I want you to work on this overtime for the next few days.
A. Because B. As C. Because of D. Since
11. I can’t ride my bike ___ there isn’t any air in one of the tires.
A. because B. because of C. due to D. owing to
12. ___ our apartment building has had two robberies in the last month, I’m going to put an extra lock
on the door
and install a telephone in my bedroom.
A. Since B. For C. because of D. owing to
13. I turned on the fan ___ the room was hot.
A. due to B. owing to C. because D. because of
14. We didn’t arrive at the lecture on time ___ the bus was late.
 A. owing to B. as C. because of D. due to
15. I wonder who drank all the milk yesterday. It can’t have been Susan ___ she was out all day.
A. because of B. because C. due to D. owing to
16. ___ the old man spoke very slowly and clearly, I could understand him at all.
A. As B. because of C. due to D. owing to
17. I knew they were talking about me ___ they stopped when I entered the room.
A. because B. because of C. owing to D. due to
18. ___ the storm, the ship couldn’t reach its destination on time.
A. Owing to B. As C. Since D. Because
19. ___ his parents’ generosity, all of the children in his family have received the best of anything.
A. Due to the fact that B. Because of C. Because D. Since
20. ___ she has a job, she is able to pay her rent and provide food for her family.
A. Since B. Due to C. Because of D. Owing to
21. We didn’t go to France last summer______ we couldn’t afford to.
A. Owing to B. due to C. because D. because of
22. ______the flight delay, they didn’t attend the conference.
A. Because B. For C. owing to D. Because of
23. The flight from New York to London was delayed ______ the heavy fog.
A. because of B. because C. since D.due to the fact that
24. Hoa was late _____ her car was broken down.
A. because of B. due to C. because D. owing to
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 8: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ KẾT QUẢ
1. My mouth is burning! This is ___________ spicy food that I don’t think I can finish it.
A. such B. so C. very D. too
2. Our village had ____________ money available for education that the school had to close.
A. so little B. such little C. so much D. such much
3. Timmy spent __________ money buying movie tickets that he didn’t have enough left to buy a soft
drink.
A. such B. a lot of C. too much D. so much
4. It was _________that we went for a hike in the mountain.
A. so a nice day B. such nice a day C. so nice a day D. such a day nice
5. There are not __________ jobs for all of us.
A. such B. so C. enough D. too
6. The T- shirt in the window was ________ expensive for me to buy.
A. too B. enough C. so D. very
7. _________ that she burst into tears.
A. So angry was she. B. She was so anger C. Such her anger was D. So angry she was
8. Sarah speaks so ____________ that I can’t understand her.
A. fast B. fastly C. faster D. fastest
9. Mr. Brown has ________ many patient ________ he is always busy.
A. too – that B. very – until C. such – that D. so- that
10. The coat is __________for me to wear.
A. too large B. so much C. very much D. too much
11. The furniture was _________.
A. such expensive that I couldn’t buy it B. enough cheap for me to buy
C. so expense that I did buy it D. too expensive for me to buy
12. There are ________ planets in the universe that we can’t count them.
A. so much B. such C. so many D. so
13. Paul was ________ sad about his examination results that he didn’t smile all week.
A. enough B. so C. such D. too
14. The road is _______________.
A. so slippery that we drove fast B. so slippery for us to drive fast
 C. too slippery for us to drive D. too slippery that we can’t drive fast.
15. Uranus is just _________ to be seen on a clear night with naked eyes.
A. bright enough B. enough brightly C. as enough clear D. bright as enough
16. When Franklin Roosevelt decided to run for a fourth term, the opposite said that he was_________.
A. so old B. too old C. oldest D. very older
17. Last Sunday it was _______ wet ______ we couldn’t go to the movies.
A. as – as B. more – than C. less – than D. so – that
18. The corresponding sentence “There are so many for me to do that...” is ___________
A. I have so many things to do that… B. Nobody has so many…
C. So many things are on me D. I do many things
19. He was _______ tired that he slept all days.
A. such B. too C. so D. very
20. It was _________ that we had gone for a walk.
A. such a beautiful weather B. such a nice weather C. so nice a weather
D. so beautiful a night
21. “The new mathematics teacher seems very pleasant”
“Yes, he’s __________ person”
A. a such nice B. a so nice C. such nice D. such a nice

22. “I find the local newspapers to be __________ uninformative”

“Yes, there is hardly any international news”
A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
22. “Do you know why Eric failed her test?
“I don’t know. She spent_________ time studying.”
A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
23. “Wendy is really tall for her age.”
“She is ______tall that her friends make fun of her.”
A. so B. as C. that D. much
24. “What is your opinion of the Smiths?”
“They are _________ people”
A. such an interesting B. so interesting a C. so interesting D. such interesting
25. “Did you like the band last night?”
“Yes, __________ I bought their records.”
A. so much that B. such much C. very much that D. too much that
26. “That is a beautiful dress Jean has on.”
“She always wears ___________ clothes.”
A. such a lovely B. so lovely C. such lovely D. so much lovely
27. “I enjoy this particular radio station.”
“So do I. it always has _________ music.”
A. so good B. such a good C. such good D. a so good
28. “The dance was fun.”
“But there was__________ there.”
A. so many peoples B. such much people C. so a lot of people D. so many people
29. “Main Market is a nice place.”
“They have _______we recommend it to all our friends.”
A. such good food that B. such a good food that C. so good food that D. such as good food
as
30. The cat was _________to wait for the mouse to come out.
A. patiently enough B. so patient C. enough patient D. patient enough
31. She told us ________ story that we all forgot about the time.
A. such an interesting B. such interesting a C. so an interesting D. a so interesting
32. I have never seen __________ people in one place.
A. so much B. so many C. so much of D. this many of
33. We have heard __________about you.
A. so many news B. so much news C. a lot news D. few news
34. They were ______busy studying ______ they couldn’t go to the restaurant with us.
A. so – that B. such – that C. very – that D. to - that
35. If a house plant is given __________ water, its lower leaves turn yellow.
A. too many B. very many C. very much D. too much
36. The runners are ______exhausted that none of them finished the race.
A. too B. such C. enough D. so
37. So _________ people came that we had to cancel the meeting.
 A. a few B. many C. little D. few
38. The novel is _________ I have read many times.
A. so boring that B. so interesting that C. such an interesting that D. so interesting that
39. She is not ___________ to get married.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too young D. so young
40. The boys are making too ________ noise.
A. many B. much C. little D. a lot of
41. That restaurant is _______ no one wants to eat there.
A. such dirty that B. so dirty that C. too dirty for D. dirty enough for
42. It was _____ a difficult question that I couldn’t answer it.
A. so B. such C. too D. very
43. She was a_______ girl that everybody loves her.
A. so kind B. kind a such C. such a kind D. too kind
44. We are not rich enough ________ everywhere by taxi.
A. not travel B. to travel C. for traveling D. can’t travel
45. Most of the students are ________ to pass the examination.
A. good enough B. enough good C. too good D. so good
46. It was ________ a boring speech that I fell asleep.
A. such B. so C. much D. too
47. They spoke _________ for us to understand.
A. quick enough B. so quickly C. quickly so D. quickly enough
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 9: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ TƯƠNG PHẢN
1. _______ some German and British management styles are similar, there are many differences
between them.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite the fact that d. Despite
2. I could not eat _______ I was very hungry.
a. even though b. in spite c. despite d. in spite the fact
that
3. In spite _______, the baseball game was not cancelled.
a. the rain b. of the rain c. it was raining d. there was a rain
4._______ he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite d. Although
5._______, he walked to the station.
a. Despite being tired b. Although to be tired c. In spite being tired d. Despite tired
6. The children slept well, despite _______.
a. it was noise b. the noise c. of the noise d. noisy
7. She left him _______ she still loved him.
a. even if b. even though c. in spite of d. despite
8._______ her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
a. In spite b. Even though c. In spite of d. Despite of
9._______ they are brothers, they do not look like.
a. Although b. Even c. Despite d. In spite of
10. We are concerned with the problem of energy resources _______ we must also think of our
environment.
a. despite b. though c. as though d. but
11. _______ some Japanese women are successful in business, the majority of Japanese companies are
run by men.
a. But b. Even if c. If d. As though
12. _________ who you are, I still love you.
a. No matter b. However c. whomever d. If
13. __________ others may say, you are certainly right.
A. However B. whomever C. If D. Whatever
14. They decided to go ______ the danger.
A. because B. in spite of C. although D. so
15. ______ they lost, their fans gave them a big cheer.
A. However B. In spite of C. Although D. if
16. Everyone thought she would accept a new job________ it was difficult.
A. despite B. even though C. Too D. Moreover
17. ______ the bad weather, the plan landed safely.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. despite the fact that D. though
18. _______ it was raining hard, he went out without a raincoat.
A. Despite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
19. ______ I meet her, she always wears a blue dress.
A. Whatever B. However C. Whoever D. Whenever
20. Our new neighbors are quite nice _______ they are sometimes talkative.
a. despite b. in spite of the fact c. though d. as though
21._______ of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
a. In spite b. Despite c. But d. Although
22. Despite _______, we knew that he was guilty.
a. denied b. denying c. he denied d. his denial
23. Despite the fact that _______, we enjoyed our trip.
a. the weather is bad b. it is a bad weather c. the bad weather d. the weather was
bad
24. Julie failed the exam _______ of working very hard.
a. despite b. in spite c. even if d. though
25. Tom went to work despite _______.a. that he did not feel very well b. of the fact not feeling well
c. he did not feel very well d. not feeling very well
26. _______ his exhaustion, he won the marathon by nearly three minutes.
A. In spite B. Despite C. Although D. However
27. ______ the bad weather, the plan landed safely.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. despite the fact that D. though
28. _______ it was raining hard, he went out without a raincoat.
A. Despite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
29. They were sacked _____ their carelessness.
A. because B. because of C. although D. despite
30. Some workers are so poor that they don’t want to quit their job _______ they are ill- treated
A. as though B. since C. although D. if
31. Though _______, they are good friends.
a. their sometimes quarrel b. to have a quarrel sometimes
c. they sometimes have a quarrel d. of having a quarrel sometimes
32. Despite _______, we arrived on time.
a. the traffic b. of the traffic c. there was heavy traffic d. of there was heavy
traffic
33. John rarely sees Paul _______ they live in the same town.
a. notwithstanding b. despite c. in spite of d. although
34. It was very cold _______ she did not put on her coat.
a. in case b. but c. even if d. even though
35. Gannon was a high-performing midfield linkman in spite _______.
a. of he was at his age b. he was at his old age c. of his age d. his age
36. _______ the increase in their salaries, many French employees spend Saturday at work.
a. Despite b. Even if c. Even though d. In spite
37. _____ he is the boss, he does not find solutions to problems very easily.
a. Although b. In spite of c. Notwithstanding d. Despite
38. Even if _______, they had to continue practicing.
a. the players' soreness b. the players were
sore
c. the fact that the players were sore d. it was the players' soreness
39. _______ what I said last night, I still love you.
a. In spite b. Despite c. Even though d. Even if
40. ____________ jobs you do, you should do it devotedly.
A. However B. Whoever C. Whenever D. Whatever
41. ______________ you are, I still love you.
A. Whatever B. However C. Whoever D. Whenever
42. _______ we have worked overtime for weeks, we have not completed the project.
 a. In spite of b. Even though the fact that c. Despite d.
Despite the fact that
43. In spite _______ his did not get the highest grade in the final exam.
a. of his intelligence b. he was intelligent c. his intelligence d. of he was
intelligent
44. _______ the plane took off late, we still reached our destination on time.
a. Though b. In spite c. Despite d. As though
45. He had a terrible cold ____ he insisted on going swimming.a. despite b. although c. in spite of
d. but
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10: MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ MỤC ĐÍCH
1. The schoolboys are in a hurry ______ they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. for D. in order that
2. I gave him my e-mail address ______ he could keep in touch with me.
A. that B. so that C. such that D. so as to
3. We decided to join the English speaking club ______ improve our English.
A. so that B. so to C. in order D. to
4. ______ learn how to use a computer, he decides to take lessons.
A. To B. In order to C. So as D. A & B are correct
5. He walked silently ______ wake the other people.
A. to not B. to avoid C. so as to not D. in order not to
6. She wore glasses and a wig ______ we couldn’t recognise her.
A. so that B. so as to C. in order to D. B & C are correct
7. He locked the door ______ be disturbed.
A. in order not B. in order not to C. in order to not D. in order that he
not
8.______ English fluently, we should practise speaking it whenever possible.
A. In order to speak B. To speaking C. In order speak D. In order for
speaking
9. The boy always does his homework before class ______ be punished by his teacher.
A. so as not to B. so as to C. so that not to D. in order that not to
10. Seat belt laws were introduced ______ traffic fatalities would be reduced.
A. in order that B. so as to C. such that D. provided that
11. She phoned me ______.
A. so that she invites me to her party C. to invite me to her party
B. that she invited me to her party D. for she wanted to invite me to her party
12. Mary took a taxi ______ she could arrive at the conference on time.
A. in order B. that C. so that D. A & B are correct
13. Mary put on her scarf ______ she ______ not get cold.
A. so that / will B. to / would C. so as to / will D. so that / would
14. I’ll give you my telephone number ______ phone me.
 A. so that you can B. to C. want to D. A & B are correct
15. She worked hard ______ everything would be ready by 6 o’clock.
A. that B. for C. in order that D. so as to
16. I’m going to make an early start ______ get stuck in the traffic.
A. so that not B. not to C. so as to not D. in order not
17. I work hard ______ help my family.
A. so as to B. in order to C. in order that D. A & B are correct
18. My parents got up early this morning ______ park the car for our journey.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in case
19. They got up ______ early in the morning that no one saw them leave the house.
A. too B. so C. in order to D. such
20. She employed a secretary ______ type her letters and answer the phone.
A. in order that B. so that C. to D. for
21. He gave me his address __________me to visit.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
22. They whispered __________ no one to hear their conversation.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in order for
23.The piano was too heavy ______.
A. for nobody to move B. for nobody to moving C. for anyone to move D. for anyone to
moving
24. _______ to go to the cinema.
A. it was late so that B. that it was late C. it was too late D. such too late
25. It is such an important matter _______ I can’t decide anything about it myself.
A. so B. because C. that D. so that to
26. Mary jogs everyday ______ lose weight.
A. so she can B. so that she can C. because she can D. so that to
27. She got up early _________ miss the bus.
A. in order that B. so that C. not to D. for
28. Mr. Thompson is learning Vietnamese __________ to read Kim Van Kieu.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order not to D. so as not to
29. They hurried _______ catch the train.
 A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
30. Tom is saving up __________ he can buy a new car.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as that
31. Alice prepares her lesson carefully ___________ she will get high marks in class.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other that
32. I went to see him ________find out what had happened.
A. so that not B. so as not to C. in order that D. so as to
33. He does morning exercises regularly __________ improve his health.
A. so as to B. and C. to D. so as not to
34. We learn English _________ we will have better communication with other people.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
35. He lighted the candle ______ he might read the note.
A. so that B. and C. because D. as a result
36. He turned off the lights before going out _____ waste electricity.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as not to
37. The teacher explained the lesson twice _____ the students could understand it clearly.
A. as long as B. so that C. because D. as if
38. He practises speaking English every day _________ he can speak it fluently.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
39. They are learning English _______________ them to study in Singapore.
A. so as not to B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
40. He was tired _____________ he could not continue his work.
A. so that B. in order not to C. in order to D. in case
41. Those students are trying their best ____________ get the scholarship.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
42. Sound is carried from the eardrum to the nerves _____________ we can hear it.
A. so as to B. in order that C. to D. so as not to
43. In order to help human beings live longer and healthier, many scientists are working hard
__________ they can invent new drugs.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other to
44. Many bridges in London are covered with wooden roofs _________ it can be protected from rain
and snow.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order that not D. in other that
45. Please arrive on time ________ us to be able to start the meeting punctually.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order for D. in other that
46. The laser beam can attack directly and accurately the diseased cells ___________ the healthy
neighbors are left unharmed.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other to
47. My father and I do morning exercises every day ___________ improve our health.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
48. We learn English ________________ we can communicate with other people.
A. so that B. because C. that D. so that to
49.He studies very hard so that _______________ pass his final exam next month.
A. not to B. in order to C. so as not to D. so that to
50. ___________ waste electricity, we turn out the lights when there is enough light.
A. so B. so as not to C. that D. so that to
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 11: ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU
1. You have been reading for four hours. This book ___ be very interesting.
A. can B. might C. must D. should
2. Don’t phone Ann now. She ___ be having lunch.
A. might B. can C. must D. has to
3. This road is very narrow. It ___to be widened.
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may
4. They have plenty of time, so they needn’t ___.
A. be hurry B. to hurry C. hurry D. to be hurried
5. You’re having a sore throat. You’d better___ to the doctor.
A. to go B. went C. go D. going
6. My mother permitted me to go out at night. She said, “You ___ go out tonight.”
A. may B. have to C. must D. ought to
7. He advised me to take an English course. I ___ it early.
A. should have taken B. should take C. will have taken D. may take
8. You ___ ring the bell; I have a key.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. shouldn’t
9. It must ___ without delay.
A. be done B. have been done C. do D. be doing
10. By the time a baby has reached his first birthday, he should ___ sit up or even stand up.
A. to be able to B. able to C. to be able D. be able to
11. Many birds will ___ more than 3,000 miles to reach their winter homes.
A. flying B. fly C. be fly D. flew
12. The pen won’t write; It ___ out of ink.
A. must run B. must be running C. must have run D. must have ran
13. The line is busy; someone ___ the telephone now.
A. must be using B. must have used C. must useD. must have been using
14. She told me that she’d rather ___ on the committee.
A. not to serve B. not serving C. not serve D. serving not
15. “Are you still going to Florida for vacation?” “Yes, but I really ___because I don’t have much
money.”
 A. shouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. won’t
16. “Did Peter go downtown by car or by train?” “He ___by train because his car was in the mechanics.”
A. must go B. has to go C. had gone D. must have gone
17. “Why are you so mad?” “You ___ me you weren’t coming to dinner. I waited for you for two hours.”
A. should tell B. should have told C. should told D. should had told
18. “Do you like to play tennis?” “I ___, but now I prefer golf”
A. used to B. used to do C. used to played D. used to playing
19. “Have you seen Kate?” “No, but she ___ be at her desk.”
A. may B. ought C. would D. can
20. “Can I borrow twenty dollars?” “No, you know I ___ lend you money any more.”
A. might not B. shouldn’t have C. won’t D. not going to
21. The plane ___ take off after the fog had lifted.
A. must B. can C. was able to D. may
22. ___ you remember what you were doing at this time yesterday?
A. Can B. Must C. May D. Should
23. I ___ understand this letter. Will you translate it for me?
A. mustn’t B. may not C. can’t D. shouldn’t
24. Daisy’s parents don’t let her go to late- night disco. She ___ be at home at 9 o’clock in the evening.
A. must B. may C. can D. has to
25. ___ you give me some advice about the language course?
A. Have B. Should C. May D. Could
26. Why didn’t you give me a call yesterday? We ___ discuss everything together.
A. can B. may C. must D. could
27. Yesterday I ___ finish the work because I was very tired.
A. could B. can’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
28. I would rather ___ poor but happy than become rich without happiness.
A. being B. be C. to be D. was
29. Sit down, please. ___ a cup of tea?
A. Do you like B. Do you like to drink C. Would you like D. Will you like
30. It could not tell the difference between Indian music and jazz. It ___ tell the difference between
Indian music and jazz. A. might not B. may not C. mustn’t D.
wasn’t able to
31. I’d rather ___ in the field than ___ home.
A. to work- to stay B. work – stay C. working – staying D. worked- stayed
32. He spent all that money last week. He ___ so much.
A. didn’t need to spend B. shouldn’t spend C. needn’t have spent D. didn’t have to
spend
33. Sorry, I ___ stay any longer. I really must go home.
A. mustn’t B. can not C. couldn’t D. may not
34. “It ___rain this evening. Why don’t you take an umbrella?”
“That’s a good idea. May I borrow yours?”
A. had better B. could be C. must D. might
35. “___taking me downtown on your way to work this morning?”
“Not at all.”
A. Can you B. Why don’t you C. Would you mind D. Could you please
36. Tommy and Mary were mischievous children. They ___tricks on their teachers, which always got
them into a
lot of trouble.
A. could play B. used to play C. could have play D. may have played
37. “Since we have to be there in a hurry, we ___ take a taxi.”
“I agree.”
A. had better B. may C. have been used to D. are able to
38. 007 didn’t need ___ out of his room in Moscow.
A. go B. to going C. going D. to go
39. I couldn’t ___ it even though I had wanted.
A. had bought B. buy C. buying D. have bought
40. She ought not ___ him but she did.
A. to tell B. to telling C. tell D. to have told
41. I’d rather you ___ that.
A. do B. don’t do C. won’t do D. didn’t do
42. ___ you speak any foreign languages?
A. Could B. Must C. Can D. Might
43. We ___have gone away if we had enough money.
A. could B. must C. can D. might
44. “You ___ pay the bills today.” “I know, I promise. I won’t forget.”
A. would B. shall C. must D. may
45. ___ you mind my staying here for some days?
A. Would B. Could C. Can D. Should
46. The ground is wet. It ___last night.A. must rainB. must have rainC. must have rained D. had to rain
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: GIỚI TỪ + MẠO TỪ
1. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they ________ on walking.
a. stopped b. kept c. took d. put
2. Don't forget to ________ your gloves on. It is cold outside.
a. let b. make c. put d. fix
3. If you don't pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
a. lend you some money b. play football with you c. give you a kick
d. force you to leave
4. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
a. met b. visited c. said goodbye to d. made friends with
5. Let's go over that report again before we submit it.
a. dictate b. print c. read carefully d. type
6. Who will __________ the children when you are away ?
a. take care on b. take care of c. take care d. care on
7. She is looking _______ a new place to live because she does not want to depend _______ her
parents any more.
a. for / on b. after / with c. up / forward d. at / into
8. I was brought _______ in the countryside by my aunt after my parents had pass _______.
a. on / over b. for / on c. on / off d. up / away
9. Due to industrialization, we have to cope _____the fact that many species are ____ danger
______extinction.
a. over / at / for b. at / upon / over c. for / on / with d. with / in / of
10. Boys! Put your toys ______. It is time to go to bed. Don't stay _____ late.
a. off / on b. away / up c. down / off d. around/ for
11. She intended to quit her job to stay _______ home and look _______ her sick mother.
a. in / at b. at / after c. for / over d. up / on
12. He is very worried _______ his new job because he is not quite prepared _______ working.
a. on / over b. to / off c. about / for d. in / at
13. Instead _____ petrol, cars will only run ____ solar energy and electricity.
a. of / on b. for / by c. in / over d. from/ upon
14. She has a promising future ahead _______ her.
 a. for b. from c. on d. of
15. What are your plans for _______ future?
a. a b. an c. the d. Ø
16. You have to study harder in order to _________________ your classmates.
a. keep pace into b. keep pace on c. keep pace at d. keep pace with
17. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty ___ drug ads.
a. with b. of c. for d. about
18. The space shuttle crashed and went _______ in flames.
a. of b. for c. over d. off
19. Elevators in tall building make the top floors accessible _____ everybody
a. to b. with c. about d. at
20. While I am waiting _______ my bus, I often listen _______ music.
a. on / at b. for / to c. toward / about d. upon / in
21. Will you take care _______ my little dog when I am _______ business?
a. through / away b. about / at c. for / over d. of / on
22. According _______ Bill, there's something wrong _______ my computer.
a. after / for b. on / about c. to / with d. upon / at
23. He depends _______ his sister _______ assistance.
a. to / from b. from / in c. on / for d. at / with
24. By 2015, it will be widely accepted that schools and pre-schools have _______ extremely important
role to
play in future of our world.
a. an / a b. an / the c. the / the d. Ø / Ø
25. On _______ Internet and with cable television w e can select information from _______ wide
variety of
sources. a. the / a b. an / the c. the / Ø d. Ø /
the
26.They arrived _______ that train station late because their taxi had broken _______.
a. at / down b. for / off c. on / over d. on / up
27. Those workers are in difficulty because wage increases cannot keep up _______ inflation.
a. with b. for c. over d. on
28. They argued _______ us _______ the problem last night, but we could not find _______ the
solution.
a. with / about / out b. on / for / off c. upon / with / in d. to / on I up
29. Although I did not totally agree ________ feminist's policies, I certainly admired their audacity,
dedication
and courage.
a. for b. with c. along d. up
30. I didn't get to see the end of that mystery movie on TV last night. How did it ________ out?
a. go b. make c. bring d. turn
31. When you are finished using the computer, can you please ______ it off.
a. take b. turn c. do d. go
32.When the alarm went off, everyone proceeded calmly to the emergency exits.
a. fell b. exploded c. called d. rang
33. Look out. There is a rattlesnake under the picnic table!
a. Listen b. Be careful c. Go d. Watch
34. Mrs. Jones's husband passed away fast Friday. We are all shocked by the news.
a. got married b. divorced c. died d. were on business
35. Williams is working _______ an export company. He intends to apply _______ another job because
he is not
satisfied _______ the salary.
a. in / on / at b. for / for / with c. at / out / into d. from/ on/ for
36. Is Miss Wilson very fond _______ French food? - No, she is not used _______ having French food.
a. over / with b. of / to c. off / for d. in / about
37. Look _______! The tree is going to fall.
a. over b. off c. in d. out
38. I think we maybe run _______ natural resources some day.
a. in to b. up to c. out of d. away from
39. _______ whom do these English books belong?
a. From b. To c. For d. With
40. Thanks _______ the inventions _______ labor-saving devices, women have more free time to take
part _______ social work.
 a. through / over / for b. on / from / with c. forward / for / from d. to / of / in
41. She looked _______ to see who was going _______ her.
a. round / after b. up / off c. at / to d. for /
with
42. She is a friendly girl who gets _______ everyone she meets.
a. out of b. on with c. away from d. into
43. I had my sister take care _____ my children while I was _____ business.
a. with / for b. in / away c. for / in d. of /
on
44. He took a lot of interest _______ our work and he promised to help us _______ any troubles.
a. in / with b. for / on c. about / at d. for / from
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 13: TỪ LOẠI
1. How many ___________ took part in the 22nd SEA Games?
A. competitors B. competitive C. competes D. competitions
2. Boys often enjoy doing things in a ___________ way.
A. create B. creative C. creativity D. creatively
3. The problem of ________ among young people is hard to solve.
A. employment B. employees C. employers D. unemployment
4. Some people are concerned with physical___________ when choosing a wife or husband.
A. attractive B. attraction C. attractiveness D. attractively
5. He can’t hear because of his ___________
A. deaf B. deafness C. deafen D. deafened
6. These countries are ___________ in exporting shrimps.
A. prefer B. preference C. preferential D. preferentially
7. The children ___________ high grade at school.
A. achieve B. achievement C. achievable D. achieving
8. His pronunciation causes me a lot of ________.
A. difficulties B. difficult C. difficulty D. difficultly
9 . She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university ________.
A. educated B. educational C. educating D. education
10. Buckingham Palace is a major tourist ________ in London.
A. attract B. attraction C. attractive D. attractiveness
11. Is pointing at someone ________ rude in your country?
A. consider B. to consider C. considered D. considering
12. Some species of rare animals are in ________ of extinction.
A. danger B. dangerous C. dangerously D. endanger
13. Electronic music is a kind of music in which sounds are produced __________ .
A. electron B. electric C. electronic D. electronically
14. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high school.
A. biology B. biological C. biologist D. biologically
15. Are you sure that boys are more _______ than girls?
A. act B. active C. action D. activity
16. These quick and easy _______ can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost.
A. solve B. solvable C. solutions D. solvability
17. Can you tell me about the ________ process to tertiary study in Vietnam?
A. apply B. applicable C. application D. applicant
18. Housework is ________ shared between them.
A. equally B. equal C. equality D. equalizing
19. Mrs. Tam has never lost her _________ for teaching.
A. enthusiastic B. enthusiasm C. enthusiast D. enthusiastically
20. Don't forget to say goodbye to the ___________ before leaving the office.
A. interviewer B. interviewing C. interviewee D. interview
21. Working as an astronaut require high___________ knowledge.
A. technique B. technical C. technically D. technician
22. My grandmother is very _______ in history.
A. interest B. interests C. interested D. interesting
23. Vietnamese athletes performed_______ and won a lot of gold medals.
A. excellent B. excellently C. excellence D. excel
24. WHO’s main activities are carrying out research on medical _______ and improving international
health care.
A. develop B. developing C. development D. develops
25. Scientific progress supplies us with ____________.
A. conveniences B. convenient C. inconvenience D. inconveniences
26. The panda’s __________ habitat is the bamboo forest.
A. nature B. natural C. naturally D. natured
27. The Games really became a festival that impressed sports___________
A. enthusiasts B. enthusiasm C. enthuse D. enthusiastic
28. Did you remember anything ........at the party?
A. interested B. interesting C. interests D. to interest
29 . In rainy seasons, roads in the village are always ___________
A. mud B. mudded C. mudding D. muddy
30 .Linda likes wearing ___________ clothes.
A. colour B. colourfully C. colourful D. colourless
31.. Her own mistakes made her very ___________ of the faults of others.
A. tolerable B. tolerant C. tolerate D. tolerated
32 . All the teachers work on an entirely___________ basis.
A. volunteer B. volunteered C. voluntary D. voluntarily
33 . Books are still a cheap way to get information and ___________
A. entertainment B. entertain C. entertaining D. entertainer
34.To Americans, it is impolite to ask someone about age, ___________. and salary.
A. marry B. married C. marriage D. marrying
35. Life here is very _____.
A. peacefull B. peaceful C. peace D. peacefulness
36. Women usually don’t shake hands when being _____.
A. introducing B. introduction C. introduced D. introducer
37. He was so _____ that he had an accident.
A. caring B. careless C. careful D. carefully
38. Farmers can enrich the soil by using ______.
A. fertile B. fertility C. fertilize D. fertilizers
39. Nowadays, chemicals are ______ into some fruits to reduce decay.
A. injection B. injecting C. inject D. injected
40. What’s your _______? – I’m Vietnamese.
A. nation B. national C. nationality D. international
41. In this course, students receive _______ in the basic English grammar.
A. instruct B. instructional C. instruction D. instructive
42. I _____ him for his honesty.
A. respective B. respectful C. respectable D. respect
43. All of the students appreciate the ______ of English learning.
A. import B. important C. importantly D. importance
44. We can enjoy live programmes through _______ satellites.
A. communicate B. communication C. communicative D. communicable
45. All of my students appreciate the___________ of English learning
A. import B. important C. importantly D. importance
46. She is ___________ in asking for bigger salary. She worked hard
 A. reason B. reasonable C. unreasonable D. unreasonably
47. Are you ___________ of the danger that you are facing?
A. sense B. sensible C. senseless D. sensation
48. This book is interesting. It’s also well-.___________
A. illustrating B. illustrated C. illustration D. illustrate
49. My brother is studying___________ engineering
A. electronic B. electric C. electrical D. electrified
50. Communist is the highest form of___________
A. social B. socialist C. society D. socialism
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 14: DẠNG ĐỘNG TỪ
1. I am looking forward to ___________ you.
A. seeing B. see C. to see D. saw
2. I arranged__________ them here.
A. to meet B. meeting C. met D. meet
3. He urged us __________ faster.
A. working B. work C. to work D. worked
4. I wish___________ the manager.
A. see B. seeing C. saw D. to see
5. It’s no use ____________
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
6. He warned her ____________ the wire.
A. not touching B. not touch C. not to touch D. to not touch
7. Don’t forget ___________ the door before ____________ to bed.
A. to lock/ going B. locking/ going C. to lock/ to go D. lock/ going
8. My mother told me _____________ to anyone about it.
A. not speaking B. not speak C. to not speak D. not to speak
9. He tried _________ but she refused ____________
A. to explain/ listen B. to explain/ to listen C. explain / listen D. explaining/
listening
10. Would you mind __________ me how __________ the lift?
A. to show/ to work B. show/ work C. showing/ to work D. showing/ working
11. I couldn’t help ____________ what you said.
A. overhear B. overhearing C. overheared D. to overhear
12. Please go on ___________.I can wait.
A. write B. to write C. wrote D. writing
13. His doctor advised him __________ jogging.
A. to give up B. give up C. giving up D. gave up
14. Do stop ___________. I am doing my homework.
A. talk B. talking C. to talk D. talked
15. Mrs. Jones: I don’t allow my family __________ at all.
 A. smoking B. to smoke C. smoked D. smoke
16. I am beginning ____________ what you mean.
A. to understand B. understand C. understanding D. A & C
17. After walking for three hours, we stopped to let the others ____________ with us.
A. to catch B. catching C. catch D. A & B
18. Your windows need __________. Would you like me to do them for you?
A. to be cleaned B. to clean C. cleaning D. A & C
19. It is interesting ___________ a good film.
A. to watch B. watching C. watch D. watched
20. My mother made me ___________ at home at night.
A. staying B. to stay C. stayed D. stay
21. The librarian asked us __________ so much noise.
A. don’t make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
22. I told you ___________ the computer, didn’t it?
A. to switch off B. don’t switch off C. not switch off D. switch off
23. He advised them ___________ in the class
A. to not talk B. not to talk C. to talk not D. don’t talk
24. Judy suggested _____________ for a walk but no one else wanted to.
A. to go B. go C. going D. went
25. Tom refused _________ me any money
A. to give B. give C. gave D. giving
26. Jill has decided not ____________a car
A. to buy B. buy C. buying D. will buy
27. There was a lot of traffic but we managed___________to the airport in time.
A. to get B. getting C.not to get D. got
28. Ann offered__________after our children while we were out
A. look B. to look C. looking D. look to
29. Would you like___________ to the D&J coffee
A. to go B.going C. went D. goes
30.Why hasn’t Sue arrived yet? She promised not ____________late
A. come B. to come C. coming D. came
 31. She promised __________ back again
A. not to come B. is coming B. coming D. came
32. The teacher encouraged___________ the football team
A. to join B. joining C. joined D. join to
33. He reminded me ___________ to give the book back to John
A. not forget B. not to forget C. forgot D. forgeting.
34. My father has given up ____________.
A. smoke B. smoked C. smoking D. to smoked
35.”All right, I’ll wait for you” She agreed ___________ for me
A. to wait B. not to wait C. waiting D. wait to
36. I don’t enjoy ___________ letters.
A. writing B. to write C. have be written D. wrote
37. I consider ______________ the job but in the end I decided against doing it.
A. to take B. taking C. to be take D. took
38. The boy insisted on ______________ a break after lunch.
A. having B. to have C.not to have D. have
39. The woman looked forward to __________ his mother again.
A. meet B. to meet C. meeting D. met
40. The boy accused his friend of___________ stolen his bicycle.
A. have B. to have C.not to have D. having
41. Her mother prevented her from ___________ mobile phone.
A. use B. to use C. using D. not to use
42. He thanked her for __________ him some money.
A. lend B. to lend C. lending D. not lend.
43. She refused ____________ back again
A. not to come B. is coming B. coming D. to come

44. Her mother prevented her from ____________ out alone at night.
A. go B.going C. to go D. not to go
45. His brother agreed ____________ a car
A. to buy B. buy C. buying D. will buy
46. Most of my friends enjoy ______________ football on television.
A. watch B. to watch C. watching D. watched
47. Anne would rather ___________ than anything else.
A. study B. studying C. to study D. studied
48. Tracey is out of work. She hasn’t been able _____________ a job yet.
A. find B. to find C. finding D. found
49. Tracey doesn’t want___________ her friends and family.
A. leave B. leaving C. left D. to leave
50. I am very tired of ______________ to her complaints day after day.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. listened
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15: TÌM VÀ SỬA LỖI SAI
1. All of the homework given by our teachers are useful to every student.
A B C D
2. When Helen was a child, she has worked in a factory for more than three years.
A B C D
3. The tourist guide only has a twenty-dollars bill with her when she landed at the airport.
A B C D
4. After Mrs. Wang had returned to her house from work, she was cooking dinner.
A B C D
5. Elizabeth I has reigned as Queen of England from 1558 to 1603.
A B C D
6. Caroline refused taking the job given to her because the salary was not good.
A B C D
7. I finished college last year, and I am working here for only eight months now.
A B C D
8. If you think carefully before making your decision, you will avoid to get into trouble later.
A B C D
9. Each of the members of the group were made to write a report every week.
A B C D
10. Last week Mark told me that he got very bored with his present job and is looking for a new
one.
A B C D
11. Jane asked Brian that he had ever been to South-east Asia and he said he had.
A B C D
12. I don't know why is the elevator not working properly today.
A B C D
13. In the end, she quit the job because it was too bored.
A B C D
14. He said that he couldn't remember where had he left his car.
A B C D
15. Many couples who both work must hire someone to take care of their children for they.
 A B C D
16. The oil price is believing to be rising again.
A B C D
17. While the brows were away on holiday, their house was broke into.
A B C D
18. Why don’t you congratulate our son about passing his final exam?
A B C D
19. Now that I’ve become old, I can’t read as quick as I used to.
A B C D
20. There have been a report of several bombings by terrorist groups.
A B C D
21. If Al had come sooner, he could has eaten dinner with the whole family.
A B C D
22. If my father hasn't encouraged me to take the exam, I wouldn't have done it.
A B C D
23. If you give me more time and I will successfully finish this project.
A B C D
24. Some of the pictures he painted them were sold for millions of dollars.
A B C D
25. There are many another people who are members of the swimming club.
26. Liquids take the shape of any container which in they are placed.
A B C D
27. Two out of three people striking by lightning survive.
A B C D
28. Some of the houses had been wrecked by the storm belonged to the poor villagers.
A B C D
29. The notebook lists every opportunities for handicapped workers in the area.
A B C D
30. In my opinion, the new foreign coach does his job relative well.
A B C D
31. He had stolen my money, today.
 A B C D
32. She said that she liking her work so much.
A B C D
33. I was listening to the Radio last night when the door bell rings
34. He stopped to smoke because it is harmful for his health.
35. Have you finish the report yet?
A B C D
36. Dennis used to smoking a lot a year ago.
A B C D
37. There is such few ink that it will be impossible to finish addressing the envelopes.
A B C D
38. Economic reforms started since 1986 in Vietnam have helped millions of people to
A B
be out of poverty and bringing the poverty rate down. C D
39. Anyone where works is regarded as a useful member of our society.
A B C D
40. Education and training are an important steps in getting the kind of job that you would like to have.
A B C D
41. Recently, there has been a lot of debate about students have to pay their own fees at university.
42. We are working, that means that we are contributing goods and services to our city.
A B C D
43. Economic reform usually refers to actions of the government to improve efficiency in economy
markets.
A B C D
44. The boy climbed up the tree to get bird’s eggs had a bad fall.
A B C D
45. After the police had tried unsuccessfully to determine to who the car belonged, they towed it into
the station.
A B C D
46. If Robert Kennedy would have lived a little longer, he probably would have won the election.
A B C D
47. I found it wonderfully to travel abroad.
A B C D
48. Although the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane.
A B C D
49.He failed the exams because his laziness. A B C D
50.The policeman had driven ten minutes ago. A B C D
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16: TỪ VỰNG
Exercise 1:

1. Most doctors and nurses have to work on a _______ once or twice a week at the hospital.
A. solution B. night shift C. household chores D. special dishes
2. We enjoy _______ time together in the evening when the family members gather in the living room
after a day
of working hard.
A. spending B. caring C. taking D. doing
4. He is a _______ boy. He is often kind and helpful to every classmate.
A. frank B. lovely C. obedient D. caring
4. According to the boss, John is the most _______ for the position of executive secretary.
A. supportive B. caring C. suitable D. comfortable
5 Billy, come and give me a hand with cooking.
A. help B. prepared C. be busy D. attempt
6. Whenever problems come up, we discuss them frankly and find solutions quickly.
A .happen B. encounter C. arrive D. clean
7. You should not burn _______. You had better dig a hole and bury it.
A. dishes B. lab C. garbage D. shift
8. One of Vietnamese traditions is a belief in _______ families and in preserving their cultures.
A. wealthy B. secure C. safe D. close-knit
9. The ..................that our family memmers share closely is watching film
A. concern B. interest C. pleasure D. entertainment
10.A. We share the house with my mother and father and my wife ‘s sister and her kids, it is
a..........family
A. nuclear B. extended C. crowed D. single-parent
11. My mother........................the responsiblity for running the household
A. holds B. takes C. runs D. bears
12. My husband and I both go out to work so we share the………………
A. happiness B. household chores C. responsibility D. emploment
13.Family is a base form which we can go in to the world with confidence
 A. part B. place C. position D. foundation
14. Lee, who is Chinese, learns English as a ……………… language.
A. native B. second C. foreign D. first
15. This villa is the ……………. of my parents
A. belong B. possession C. having D. wealth
16. I really cannot accept your ……………. demands.
A. easy B. usual C. hard D. unreasonable
17. Don’t share the matter with anyone else. Please keep it in ……………….
A. private B. possession C. property D. tongue
18. Millions of people all over the world ………………. English as their native language.
A have B. talk C. choose D. produce
19. I have learned a lot about the value of labor from my .................... at home.
A. pot plants B. chores C. energy D. credit
20. If you practice regularly, you can learn this language skill in a short ................ of time.
A. activity B. arrangement C. period D. aspect
21. London is home to people of many _______ cultures.
A. diverse B. diversity C. diversify D. diversification
22. A curriculum that ignores ethnic tensions, racial antagonisms, cultural _______ and religious
differences is pot relevant. A. diversity B. contacts C. barriers D. levels
23. Some researchers have just _______ a survey of young people's points of view on contractual
marriage.
A. sent B. directed C. managed D. conducted
24. It will take more or less a month to prepare for the wedding.
A. approximately B. generally C. frankly D. simply
25. Many young people have objected to _______ marriage, which is decided by the parents of the
bride and groom.A. agreed B. shared C. contractual
D. sacrificed
26. All parents are _______ to at least try to behave in ways that will give their own children an
important
protectionA. decided B. supposed C. followed D. rejected
27. It is thought that traditional marriage _______ are important basis of limiting divorce rates.
 A. appearances B. records C. responses D. values
28. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there didn't seem to be
any
response. A. feeling B. emotion C. reply D. effect
29. Family is the place where _______ children is not only tolerated but welcomed and encouraged.
A. taking B. having C. giving D. showing
30. Socially, the married _______ is thought to be the basic unit of society.
A. couple B. pair C. twins D. double
31. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world.
A. variety B. changes C. conservation D.number
32. You are not _______ to say anything unless you wish to do so.
A. obliged B. willing C. equal D. attracted
33. A woman can never have a happy married life without _______ her husband.
A. demanding B. agreeing C. trusting D.determining
34. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
A. sacrifice B. sacrificed C. sacrificial D. sacrificially
35. Most of us would maintain that physical ______ does not playa major part in how we react to the
people we
meet.A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractively
36. They had a ______ candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage.
A. romance B. romantic C. romantically D. romanticize
37. Reading the story of the ______ having her dress torn off in the lift reminded me of my friend's
wedding.
A. groom B. bride C. celibate D. groomsman
38. I do not think there is a real ______ between men and women at home as well as in society.
A. attitude B. value C. measurement D. equality
39. The ______ to success is to be ready from the start.
A. key B. response C. agreement D. demand
40. They decided to divorce and Mary is ______ to get the right to raise the child.
A. equal B. determined C. obliged D. active
41. She is a kind of woman who does not care much of work but generally _______ only with colleagues
for
meals, movies or late nights at a club.
A. supposes B. socializes C. attention D. discussed
42. I didn't think his comments were very appropriate at the time.
A. correct B. right C. exact D. suitable
43. You should _______ more attention to what your teacher explains.
A. make B. get C. set D. pay
44. Body language is a potent form of _______ communication.
A. verbal B. non-verbal C. tongue D. oral
45. Our teacher often said, "Who knows the answer? _______ your hand."
A. Raised B. Lift C. Raise D. Heighten
46. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
A. situation. B. attention C. place D. matter
47. The boy waved his hands to his mother, who was standing at the school gate, to _______ her
attention.
Exercise 2:
1. With black hair and eyes, she is___________ of the people from her country.
A. the same B. typical C. similar D. identical
2. Military is _______ in this country. Every man who reaches the age of 18 has to serve in the
army for two years.
A. compulsory B. optional C. illegal D. unnecessary
3. People tend to work hard at this_________ of life.
A. distance B. stage C. space D. level
4. Concern for the environment is now at the_______ of many governments' policies.
A. core B. aim C. target D. purpose
5. Although he has not got necessary experience, he used to take a _______ in business administration.
A. curriculum B. course C. school D. class
6. The college offers both _______ and professional qualifications.
a. government b. experience c. requirement d. academic
7. In the UK, __ schools refer to government-funded schools which provide education free of charge to
pupils.
a. state b. secondary c. independent d. primary
8. The functional skills such as fundamentals of agriculture, health and hygiene and population
education have
also been incorporated in the primary school _______.
a. curriculum b. project c. plan d. schedule
9. Education has been developed in _______ with modern industry and the mass media.
a. compulsory b. parallel c. selected d. following
10. Fee-paying schools, often called "independent schools", "private schools" or “_______ schools"
a. college b. primary c. secondary d. public
11. In Scotland, students transfer from primary to secondary education at approximately age 10
a. compound b. base c. change d. move
12. As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
13. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.
a. depended b. required c. divided d. paid
14. The United Nations Secretary-General has often spoken of the need for individual _______ and
human rights
in his speeches.
a. free b. freedom c. freely d. freeing
15. A/An _______ is an official document stating that you have passed an examination, completed a
course, or
achieved some necessary qualifications.
a. certificate b. requirement c. education d. test
16. Peter is trying his best to study in hope that he will _______ fame and fortune in the near future.
a. lose b. run c. move d. achieve
17. _______ is the study of the events of the past.
a. Geography b. History c. Arts d. Literature
18. She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university _____.
a. schedule b. education c. science d. technology
19. English is an important _______ that is required in several national examinations:
a. language b. test c. evaluation d. subject
20. _______ is the study of the Earth's physical features and the people, plants, and animals that live in
different
regions of the world.
a. Science b. Geography c. History d. Technology
21. He graduated with doctorates of _______ and surgery from Florence, gaining the highest honors
that year.
a. medicine b. medical c. medicate d. medication
22. The making of good habits _______ a determination to keep on training your child.
a. require b. requires c. requirement d. required
23. He was the only _______ that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
24. A university is an -institution of higher education and research, which grants _______ degrees at all
levels in a
variety of subjects.
a. secondary b. optional c. academic d. vocational
25. ____________ is the medical treatment of animals.
a. Chemistry b. Pharmacy c. Medicine d. Veterinary
26. A _______ is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school, college, or
university.
a. degree b. subject c. level d. vacancy
27. Most _______ are at senior level, requiring appropriate qualifications.
a. degrees b. grades c. colleges d. vacancies
28. She reads newspapers every day to look for the vacant _______ for which she can apply.
a. institutions b. indications c. positions d. locations
29. He had been expected to cope well with examinations and _______ good results.
a. achieve b. consider c. last d. object
30. He has not been offered the job because he cannot meet the _______ of the company.
a. requirements b. applicants c. information d. education
31. _______ education is normally taken to include undergraduate arid postgraduate education, as well
as
vocational education and training.
a. Primary b. Tertiary c. Secondary d. Intermediate
32. The University of Cambridge is a prestigious _______ of higher learning in the UK
a. tower b. hall c. house d. institute
33. - Which subject do you _______ at university? - I major in Maths.
a. do b. make c. practice d. demonstrate
34. A _______ is an official document that you receive when you have completed a course of study or
training.
a. vocation b. subject c. certificate d. grade
35. In many countries, prospective university students apply for _______ during their last year of high
school.
a. achievement b. information c. course d. admission
36. Parents can express a _______ for the school their child attends.
a. prefer b. preference c. preferential d. preferable
37. Many people have objected to the use of animals in _____ experiments.
a. science b. scientist c. scientific d. scientifically
38. I would like to invite you to participate in the ceremony____________.
a. graduate b. graduated c. graduation d. graduating
39. Mr. Pike provided us with an _______ guide to the full-time and part-time programs on offer to a
range of
candidates drawn from schools and colleges.
a. inform b. informative c. informed d. information
40. Not many places at the universities are left, so choice is on a severe _______.
a. limiting b. limitation c. delimitation d. limited
41. Many children are under such a high _______ of learning that they do not feel happy at school.
a. recommendation b. interview c. pressure d. concentration
42. She likes meeting people and travelling so she wants to apply for a _______ of a receptionist or
tourist guide.
a. location b. position c. site d. word
43. To my _______, I was not offered the job.
a. happiness b. dream c. joy d. disappointment
44. Being well-dress and punctual can help you create a good _______ on your interviewer.
a. impression b. pressure c. employment d. effectiveness
45. She often reads newspapers and look through the Situations _______ columns every day, but up to
now she
has not found any job yet.
a. Article b. Space c. Vacant d. Spot
46. Doctors have to assume _______ for human life.
a. responsible b. responsibly c. responsibility d. responsibles
47. _______ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
48. He was offered the job thanks to his _______ performance during his job interview.
a. impress b. impression c. impressive d. impressively
49. His work involves helping students to find temporary _______ during their summer vacation.
a. decision b. employment c. choice d. selection
50. To prepare for your job interview, you should jot down your qualifications and experience as well as
some
 important information about yourself.
a. draw b. place c. put d. write
51. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or asking you.
a. be related to b. be interested in c. pay all attention to d. express interest to
52. Before _______ for a position, check whether you can fulfill all the requirements from the
employer.
a. deciding b. applying c. requiring d. demanding
53. If you are _______ for a particular job, someone asks you questions about yourself to find out if you
suitable
for it.
a. paid b. chosen c. interviewed d. recommended
54. You should ask the interviewer some questions about the job to show your _______ and keenness.
a. anger b. thrill c. amazement d. interest
55. The interviewer gave his consent to John's _______ for work and promised to give him a job.
a. keen b. keenly c. keener d. keenness
56. _______! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
57. It is _______ to fail a job interview, but try again.
a. disappoint b. disappointing c. disappointedly d. disappointment
58. Her job was so _______ that she decided to quit it.
a. interesting b. satisfactory c. stressful d. wonderful
59. Some days of rest may help to _______ the pressure of work.
a. reduce b. lower c. chop d. crease
60. Can you please tell me some information that _______ to the job?
a. indicates b. expresses c. interests d. relates
Exercise 3:
1. It is quite important _______ me to get on and think.
A. of B. to C. on D. with
2. The new policies include cutting _______ subsidies and trade barriers.
A. agriculture B. agricultural C. agriculturalist D. agriculturally
3. The control of _______ has been carried out through measures rooted in monetarism.
A. inflate B. inflationist C. inflation D. inflator
4. It is often a good idea to start with small, easily _______ goals.
A. achieve B. achievement C. achievable D. achiever
5. Economic reforms began in the Soviet Union in June 1985 by the Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev to
_______
the Soviet economy.
A. repair B. reproduce C. restructure D. reply
6. After more than a decade of Doi Moi or economic _______, the Vietnamese Communist government
has
achieved diplomatic and economic links with numerous foreign partners.
A. relation B. investment C. productivity D. renovation
7. For more than 20 years, the Vietnamese government has pursued the open-door _______ and
continued to woo
foreign investment.
A. policy B. way C. export D. guideline
8. After a decade of economic liberalization, Vietnam has seen a dramatic rise in living _______ in urban
areas.
A. surface B. standards C. levels D. backgrounds
9._______ laws and regulations which impose restrictions on any rights should be revised to comply
with
international law.
A. Domestic B. Program C. Encouraged D. Expanding
10. These new economic reforms have allowed for international _______ and development in the
country.
A. pay B. renovation C. investment D. opportunity
11. In 2001 _______ Vietnamese Communist Party approved a 10-year economic plan that enhanced
the role of
the, private sector while reaffirming the primacy of the state.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
12. Economic reforms are often carried _______ to promote the developing of a country.
A. out B. on C. for D. in
13. For more than ten years, we have seen the significant _______ in the economy of our country.
A. develop B. developments C. developers D. developed
14. Henry was a studious student. He needed no _______ to work hard.
A. encourage B. encouraging C. encouragement D. encouraged
15. During the time of economic reforms, the economy has grown _______ with only a few major
setbacks.
A. constant B. constantly C. constants D. constancy
16. The _______ effect of the new policy is that the farmer is now working for himself, and not for the
state sake.
A. legal B. common C. all D. overall
17. Considering peasants make up nearly 80% of Vietnam's population.
A. specialists B. economists C. professors D. farmers
18. The Doi Moi reforms have _______ new possibilities in farming systems research in Vietnam.
A. risen B. opened C. renovated D. called
19. The introduction of appropriate farming practices to Vietnam farmers can help them achieve a
higher output.
A. productivity B. renovation C. guideline D. achievement
20. There was a shortage _______ food and safe water after the flood.
A. on B. with C. for D. of
21. Constant _______ of attack makes everyday life dangerous here.
A. threat B. threaten C. threatening D. threateningly

22. No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen _______.
A. expected B. unexpected C. expectedly D. unexpectedly
23. Someone who is _______ is hopeful about the future or the success of something in particular.
 A. powerful B. optimistic C. stagnant D. pessimistic
24. There will be powerful network of computers which may come from a single computing _______
that is worn
on or in the body.
A. device B. machinery C. equipment D. vehicle
25. A _______ is a spacecraft that is designed to travel into space and back to earth several times.
A. a. plane B. corporation C. telecommunication D. shuttle
26. An economic _______ is a time when there is very little economic activity, which causes a lot of
unemployment and poverty.
A. improvement B. depression C. development D. mission
27. In the future many large corporations will be wiped out and millions of jobs will be lost.
A. companies B. services C. supermarkets D. farms
28. The more powerful weapons are, the more terrible the _______ is.
A. creativity B. history C. terrorism D. technology
29. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.
A. speed B. expectation C. improvement D. treatment
30. What are your plans for _______ future?
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
31. In the future, the number of tiny but _______ computers you encounter every day will number in
the
thousands, perhaps millions.
A. power B. powerful C. powerfully D. powered
32. Advances in computing _______, from processing speed to network capacity and the internet, have
revolutionized the way scientists work.
A. technology B. technological C. technologically D. technologist
33. What will the relationship between computing and _______ bring us over the next 15 years?
A. science B. scientific C. scientifically D. scientist
34. Someone who is _______ thinks that bad things are going to happen.
A. optimistic B. pessimistic C. threatened D. hopeful
35. Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving devices.
A. Official B. Household C. Schooling D. Foreign
36. The idea of building a _______ with human intelligence is not only ambitious but also highly
unconventional.
A. robot B. corporation C. line D. road
37. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and dish washers are labor _______ devices which help us do
housework easily and quickly.
A. improving B. making C. saving D. employing
38. Those companies were closed due to some seriously financial problems.
A. taken off B. put away C. wiped out D. gone over
39. The computer allows us to work fast and _______.
A. efficiently B. differently C. variously D. freshly
40. Many people think that in some more years we will see the complete _______ of newspapers and
magazines
due to the Internet.
A. disappear B. disappearance C. appear D. appearing
41. ________ Sahara of ________ Africa is the world's largest desert.
A. Ø / the B. The / Ø C. A / an D. The / an
42. The Sahara contains complex linear dunes that are ________ by almost 6 kilometers.
A. developed B. separated C. lay D. located
43. A _______ is a landscape or region that receives very little precipitation.
A. dune B. desert C. sandy area D. shrub land
44. Deserts are often composed of ________ and rocky surfaces.
A. water B. trees C. oil D. sand
45. Three great stretches of sandy deserts almost circle the center of Australia.
A. dunes B. valleys C. lands D. areas
46. Deserts are also classified by their ________ location and dominant weather pattern.
A. geographical B. aerial C. sandy D. facial
47. Thanks to pictures taken by satellites, deserts have not ________ a mystery in our time.
A. hidden B. intended C. remained D. attained
48. Can you make a ________ estimate of how much our expedition in the desert may be?
A. rough B. roughly C. roughing D. roughen
49. After Peter had returned from the Sahara desert, he was confined to bed by a ________ disease.
 A. mystery B. mysterious C. mysteriously D. mysteriousness
50. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are separated by ________ of low, open
shrubland.
A. streets B. ways C. corridors D. lines
51. A ________ is a small raised area of ground, like a very small hill.
A. slope B. hummock C. dune D. shrub
52. We used to climb up the crest of the hill to get a good view of the surroundings.
A. top B. foot C. middle D. face
53. Scientific ________ help to explore some places and discover more and more remote parts of the
world.
A. survey B. lead C. research D. expedition
54. The wind that blows in the desert comes ________ far away waters.
A. for B. with C. in D. from
55. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters ________ height.
A. with B. at C. on D. in
56. Several ________ advanced countries have had plans to make desert more hospitable.
A. science B. scientific C. scientifically D. scientist
57. The desert biome includes the hottest places in the world because it absorbs more ________ from
the sun than
land in humid climates do.
A. heat B. hot C. hotly D. heating
58. A ________ is a large animal that lives in deserts and is used for carrying goods and people.
A. slope B. dune C. spinifex D. camel
59. The ________ of a cliff, or mountain, is a vertical surface or side of it.
A. face B. border C. crest D. lake
60. Most deserts are enormous sandy areas.
A. mysterious B. narrow C. immense D. aerial
Exercise 4:
1. Birds aren’t all the same. There are many different _____.
A. categories B. species C. animals D. plants
2. The rhinoceros will become ___ if people continue to hurt them.
A. extinct B. instinct C. distinct D. extinction
3. Thousands of species of animals and plants are ____ and the number decreases each year.
A. danger B. dangerous C. endanger D. endangered
4. If one species becomes extinct, the whole chain will be ___ seriously.
A. disappeared B. killed C. damaged D. threatened
5. We depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water.
A. popularity B. existence C. development D. variety
6. More than a billion people all over the world are under the threat of desert____.
A. increase B. expansion C. extension D. development
7. Biologists have introduced a global list of endangered and vulnerable animal species.
A. rare and specious B. small but invaluable C. weak and easily hurt D. strong and unusual
8. Government have passed laws to protect wildlife from commercial trade.
A. enabled B. enforced C. enacted D. ensured
9. The government is now trying to protect gorilla to ensure their ____.
A. life B. existence C.survival D. growth
10. Everyone is worried about the ___ of the rainforests.
A. destruction B. protection C. species D. extinction
11. Without ___ all the resources necessary for life would be damaged, wasted or destroyed.
A. conversation B. biodiversity C. extinction D. destruction
12. Many people are interested in watching ___.
A. wildlife B. wilds C. wilderness D. wildly
13. This species has nearly died out because its ___ is being destroyed.
A. environment B. habitat C. land D. forest
14. The primary causes of species extinction are habitat destruction, commercial ___ and pollution.
A. exploit B. exploiting C. exploitation D. exploitative
15. Toxic chemicals in the air and land have also driven many species to the ___ of extinction.
A. border B. limit C. verge D. edge
16. It is ___ to cross the sea in a small boat.
A. danger B. endanger C. dangerous D. endangered
17. Do you think plants and animals, however small or oversized, all contribute to the ____?
A. conversation B. extinction C. destruction D. biodiversity
18. Many African and Asian nations have set aside land called ___ to protect the habitats of elephants
and other
wild animals.
A. reserves B. species C. wildlife D. forest
19. Over 120 ___ of birds have been recorded in this national park.
A. species B. diversity C. animals D. individuals
20. The mountain gorilla is on the verge of ___.
A. extinct B. extraction C. extinguish D. extinction
21. Reviewers often ___ books as “hard to put down” or “hard to pick up again”.
A. describe B. illustrate C. classify D. choose
22. Have you got any books on business methods or any similar ___?
A. subject B. content C. author D. matter
23. How are the books in this library___?
A. divided B. named C. gathered D. classified

24. Robert’s new book will be ___ in August.

A. typed B. published C. broadcast D. announced
25. I’m reading a Stephen King’s novel. It’s really exciting and I couldn’t ___.
A. get it off B. put it down C. take it on D. look it up
26. Children tend to read ___ books that tell stories through pictures.
A. novel B. fiction C. science D. comic
27. What kind of readers would you ___ this book?
A. advise B. introduce C. recommend D. persuade
28. Watching videos is becoming a popular form of ___.
A. entertain B. entertainment C. entertainer D. entertaining
29. After talking to Mary for ten minutes, George paused, waiting for her to ___the information.
A. taste B. chew C. swallow D. digest
30. Mr. Johnson was so busy that he only had enough time to ___ the report before he attended the
meeting.
A. dip into B. review C. go over D. pick up
31. The book ___ me of the days I was in the army.
A. remembers B. reminds C. recalls D. recollects
32. Most novels are divided into several___.
A. chapters B. units C. sections D. passages
33. Cambridge University Press is the ___ of the book you are reading.
A. author B. editor C. printer D. publisher
34. Ernest Hemingway is one of my ___ American writers.
A. best B. favourite C. ideal D. most popular
35. I’d like to ___ that book when you’ve read it.
A. borrow B. hire C. lend D. loan
36. The plot of the novel was exciting, but I didn’t find the ___ very interesting.
A. characters B. figures C. people D. persons
37. The dictionary is too expensive for me. I can’t ___ it.
A. spend B. cost C. afford D. pay
38. ___ books tell stories from the author’s imagination.
A. Fiction B. Picture C. Coloured D. Long
39. If you can’t find what you are looking for in the book, use the ___.
A. index B. list C. preface D. directory
40. He’s a ___ boy. He knows everything from books never gives any logical and practical solutions.
A. bookworm B. bookish C. bookbinder D. book-keeper
41. Runners from eight different countries will be competing in the next ___.
A. race B. place C. record D. course
42. It is common knowledge that sportmen ___ themselves in good form by regular swimming.
A. put B. make C. take D. keep
43. Synchronized swimming is a sport in which groups of swimmers ___ in patterns in the water to
music.
A. go B. move C. dive D. jump
44. Wind – surfing is a common term for two similar ___ sports: sail-surfing and sail- boarding.
 A. water B. wind C. sail D. board
45. Volleyball, basketball, football are ___ games.
A. team B. group C. crowd D. class
46. Rowing is the sport or activity of travelling in a boat by using ___.
A. air tanks B. sails C. boards D. oars
47. Unlike football, a water polo game is ___ into quarters.
A. divided B. separated C. cut D. played
48. In 1918, Smith ___ the record for the world’s longest flight by flying 2,350 miles from Cairo to
Calcutta.
A. smashed B. split C. cracked D. broke
49. One of the four period of time in which a game of American football is divided is known as a ___.
A. part B. half C. quarter D. stage
50. The ___ is the official who controls the game in some sports.
A. player B. captain C. referee D. defender
51. In water polo, holding balls with two hands and punching ball are ___.
A. errors B. fouls C. faults D. mistakes
52. A kick taken as a penalty in the game of football is called a penalty kick or ___ kick.
A. punishment B. foul C. opposition D. spot
53. Any players who commit 5 personal fouls will be ___.
A. rejected B. ejected C. sacked D. dismissed
54. In water polo the ball can be ___ by passing with one hand.
A. advanced B. forwarded C. thrown D. kicked
55. No player except the ___ can hold the ball with two hands.
A. goalie B. referee C. defensive player D. striker
56. Katherine Curtis developed the ___ for the competition of synchronized swimming.
A. regulations B. formula C. laws D. principles
57. The whole audience objected to their foul play during the football match.
A. clumsy B. dependent C. imperfect D. unfair
58. The match ended in a ___.
A. foul B. tie C. range D. penalty
59. William won first ___ in the tennis competition.
 A. medal B. prize C. reward D. position
60. If you ___ the goalie, there are seven players in a team.
A. gather B. conclude C. collect D. include
Exercise 5:
1. Johnny used to be one of the most _______ athletes in my country.
A. succeed B. success C. successful D. successfully
2. The 22nd SEA Games consisted of athletes from eleven _____ countries.
A. participate B. participant C. participation D. participating
3. _______, the athlete broke the world's record with two attempts.
A. Surprise B. Surprised C. Surprising D. Surprisingly
4. On behalf of the referees and athletes, referee Hoang Quoc Vinh and shooter Nguyen Manh Tuong
swore to an
oath of "_______, Honesty and Fair Play".
A. Performance B. Delegation C. Participation D. Solidarity
5. The ASEAN Para-Games are hosted by the same country where the SEA Games took place.
A. organized B. impressed C. participated D. defended
6. The ASEAN Para-Games is a biannual multi-sport _______ held after every Southeast Asian Games
for
athletes with physical disabilities.
A. games B. event C. work D. situation
7. In beach volleyball, Indonesia defeated Thailand in straight sets to take men's gold _______.
A. present B. award C. medal D. reward
8. The 22nd SEA Games was the first time when Vietnam finished top of the medal _______.
A. standings B. events C. spirits D. programs
9. Viet Nam's successful hosting of the 22nd SEA Games is considered a/an _____ example for other
countries to follow, particularly in honesty, consistence and organizing method.
A. festival B. peaceful C. energetic D. outstanding
10. The number of Vietnamese sport officials and referees of international standard taking part in
regional
tournaments has increased rapidly.
A. hosting B. participating C. achieving D. succeeding
11. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by ____ third behind the host -
the
Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
 A. finishing B. playing C. preparing D. performing
12. In the 22nd SEA Games in 2003, the country _______ the competition with 340 medals, including
156 golds,
91 silvers and 93 bronzes.
A. defended B. cost C. topped D. ranked
13. To improve its athletes' _______, Viet Nam has regularly exchanged delegation of sport officials,
coaches,
referees and athletes with other countries.
A. team B. competitor C. appearance D. performance
14. _______ is the activity of doing special exercises regularly in order to make your muscles grow
bigger.
A. Wrestling B. Bodybuilding C. Weightlifting D. Badminton
15. He is a great sports _______. He rarely misses any sport games although he was busy.
A. enthusiast B. player C. energy D. programmer
16. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by ____ third behind the host -
the
Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
A. finishing B. playing C. preparing D. performing
17. How many _______ took part in the 22nd SEA Games?
A. compete B. competitors C. competition D. competitor
18. The second part of the program in the 22nd SEA Games opening ceremony was named "_______ for
Peace".
A. Cooperate B. Cooperation C. Cooperative D. Cooperatively
19. The _______ wanted to reduce the breadth of the games, with many events currently having small
fields and
weak competition.
A. organize B. organization C. organizable D. organizers
20. Before the 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam had made a good _______ in every aspect.
A. prepare B. preparation C. preparative D. preparer
21. ASEAN press praised the great _______ of Vietnamese athletes at the 22nd SEA Games.
A. sports B. sportsman C. sporting D. sportsmanship
22. The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many _______ volunteers.
A. support B. supporter C. supportive D. supportively

23. Since its rejoining in the Southeast Asian arena in 1989, Viet Nam's sports have made great
_______,
particularly in recent SEA Games.
A. success B. invention C. host D. game
24. The athlete had tried his best to _______ his SEA Games title and records.
A. carry B. perform C. defend D. support
25. Viet Nam is now willing to _______ part in the 24th SEA Games hosted by Thailand by the end of
2007 with
a total of 958 athletes.
A. play B. lose C. take D. enjoy
26. The International Committee Red Cross has about 12,000 staff members worldwide, about 800 of
them
working in its Geneva _______.
A. factories B. companies C. headquarters D. buildings
27. The Red Cross on white background was the original protection _______ declared at the 1864
Geneva
Convention.
A. poster B. billboard C. symbol D. signal
28. The Red Cross is an international organization that helps people who are suffering from the results
of war,
diseases or _______.
A. victims B. disasters C. opportunities D. conditions
29. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
30. The organization was established in 1950 in the USA.
A. come around B. set up C. made out D. put on
31. The International Red Cross helps people in need without any discrimination based on _______,
race, religion,
class or political opinions.
A. national B. nationally C. nationality D. native
32. The International Committee of the Red Cross is a private _______ institution founded in 1863 in
Geneva,
Switzerland.
A. human B. humanity C. humanization D. humanitarian
33. In former days, after the battles soldiers on both sides died or were left wounded on the field
without any
_______ attendance and basic care.
A. medicine B. medical C. medication D. medically
34. The International Red Cross has about 97 million volunteers whose main _______ is to protect
human life and
health.
A. mission B. experience C. organization D. rule
35. The International Red Cross helps to ensure respect for the human being, and to prevent and
relieve human
_______.
A. protection B. enjoyment C. wealthy D. sufferings
36. An international medical conference initiated by Davison resulted in the birth of the League of Red
Cross
Societies in 1991.
A. started B. helped C. treated D. dedicated
37. In times of war, the Red Cross is dedicated to reducing the sufferings of wounded soldiers, civilians,
and
prisoners of war.
A. mounted B. excited C. devoted D. interested
38. _______ is a situation in which large numbers of people have little or no food, and many of them
die.
A. Disaster B. Famine C. Poverty D. Flood.
39. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume the duties and
responsibilities of a national relief society.
A. take on B. get off C. go about D. put in
40. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A. put on B. went off C. got out D. kept up
41. She sustained severe head _______ after being thrown from her horse.
A. injure B. injured C. injuries D. injurious
42. According to World Bank figures, 41 per cent of Brazilians live in absolute _______.
A. poor B. poorer C. poorly D. poverty
43. Up until the middle of the 19th century, there were no _______ and well established army nursing
systems for
casualties.
A. organize B. organized C. organizational D. organizers

44. The AIDS _______ continues to spread around the world. Up to 4,000 people are infected with the
HIV virus
every single day.
A. treatment B. epidemic C. tsunami D. damage
45. During World War II, the Red Cross organized relief assistance for _______ and wounded soldiers
and
administered the exchange of messages regarding prisoners and missing persons.
A. civilians B. governments C. authorities D. members
46. A _______ is a very large wave, often caused by an earthquake that flows onto the land and
destroys things. A. famine B. catastrophe
C. tsunami D. flood
47. By the end of World War II, 179 _______ of the Red Cross had conducted 12,750 visits to POW
(prisoner of
war) camps in 41 countries.
A. conferences B. symbols C. missions D. delegates
48. We oppose this war, as we would do any other war which created an environmental catastrophe.
A. pollution B. disaster C. convention D. epidemic
49. The first relief assistance mission organized by the League was an aid mission for the _______ of a
famine and subsequent typhus epidemic in Poland.
A. leaders B. authorities C. victims D. organizers
50. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200,000 people and left countless wounded and
homeless.
A. poor B. imprisoned C. suffered D. injured
51. In 2004 more than 40 national societies have worked with more than 22,000 _______ to bring relief
to the
countless victims of the earthquake.
A. actions B. volunteers C. founders D. nations
52. How are you _______ on with your work? - It is OK.
A. calling B. getting C. laying D. looking
53. All payments to the ICRC are _______ and are received as donations.
A. volunteer B. voluntary C. voluntarily D. voluntariness
54. The Red Cross organizes and leads relief assistance missions after ______, such as natural disasters,
man-
made disasters, and epidemics.
A. emergent B. emergencies C. emergently D. emergence
55. One of the tasks of the Red Cross is also to support local _____ care projects.
A. health B. healthy C. healthful D. healthily
56. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent _______ occurs once every four years.
A. Globe B. Society C. Conference D. Nations
57.The mission of the Red Cross is also to supervise the _______ of prisoners of war.
A. education B. encouragement C. treatment D. runaway
58. The total number of national Red Cross societies from all over the world has mounted to 186.
A. protected B. devoted C. increased D. aimed
59. Henri Davison, president of the American Red Cross war Committee proposed forming a federation
of these
National Societies.
A. took B. dedicated C. carried D. suggested
60. Fifty per cent of road accidents results in head injuries.
 A. examines B. heals C. causes D. treats
61. Jean Henri Dunant was appalled by the almost complete lack of care for wounded soldiers.
A. dedicated B. shocked C. interested D. excited
62. The mission statement of the International Movement as formulated in the "Strategy 2010"
document of the
Federation is to improve the lives of vulnerable people by mobilizing the power of humanity.
A. weak and unprotected B. wealthy and famous C. poor and disabled
D. deaf and mute
63. The authority _______ down that building to build a supermarket.
A. knocked B. came C. went D. fell
64. In some most Asian countries women are undervalued and they never have the same ___ as men.
A. formality B. basis C. limit D. status
65. What does "www" ________ for? Is it short for “world wide web?”
A. sit B. stand C. lie D. point